diff options
Diffstat (limited to '20205-h/20205-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | 20205-h/20205-h.htm | 10141 |
1 files changed, 10141 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/20205-h/20205-h.htm b/20205-h/20205-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35f8a83 --- /dev/null +++ b/20205-h/20205-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10141 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Maya Chronicles, edited by Daniel G. Brinton. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + text-indent: 2em; + } + p.noindent {text-indent: 0em;} + p.titlepage {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; } + p.letters {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold;} + p.sectionhead {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; margin-top: 2em;} + p.parthead {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; margin-top: 4em; font-size: 110%;} + p.indent3 {text-indent: 3em;} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + .chapterhead {font-weight: normal; margin-top: 4em;} + + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + .chapopen {width: 5em; border: solid black 1px; } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + .tableft {margin-left: 0;} + td {padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;} + .tdr {text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + .tdc {text-align: center;} + .tdrpadr1 {padding-right: 1.5em; text-align: right;} + .tdrpadr2 {padding-right: 2.5em; text-align: right;} + .tdpadl1 {padding-left: 1.5em;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + /* Ensure anchors work by positioning them all in the same way */ + a[name] { position:absolute; } + a {text-decoration: none; } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + text-indent: 0em; + font-style: normal; + } /* page numbers */ + .notes { position: absolute; + left: 5%; + font-size: 70%; + text-indent: 0em; + font-style: normal; + } + + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{font-size: smaller;} + .sidenote {width: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em; margin-left: 1em; + float: left; clear: left; margin-top: 1em; + font-size: smaller; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: dashed 1px;} + .hanging {margin-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; } + .hanging2 {margin-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em; } + .hanging3 {margin-left: 2.5em; text-indent: -1em; } + .hanging4 {margin-left: 2.5em; text-indent: -2em; } + .numbers {width: 2em;} + + .nowrap { white-space: nowrap; } + + .bb {border-bottom: solid black 1px;} + .bl {border-left: solid black 1px;} + .bt {border-top: solid black 1px;} + .br {border-right: solid black 1px;} + .bbox {border: solid black 1px;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .right {text-align: right;} + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .smrom {font-size: smaller;} + .supera {font-size: 0.7em; vertical-align: 0.5em; padding: 0.1em;} + .superb {font-size: 0.7em; vertical-align: 0.3em; padding: 0.1em;} + .vocab {font-size: 110%; } + ins.correction {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .toc {position: relative;} + .chapword {padding-right: 2em;} + .chappg {width: 5em; text-align: right; position: absolute; right: 0; + padding-left: 1em;} + .years {width: 5em; text-align: right; position: absolute; right: 10%; + padding-left: 1em;} + + + .footnotes {border-top: solid 1px; text-indent: 0.5em; font-size: 0.9em; text-align: justify; } + .label {font-size: 80%; vertical-align: 0.2em; } + .fnanchor {vertical-align: 0.3em; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none; padding-left: 0.1em;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + + ul.IX {list-style-type: none; font-size:inherit;} + li {margin-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;} + li.subhead {padding-left: 1em;} + li.subhead2 {padding-left: 2em;} + .hidespace {display: none;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Maya Chronicles, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Maya Chronicles + Brinton's Library Of Aboriginal American Literature, Number 1 + +Author: Various + +Editor: Daniel G. Brinton + +Release Date: December 28, 2006 [EBook #20205] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAYA CHRONICLES *** + + + + +Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div style="background-color: #EEE; color: inherit; padding: 0.5em 1em 0.5em 1em;"> +<p class="center"><b>Transcriber’s Note</b></p> + +<p class="noindent">A number of typographical errors have been maintained +in the current version of this book. They are <ins class="correction" title="correction">marked</ins> +and the corrected text is shown in the popup. A <a href="#trans_note">list</a> of these +errors is found at the end of this book along with a single correction that was made.</p> + +<p class="noindent">This text uses the following less-common characters: ɔ (open o), ħ (h with stroke), +ŏ (o with breve), ŭ (u with breve). + If these characters do not display correctly, +please try changing your font.</p> + +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 150%; letter-spacing: 0.2em;">LIBRARY</p> + +<p class="titlepage">OF</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 200%;"><span class="smcap">Aboriginal American<br /> +Literature.</span></p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 150%;">No. 1.</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="margin-top: 3em;">EDITED BY</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 150%;">D. G. BRINTON</p> + + +<hr style='width: 65%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a></span></p> + +<p class="titlepage">BRINTON’S LIBRARY OF<br /> +ABORIGINAL AMERICAN LITERATURE.<br /> +NUMBER 1.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 150%;">THE</p> +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 200%;"><span class="smcap">Maya Chronicles.</span></p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="margin-top: 3em;">EDITED BY</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 110%">DANIEL G. BRINTON</p> + +<p class="titlepage">AMS PRESS<br /> +NEW YORK</p> + +<hr style='width: 65%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p> + + + +<p class="titlepage">Reprinted from the edition of 1882, Philadelphia<br /> +First AMS EDITION published 1969<br /> +Manufactured in the United States of America</p> + +<p class="titlepage">Library of Congress Catalogue Card Number: 70-83457</p> + +<p class="titlepage">AMS PRESS, INC.<br /> +New York, N.Y. 10003</p> + + +<hr style='width: 65%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p> + + + +<p class="titlepage">TO THE MEMORY</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: smaller;">OF</p> +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: larger;">CARL HERMANN BERENDT, M.D.,</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: smaller;">WHOSE LONG AND EARNEST DEVOTION TO THE ETHNOLOGY<br /> +AND LINGUISTICS OF AMERICA HAS MADE THIS WORK<br /> +POSSIBLE, AND WHOSE UNTIMELY DEATH HAS<br /> +LOST TO AMERICAN SCHOLARS RESULTS<br /> +OF FAR GREATER IMPORTANCE,</p> + +<p class="titlepage">THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[vi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style='width: 65%;' /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p> + + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h2> + + +<p>The belief that the only solid foundation for the accurate study of +American ethnology and linguistics must be in the productions of the +native mind in their original form has led me to the venturesome +undertaking of which this is the first issue. The object of the proposed +series of publications is to preserve permanently a number of rude +specimens of literature composed by the members of various American +tribes, and exhibiting their habits of thought, modes of expressions, +intellectual range and æsthetic faculties.</p> + +<p>Whether the literary and historical value of these monuments is little +or great, they merit the careful attention of all who would weigh and +measure the aboriginal mind, and estimate its capacities correctly.</p> + +<p>The neglect of this field of study is largely owing to a deficiency of +material for its pursuit. Genuine specimens of native literature are +rare, and almost or quite inaccessible. They remain in manuscript in the +hands of a few collectors, or, if printed, they are in forms not +convenient to obtain, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span>as in the ponderous transactions of learned +societies, or in privately printed works. My purpose is to gather +together from these sources a dozen volumes of moderate size and +reasonable price, and thus to put the material within the reach of +American and European scholars.</p> + +<p>Now that the first volume is ready, I see in it much that can be +improved upon in subsequent issues. I must ask for it an indulgent +criticism, for the novelty of the undertaking and its inherent +difficulties have combined to make it less finished and perfected than +it should have been.</p> + +<p>If the series meets with a moderate encouragement, it will be continued +at the rate of two or three volumes of varying size a year, and will, I +think, prove ultimately of considerable service to the students of man +in his simpler conditions of life and thought, especially of American +man.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p class="titlepage"><a href="#INTRODUCTION">INTRODUCTION.</a></p> + +<p class="hanging">§ 1. The Name Maya, p. <a href="#Page_9">9</a>. § 2. The Maya Linguistic Family, p. <a href="#Page_17">17</a>. § 3. +Origin of the Maya Tribes, p. <a href="#Page_20">20</a>. § 4. Political Condition at the Time +of the Conquest, p. <a href="#Page_25">25</a>. § 5. Grammatical Observations, p. <a href="#Page_27">27</a>. § 6. The +Numeral System, p. <a href="#Page_37">37</a>. § 7. The Calendar, p. <a href="#Page_50">50</a>. § 8. Ancient +Hieroglyphic Books, p. <a href="#Page_61">61</a>. § 9. Modern Maya Manuscripts, p. <a href="#Page_67">67</a>. § 10. +Grammars and Dictionaries, p. <a href="#Page_72">72</a>.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><a href="#THE_CHRONICLES">THE CHRONICLES.</a></p> + +<div class="toc"> +<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap chapword"><a href="#Page_81">Introductory</a></span> <span class="chappg">p. <a href="#Page_81">81</a></span></p> +</div> + +<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>The Series of the Katuns, p. <a href="#Page_89">89</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_95">95</a>. Translation, p. <a href="#Page_100">100</a>. +Notes, p. <a href="#Page_106">106</a>.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The Series of the Katuns, p. <a href="#Page_136">136</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_138">138</a>. Translation, p. <a href="#Page_144">144</a>. +Notes, p. <a href="#Page_150">150</a>.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The Record of the Count of the Katuns, p. <a href="#Page_152">152</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_153">153</a>. +Translation, p. <a href="#Page_158">158</a>. Notes, p. <a href="#Page_163">163</a>.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">IV.</td> + <td>The Maya Katuns, p. <a href="#Page_165">165</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_166">166</a>. Translation, p. <a href="#Page_169">169</a>. Notes, +p. <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The Chief Katuns, p. <a href="#Page_177">177</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_178">178</a>. Translation, p. <a href="#Page_180">180</a>. Notes, +p. <a href="#Page_182">182</a>.</td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><a href="#CHRONICLE_OF_CHICXULUB">THE CHRONICLE OF CHAC XULUB CHEN.</a></p> + +<p class="hanging">Introductory, p. <a href="#Page_189">189</a>. Text, p. <a href="#Page_193">193</a>. Translation, p. <a href="#Page_216">216</a>. Notes, p. <a href="#Page_242">242</a>.</p> + +<div class="toc"> +<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap chapword"><a href="#Page_261">Vocabulary</a></span> <span class="chappg">p. <a href="#Page_261">261</a></span></p> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="INTRODUCTION" id="INTRODUCTION"></a>I.</h2> + +<h2 class="chapterhead" style="margin-top: 1em;">INTRODUCTION.</h2> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: larger;">CONTENTS.</p> + +<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">1. The Name “Maya.” 2. The Maya Linguistic Family. 3. Origin of the Maya +Tribes. 4. Political Condition at the time of the Conquest. 5. +Grammatical Observations. 6. The Numeral System. 7. The Calendar. 8. +Ancient Hieroglyphic Books. 9. Modern Maya Manuscripts. 10. Grammars And +Dictionaries of the Language.</span></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 1. <i>The Name “Maya.”</i></p> + +<p>In his second voyage, Columbus heard vague rumors of a mainland westward +from Jamaica and Cuba, at a distance of ten days’ journey in a +<span class="nowrap">canoe.<a name="FNanchor_9-1_1" id="FNanchor_9-1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_9-1_1" class="fnanchor">9-1</a></span> Its inhabitants were said to be clothed, and the specimens +of wax which were found among the Cubans must have been brought <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>from +there, as they themselves did not know how to prepare it.</p> + +<p>During his fourth voyage (1503-4), when he was exploring the Gulf +southwest from Cuba, he picked up a canoe laden with cotton clothing +variously dyed. The natives in it gave him to understand that they were +merchants, and came from a land called <span class="smcap nowrap">Maia.<a name="FNanchor_10-1_2" id="FNanchor_10-1_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_10-1_2" class="fnanchor">10-1</a></span></p> + +<p>This is the first mention in history of the territory now called +Yucatan, and of the race of the Mayas; for although a province of +similar name was found in the western extremity of the island of Cuba, +the similarity was accidental, as the evidence is conclusive that no +colony of the Mayas was found on the <span class="nowrap">Antilles.<a name="FNanchor_10-2_3" id="FNanchor_10-2_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_10-2_3" class="fnanchor">10-2</a></span> These islands were +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>peopled by a wholly different stock, the remnants of whose language +prove them to have been the northern outposts of the Arawacks of Guiana, +and allied to the great Tupi-Guaranay stem of South America.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Maya</span> was the patrial name of the natives of Yucatan. It was the proper +name of the northern portion of the peninsula. No single province bore +it at the date of the Conquest, and probably it had been handed down as +a generic term from the period, about a century before, when this whole +district was united under one government.</p> + +<p>The natives of all this region called themselves <i>Maya uinic</i>, Maya men, +or <i>ah Mayaa</i>, those of Maya; their language was <i>Maya than</i>, the Maya +speech; a native woman was <i>Maya cħuplal</i>; and their ancient capital +was <i>Maya pan</i>, the <span class="smcap">Maya</span> <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>banner, for there of old was set up the +standard of the nation, the elaborately worked banner of brilliant +feathers, which, in peace and in war, marked the rallying point of the +Confederacy.</p> + +<p>We do not know where they drew the line from others speaking the same +tongue. That it excluded the powerful tribe of the Itzas, as a recent +historian <span class="nowrap">thinks,<a name="FNanchor_12-1_4" id="FNanchor_12-1_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_12-1_4" class="fnanchor">12-1</a></span> seems to be refuted by the documents I bring +forward in the present volume; that, on the other hand, it did not +include the inhabitants of the southwestern coast appears to be +indicated by the author of one of the oldest and most complete +dictionaries of the language. Writing about 1580, when the traditions of +descent were fresh, he draws a distinction between the <i>lengua de Maya</i> +and the <i>lengua de </i><span class="nowrap"><i>Campeche</i>.<a name="FNanchor_12-2_5" id="FNanchor_12-2_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_12-2_5" class="fnanchor">12-2</a></span> The latter was a dialect varying +very slightly from pure Maya, and I take it, this manner of indicat<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>ing +the distinction points to a former political separation.</p> + +<p>The name Maya is also found in the form <i>Mayab</i>, and this is asserted by +various Yucatecan scholars of the present generation, as Pio Perez, +Crescencio Carrillo, and Eligio Ancona, to be the correct ancient form, +while the other is but a Spanish <span class="nowrap">corruption.<a name="FNanchor_13-1_6" id="FNanchor_13-1_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_13-1_6" class="fnanchor">13-1</a></span></p> + +<p>But this will not bear examination. All the authorities, native as well +as foreign, of the sixteenth century, write <i>Maya</i>. It is impossible to +suppose that such laborious and earnest students as the author of the +Dictionary of Motul, as the grammarian and lexicographer Gabriel de San +Buenaventura, and as the educated natives whose writings I print in this +volume, could all have fallen into such a capital <span class="nowrap">blunder.<a name="FNanchor_13-2_7" id="FNanchor_13-2_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_13-2_7" class="fnanchor">13-2</a></span></p> + +<p>The explanation I have to offer is just the re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>verse. The use of the +terminal <i>b</i> in “Mayab” is probably a dialectic error, other examples of +which can be quoted. Thus the writer of the Dictionary of Motul informs +us that the form <i>maab</i> is sometimes used for the ordinary negative +<i>ma</i>, no; but, he adds, it is a word of the lower classes, <i>es palabra +de gente comun</i>. So I have little doubt but that <i>Mayab</i> is a vulgar +form of the word, which may have gradually gained ground.</p> + +<p>As at present used, the accent usually falls on the first syllable, +<i>Ma´ya</i>, and the best old authorities affirm this as a rule; but it is a +rule subject to exceptions, as at the end of a sentence and in certain +dialects Dr. Berendt states that it is not infrequently heard as +<i>Ma´ya´</i> or even <span class="nowrap"><i>Maya´</i>.<a name="FNanchor_14-1_8" id="FNanchor_14-1_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_14-1_8" class="fnanchor">14-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The meaning and derivation of the word have given rise to the usual +number of nonsensical and far-fetched etymologies. The Greek, the +Sanscrit, the ancient Coptic and the Hebrew have all been called in to +interpret it. I shall refer to but a few of these profitless +suggestions.</p> + +<p>The Abbé Brasseur (de Bourbourg) quotes as the opinion of Don Ramon de +Ordoñez, the author of a strange work on American archæ<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>ology, called +<i>History of the Heaven and the Earth</i>, that <i>Maya</i> is but an +abbreviation of the phrase <i>ma ay ha</i>, which, the Abbé adds, means word +for word, <i>non adest aqua</i>, and was applied to the peninsula on account +of the scarcity of water <span class="nowrap">there.<a name="FNanchor_15-1_9" id="FNanchor_15-1_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_15-1_9" class="fnanchor">15-1</a></span></p> + +<p>Unfortunately that phrase has no such, nor any, meaning in Maya; were it +<i>ma yan haa</i>, it would have the sense he gives it; and further, as the +Abbé himself remarked in a later work, it is not applicable to Yucatan, +where, though rivers are scarce, wells and water abound. He therefore +preferred to derive it from <i>ma</i> and <i>ha</i>, which he thought he could +translate either “Mother of the Water,” or “Arm of the <span class="nowrap">Land!”<a name="FNanchor_15-2_10" id="FNanchor_15-2_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_15-2_10" class="fnanchor">15-2</a></span></p> + +<p>The latest suggestion I have noticed is that of Eligio Ancona, who, +claiming that <i>Mayab</i> is the correct form, and that this means “not +numerous,” thinks that it was applied to the first native settlers of +the land, on account of the paucity of their <span class="nowrap">numbers!<a name="FNanchor_15-3_11" id="FNanchor_15-3_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_15-3_11" class="fnanchor">15-3</a></span></p> + +<p>All this seems like learned trifling. The name may belong to that +ancient dialect from which are derived many of the names of the days and +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>months in the native calendar, and which, as an esoteric language, was +in use among the Maya priests, as was also one among the Aztecs of +Mexico. Instances of this, in fact, are very common among the American +aborigines, and no doubt many words were thus preserved which could not +be analyzed to their radicals through the popular tongue.</p> + +<p>Or, if it is essential to find a meaning, why not accept the obvious +signification of the name? <i>Ma</i> is the negative “no,” “not;” <i>ya</i> means +rough, fatiguing, difficult, painful, dangerous. The compound <i>maya</i> is +given in the Dictionary of Motul with the translations “not arduous nor +severe; something easy and not difficult to do;” <i>cosa no grave ni +recia; cosa facil y no dificultosa de hacer</i>. It was used adjectively as +in the phrase, <i>maya u chapahal</i>, his sickness is not dangerous. So they +might have spoken of the level and fertile land of Yucatan, abounding in +fruit and game, that land to which we are told they delighted to give, +as a favorite appellation, the term <i>u luumil ceh, u luumil cutz</i>, the +land of the deer, the land of the wild turkey; of this land, I say, they +might well have spoken as of one not fatiguing, not rough nor +exhausting.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>§ 2. <i>The Maya Linguistic Family.</i></p> + +<p>Whatever the primitive meaning and first application of the name Maya, +it is now used to signify specifically the aborigines of Yucatan. In a +more extended sense, in the expression “the Maya family,” it is +understood to embrace all tribes, wherever found, who speak related +dialects presumably derived from the same ancient stock as the Maya +proper.</p> + +<p>Other names for this extended family have been suggested, as Maya-Kiche, +Mam-Huastec, and the like, compounded of the names of two or more of the +tribes of the group. But this does not appear to have much advantage +over the simple expression I have given, though “Maya-Kiche” may be +conveniently employed to prevent confusion.</p> + +<p>These affiliated tribes are, according to the investigations of Dr. Carl +Hermann Berendt, the following:—</p> + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Affiliated tribes"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">1.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Maya proper, including the Lacandons.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">2.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Chontals of Tabasco, on and near the coast west of the mouth + of the Usumacinta.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">3.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Tzendals, south of the Chontals.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">4.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Zotzils, south of the Tzendals.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">5.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Chaneabals, south of the Zotzils.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>6.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Chols, on the upper Usumacinta.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">7.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Chortis, near Copan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">8.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Kekchis, and</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">9.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Pocomchis, in Vera Paz.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">10.</td> + <td>The Pocomams.</td> + <td rowspan="6"> + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="bracket"> + <tr><td class="bt br bb" style="padding: 0em;"> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> </td></tr> + </table></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">11.</td> + <td>The Mams.</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">12.</td> + <td>The Kiches.</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">13.</td> + <td>The Ixils.</td> + <td>In or bordering on Guatemala.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">14.</td> + <td>The Cakchiquels.</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">15.</td> + <td>The Tzutuhils.</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">16.</td> + <td colspan="3">The Huastecs, on the Panuco river and its tributaries, in Mexico.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The languages of these do not differ more, in their extremes, than the +French, Spanish, Italian and other tongues of the so-called Latin races; +while a number resemble each other as closely as the Greek dialects of +classic times.</p> + +<p>What lends particular importance to the study of this group of languages +is that it is that which was spoken by the race in several respects the +most civilized of any found on the American continent. Copan, Uxmal and +Palenque are names which at once evoke the most earnest interest in the +mind of every one who has ever been attracted to the subject of the +archæology of the New World. This race, moreover, possessed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>an abundant +literature, preserved in written books, in characters which were in some +degree phonetic. Enough of these remain to whet, though not to satisfy, +the curiosity of the student.</p> + +<p>The total number of Indians of pure blood speaking the Maya proper may +be estimated as nearly or quite 200,000, most of them in the political +limits of the department of Yucatan; to these should be added nearly +100,000 of mixed blood, or of European descent, who use the tongue in +daily <span class="nowrap">life.<a name="FNanchor_19-1_12" id="FNanchor_19-1_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_19-1_12" class="fnanchor">19-1</a></span> For it forms one of the rare examples of American +languages possessing vitality enough not only to maintain its own +ground, but actually to force itself on European settlers and supplant +their native speech. It is no uncommon occurrence in Yucatan, says Dr. +Berendt, to find whole families of pure white blood who do not know one +word of Spanish, using the Maya exclusively. It has even intruded on +literature, and one finds it interlarded in books published in Merida, +very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>much as lady novelists drop into French in their imaginative +<span class="nowrap">effusions.<a name="FNanchor_20-1_13" id="FNanchor_20-1_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_20-1_13" class="fnanchor">20-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The number speaking the different dialects of the stock are roughly +estimated at half a million, which is probably below the mark.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 3. <i>Origin of the Maya Tribes.</i></p> + +<p>The Mayas did not claim to be autochthones. Their legends referred to +their arrival by the sea from the East, in remote times, under the +leadership of Itzamna, their hero-god, and also to a less numerous, +immigration from the west, from Mexico, which was connected with the +history of another hero-god, Kukul Càn.</p> + +<p>The first of these appears to be wholly mythical, and but a repetition +of the story found among so many American tribes, that their ancestors +came from the distant Orient. I have elsewhere explained this to be but +a solar or light <span class="nowrap">myth.<a name="FNanchor_20-2_14" id="FNanchor_20-2_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_20-2_14" class="fnanchor">20-2</a></span></p> + +<p>The second tradition deserves more attention from the historian, as it +is supported by some of their chronicles and by the testimony of several +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>of the most intelligent natives of the period of the conquest, which I +present on a later page of this volume.</p> + +<p>It cannot be denied that the Mayas, the Kiches and the Cakchiquels, in +their most venerable traditions, claimed to have migrated from the north +or west, from some part of the present country of Mexico.</p> + +<p>These traditions receive additional importance from the presence on the +shores of the Mexican Gulf, on the waters of the river Panuco, north of +Vera Cruz, of a prominent branch of the Maya family, the <i>Huastecs</i>. The +idea suggests itself that these were the rearguard of a great migration +of the Maya family from the north toward the south.</p> + +<p>Support is given to this by their dialect, which is most closely akin to +that of the Tzendals of Tabasco, the nearest Maya race to the south of +them, and also by very ancient traditions of the Aztecs.</p> + +<p>It is noteworthy that these two partially civilized races, the Mayas and +the Aztecs, though differing radically in language, had legends which +claimed a community of origin in some indefinitely remote past. We find +these on the Maya side narrated <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>in the sacred book of the Kiches, the +<i>Popol Vuh</i>, in the Cakchiquel <i>Records of Tecpan Atitlan</i>, and in +various pure Maya sources which I bring forward in this volume. The +Aztec traditions refer to the Huastecs, and a brief analysis of them +will not be out of place.</p> + +<p>At a very remote period the Mexicans, under their leader Mecitl, from +whom they took their name, arrived in boats at the mouth of the river +Panuco, at the place called Panotlan, which name means “where one +arrives by sea.” With them were the Olmecs under their leader Olmecatl, +the Huastecs, under their leader Huastecatl, the Mixtecs and others. +They journeyed together and in friendship southward, down the coast, +quite to the volcanoes of Guatemala, thence to Tamoanchan, which is +described as the <a name="corr1" id="corr1"></a><ins class="correction" title="terrestrial">terrestial</ins> paradise, and afterwards, some of them +at least, northward and eastward, toward the shores of the Gulf.</p> + +<p>On this journey the intoxicating beverage made from the maguey, called +<i>octli</i> by the Aztecs, <i>cii</i> by the Mayas, and <i>pulque</i> by the +Spaniards, was invented by a woman whose name was <i>Mayauel</i>, in which we +can scarcely err in recognizing the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>national appellation <span class="nowrap"><i>Maya</i>.<a name="FNanchor_23-1_15" id="FNanchor_23-1_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_23-1_15" class="fnanchor">23-1</a></span> +Furthermore, the invention is closely related to the history of the +Huastecs. Their leader, alone of all the chieftains, drank to excess, +and in his drunkenness threw aside his garments and displayed his +nakedness. When he grew sober, fear and shame impelled him to collect +all those who spoke his language, and leaving the other tribes, he +returned to the neighborhood of Panuco and settled there +<span class="nowrap">permanently.<a name="FNanchor_23-2_16" id="FNanchor_23-2_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_23-2_16" class="fnanchor">23-2</a></span></p> + +<p>The annals of the Aztecs contain frequent allusions to the Huastecs. The +most important contest between the two nations took place in the reign +of Montezuma the First (1440-1464). The attack was made by the Aztecs, +for the alleged reason that the Huastecs had robbed and killed Aztec +merchants on their way to the great fairs in Guatemala. The Huastecs are +described as numerous, dwelling in walled towns, possessing quantities +of maize, beans, feathers and precious stones, and painting their faces. +They were sig<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>nally defeated by the troops of Montezuma, but not reduced +to <span class="nowrap">vassalage.<a name="FNanchor_24-1_17" id="FNanchor_24-1_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_24-1_17" class="fnanchor">24-1</a></span></p> + +<p>At the time of the Conquest the province of the Huastecs was densely +peopled; “none more so under the sun,” remarks the Augustinian friar +Nicolas de Witte, who visited it in 1543; but even then he found it +almost deserted and covered with ruins, for, a few years previous, the +Spaniards had acted towards its natives with customary treachery and +cruelty. They had invited all the chiefs to a conference, had enticed +them into a large wooden building, and then set fire to it and burned +them alive. When this merciless act became known the Huastecs deserted +their villages and scattered among the forests and <span class="nowrap">mountains.<a name="FNanchor_24-2_18" id="FNanchor_24-2_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_24-2_18" class="fnanchor">24-2</a></span></p> + +<p>These traditions go to show that the belief among the Aztecs was that +the tribes of the Maya family came originally from the north or +northeast, and were at some remote period closely connected with their +own ancestors.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>§ 4. <i>Political Condition at the Time of the Conquest.</i></p> + +<p>When the Spaniards first explored the coasts of Yucatan they found the +peninsula divided into a number of independent petty states. According +to an authority followed by Herrera, these were eighteen in number. +There is no complete list of their names, nor can we fix with certainty +their boundaries. The following list gives their approximate position. +On the west coast, beginning at the south—</p> + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-left:2.5em;" summary="Petty states 1"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">1.</td> + <td><i>Acalan</i>, on the Bahia de Terminos.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">2.</td> + <td><i>Tixchel</i> (or Telchac?)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">3.</td> + <td><i>Champoton</i> (Chakanputun, or Potonchan).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">4.</td> + <td><i>Kinpech</i> (Campech or Campeche).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">5.</td> + <td><i>Canul</i> (Acanul or H’ Canul).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">6.</td> + <td><i>Hocabaihumun.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">7.</td> + <td><i>Cehpech</i>, in which Merida was founded.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">8.</td> + <td><i>Zipatan</i>, on the northwest coast.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>On the east coast, beginning at the north—</p> + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-left:2em;" summary="Petty states 2"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">9.</td> + <td><i>Choaca</i>, near Cape Cotoche.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">10.</td> + <td><i>Ekab</i>, opposite the Island of Cozumel.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">11.</td> + <td><i>Conil</i>, or of the Cupuls.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="corr3" id="corr3"></a><ins class="correction" title="12.">13.</ins></td> + <td><i>Bakhalal</i>, or Bacalar.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="13.">14.</ins></td> + <td><i>Chetemal.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="14.">15.</ins></td> + <td><i>Taitza</i>, the Peten district.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>Central provinces—</p> + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-left:2em;" summary="Petty states 3"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="15.">16.</ins></td> + <td><i>H’ Chel</i> (or Ah Kin Chel) in which Itzamal +was located.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="16.">17.</ins></td> + <td><i>Zotuta</i>, of the Cocoms.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="17.">18.</ins></td> + <td><i>Mani</i>, of the Xius.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><ins class="correction" title="18.">19.</ins></td> + <td><i>Cochuah</i> (or Cochva, or Cocolá), the principal town of which was Ichmul.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>As No. 15, the Peten district, was not conquered by the Spaniards until +1697, it was doubtless not included in the list drawn up by Herrera’s +authority, so that the above would correspond with his statement.</p> + +<p>Each of these provinces was ruled by a hereditary chief, who was called +<i>batab</i>, or <i>batabil uinic</i> (<i>uinic</i>=man). He sometimes bore two names, +the first being that of his mother, the second of his father, as <i>Can +Ek</i>, in which <i>Can</i> was from the maternal, <i>Ek</i> from the paternal line. +The surname (<i>kaba</i>) descended through the male. It was called <i>hach +kaba</i>, the true name, or <i>hool kaba</i>, the head name. Much attention was +paid to preserving the genealogy, and the word for “of noble birth” was +<i>ah kaba</i>, “he who has a name.”</p> + +<p>Each village of a province was organized under a ruler, who was styled +<i>halach uinic</i>, the true or real man. Frequently he was a junior member +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>of the reigning family. He was assisted by a second in command, termed +<i>ah kulel</i>, as a lieutenant, and various subordinate officials, whose +duties will be explained in the notes to Nakuk Pech’s narrative.</p> + +<p>Personal tenure of land did not exist. The town lands were divided out +annually among the members of the community, as their wants required, +the consumption of each adult being calculated at twenty loads (of a +man) of maize each year, this being the staple <span class="nowrap">food.<a name="FNanchor_27-1_19" id="FNanchor_27-1_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_27-1_19" class="fnanchor">27-1</a></span></p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 5. <i>Grammatical Observations.</i></p> + +<p>Compared with many American languages, the Maya is simple in +construction. It is analytic rather than synthetic; most of its roots +are monosyllables or dissyllables, and the order of their arrangement is +very similar to that in English. It has been observed that foreigners, +coming to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>Yucatan, ignorant of both Spanish and Maya, acquire a +conversational knowledge of the latter more readily than of the +<span class="nowrap">former.<a name="FNanchor_28-1_20" id="FNanchor_28-1_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_28-1_20" class="fnanchor">28-1</a></span></p> + +<p>An examination of the language explains this. Neither nouns nor +adjectives undergo any change for gender, number or case. Before animate +nouns the gender may be indicated by the prefixes <i>ah</i> and <i>ix</i>, +equivalent to the English <i>he</i> and <i>she</i> in such expressions as +<i>he-bear</i>, <i>she-bear</i>. The plural particle is <i>ob</i>, which can be +suffixed to animate nouns, but is in fact the third person plural of the +personal pronoun.</p> + +<p>The conjugations of the verbs are four in number. All passives and +neuters end in <i>l</i>, and also a certain number of active verbs; these +form the first conjugation, while the remaining three are of active +verbs only. The time-forms of the verb are three, the present, the +aorist, and the future. Taking the verb <i>nacal</i>, to ascend, these forms +are <i>nacal</i>, <i>naci</i>, <i>nacac</i>. The present indicative is:—</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span></p> +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="table 1"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Nacal in cah,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I ascend.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal á cah,</td> + <td>thou ascendest.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal ú cah,</td> + <td>he ascends.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal c cah,</td> + <td>we ascend.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal a cah ex,</td> + <td>you ascend.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal u cah ob,</td> + <td>they ascend.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>When this form is analyzed, we discover that <i>in</i>, <i>á</i>, <i>ú</i>, <i>c</i>, +<i>a-ex</i>, <i>u-ob</i>, are personal possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, our, +your, their; and that <i>nacal</i> and <i>cah</i> are in fact verbal nouns +standing in apposition. <i>Cah</i>, which is the sign of the present tense, +means the doing, making, being occupied or busy at something. Hence +<i>nacal in cah</i>, I ascend, is literally “the ascent, my being occupied +with.” The imperfect tense is merely the present with the additional +verbal noun <i>cuchi</i> added, as—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Nacal in cah cuchi,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I was ascending.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nacal á cah cuchi,</td> + <td>Thou wast ascending.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 6em;">etc.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><i>Cuchi</i> means carrying on, bearing along, and the imperfect may thus be +rendered:—</p> + +<p>“The ascent, my being occupied with, carrying on.”</p> + +<p>This is what has been called by Friedrich Müller the “possessive +conjugation,” the pronoun <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>used being not in the nominative but in the +possessive form.</p> + +<p>The aorist presents a different mode of formation:—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Nac-en, (i.e. Naci-en)</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I ascended.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nac-ech,</td> + <td>Thou ascended.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Naci,</td> + <td>He ascended.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nac-on,</td> + <td>We ascended.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nac-ex,</td> + <td>You ascended.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Nac-ob,</td> + <td>They ascended.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>Here <i>en</i>, <i>ech</i>, <i>on</i>, <i>ex</i>, are apparently the simple personal +pronouns I, thou, we, you, and are used predicatively. The future is +also conjugated in this form by the use of the verbal <i>bin</i>, <i>binel</i>, to +go:</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Bin nacac en,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I am going to ascend.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Bin nacac ech,</td> + <td>Thou art going to ascend.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 8em;">etc.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The present of all the active verbs uses this predicative form, while +their aorists and futures employ possessive forms. Thus:—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Ten cambezic,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I teach him.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Tech cambezic,</td> + <td>Thou teaches him.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Lay cambezic,</td> + <td>He teaches him.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>Here, however, I must note a difference of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>opinion between eminent +grammatical critics. Friedrich Müller considers all such forms as—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Nac-en,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I ascended,</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="noindent">to exhibit “the predicative power of the true verb,” basing his opinion +on the analogy of such expressions as—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Ten batab en,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I (am) a <span class="nowrap">chief.<a name="FNanchor_31-1_21" id="FNanchor_31-1_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_31-1_21" class="fnanchor">31-1</a></span></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>M. Lucien Adam, on the other hand, says:—“The intransitive preterit +<i>nac-en</i> may seem morphologically the same as the Aryan <i>ás-mi</i>; but +here again, <i>nac</i> is a verbal noun, as is demonstrated by the plural of +the third person <i>nac-ob</i>, ‘the ascenders.’ <i>Nac-en</i> comes to mean +‘ascender [formerly] <span class="nowrap">me.’”<a name="FNanchor_31-2_22" id="FNanchor_31-2_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_31-2_22" class="fnanchor">31-2</a></span></p> + +<p>I am inclined to think that the French critic is right, and that, in +fact, there is no true verb in the Maya, but merely verbal nouns, +<i>nomina actionis</i>, to which the pronouns stand either in the possessive +or objective relations, or, more remotely, in the possessive relation to +another verbal noun in apposition, as <i>cah</i>, <i>cuchi</i>, etc. The +importance of this point in estimating the structure of the language +will be appreciated by those who have paid any attention to the science +of linguistics.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>The objective form of the conjugation is composed of the simple personal +pronouns of both persons, together with the possessive of the agent and +the particle <i>ci</i>, which conveys the accessory notion of present action +towards. Thus, from <i>moc</i>, to tie:—</p> + +<table width="60%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Ten c in moc ech,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I tie thee,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">literally,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">I my present tying thee.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>These refinements of analysis have, of course, nothing to do with the +convenience of the language for practical purposes. As it has no dual, +no inclusive and exclusive plurals, no articles nor substantive verb, no +transitions, and few irregular verbs, its forms are quickly learned. It +is not polysynthetic, at any rate, not more so than French, and its +words undergo no such alteration by agglutination as in Aztec and +Algonkin. Syncopated forms are indeed common, but to no greater extent +than in colloquial English. The unit of the tongue remains the word, not +the sentence, and we find no immeasurable words, expressing in +themselves a whole paragraph, such as grammarians like to quote from the +Eskimo, Aztec, Qquichua and other highly synthetic languages.</p> + +<p>The position of words in a sentence is not dissimilar from that in +English. The adjective <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>precedes the noun it qualifies, and sentences +usually follow the formula, subject—verbal—object. Thus:—</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td><i>Hemac</i></td> + <td><i>cu</i></td> + <td><i>yacuntic</i></td> + <td><i>Diose,</i></td> + <td></td> + <td><i>utz</i></td> + <td><i>uinic.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>He</td> + <td>who</td> + <td>loves</td> + <td>God,</td> + <td>[is]</td> + <td>good</td> + <td>man.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>But transposition is allowable, as—</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td><i>Taachili</i></td> + <td><i>u tzicic</i></td> + <td><i>u</i></td> + <td><i>yum</i></td> + <td><i>uinic.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Generally</td> + <td>obeys</td> + <td>his</td> + <td>father,</td> + <td>a man.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>As shown in this last example, the genitive relation is indicated by the +possessive pronoun, as it sometimes was in English, “John, his book;” +but the Maya is “his book John,” <i>u huun Juan</i>.</p> + +<p>Another method which is used for indicating the genitive and ablative +relations is the termination <i>il</i>. This is called “the determinative +ending,” and denotes whose is the object named, or of what. It is +occasionally varied to <i>al</i> and <i>el</i>, to correspond to the last +preceding vowel, but this “vocalic echo” is not common in Maya. While it +denotes use, it does not convey the idea of ownership. Thus, <i>u cħeen +in yum</i>, my father’s well, means the well that belongs to my father; but +<i>cħenel in yum</i>, my father’s well, means the well from which he +obtains water, but in which he has no proprietorship. Material used is +indicated by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>this ending, as <i>xanil na</i>, a house of straw (<i>xan</i>, straw, +<i>na</i>, house).</p> + +<p>Compound words are frequent, but except occasional syncope, the members +of the compound undergo no change. There is little resembling the +incapsulation (<i>emboitement</i>) that one sees in most American languages. +Thus, midnight, <i>chumucakab</i>, is merely a union of <i>chumuc</i>, middle, and +<i>akab</i>, night; dawn, <i>ahalcab</i>, is <i>ahal</i>, to awaken, <i>cab</i>, the world.</p> + +<p>While from the above brief sketch it will be seen that the Maya is free +from many of the difficulties which present themselves in most American +tongues, it is by no means devoid of others.</p> + +<p>In its <i>phonetics</i>, it possesses six elements which to the Spaniards +were new. They are represented by the signs:</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" summary="phonetic signs"> +<tr> + <td>cħ,</td> + <td>k,</td> + <td>pp,</td> + <td>tħ,</td> + <td>tz,</td> + <td>ɔ.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>Of these the cħ resembles dch, pronounced forcibly; the ɔ is as dz; +the pp is a forcible double p; and in the tħ the two letters are to +be pronounced separately and forcibly. There remains the <i>k</i> which is +the most difficult of all. It is a sort of palato-guttural, the only one +in the language, and its sound can only be acquired by long practice.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>The <i>particles</i> are very numerous, and make up the life of the language. +By them are expressed the relations of space and time, and all the finer +shades of meaning. Probably no one not to the manor born could render +correctly their full force. Buenaventura, in his Grammar, enumerates +sixteen different significations of the particle <span class="nowrap"><i>il</i>.<a name="FNanchor_35-1_23" id="FNanchor_35-1_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_35-1_23" class="fnanchor">35-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The elliptical and obscure style adopted by most native writers, partly +from ignorance of the art of composition, partly because they imitated +the mystery in expression affected by their priests, forms a serious +obstacle even to those fairly acquainted with the current language. +Moreover, the older manuscripts contain both words and forms unfamiliar +to a cultivated Yucatecan of to-day.</p> + +<p>I must, however, not omit to contradict formally an assertion made by +the traveler Waldeck, and often repeated, that the language has +undergone such extensive changes that what was written a century ago is +unintelligible to a native of to-day. So far is this from the truth +that, except for a few obsolete words, the narrative of the Conquest, +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>written more than three hundred years ago, by the chief Pech, which I +print in this volume, could be read without much difficulty by any +educated native.</p> + +<p>Again, as in all languages largely monosyllabic, there are many +significations attached to one word, and these often widely different. +Thus <i>kab</i> means, a hand; a handle; a branch; sap; an offence; while +<i>cab</i> means the world; a country; strength; honey; a hive; sting of an +insect; juice of a plant; and, in composition, promptness. It will be +readily understood that cases will occur where the context leaves it +doubtful which of these meanings is to be chosen.</p> + +<p>These <i>homonyms</i> and <i>paronyms</i>, as they are called by grammarians, +offer a fine field for sciolists in philology, wherein to discover +analogies between the Maya and other tongues, and they have been +vigorously culled out for that purpose. All such efforts are +inconsistent with correct methods in linguistics. The folly of the +procedure may be illustrated by comparing the English and the Maya. I +suppose no one will pretend that these languages, at any rate in their +present modern forms, are related. Yet the following are but a few of +the many verbal similarities that could be pointed out:—</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p> +<table width="40%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%"><span class="smcap">Maya.</span></td> + <td style="width: 50%"><span class="smcap">English.</span> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>bateel,</td> + <td>battle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>cħab,</td> + <td>to grab, to take.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>hol,</td> + <td>hole.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>hun,</td> + <td>one.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>lum,</td> + <td>loam.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>pol,</td> + <td>poll (head).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>potum,</td> + <td>a pot.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>pul,</td> + <td>to pull, carry.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>tun,</td> + <td>stone.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>So with the Latin we could find such similarities as <i>volah</i>=volo, +<i>ɔa</i>=dare, etc.</p> + +<p>In fact, no relationship of the Maya linguistic group to any other has +been discovered. It contains a number of words borrowed from the Aztec +(Nahuatl); and the latter in turn presents many undoubtedly borrowed +from the Maya dialects. But this only goes to show that these two great +families had long and close relations; and that we already know, from +their history, traditions and geographical positions.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 6. <i>The Numeral System.</i></p> + +<p>The Mayas had a mathematical turn, and possessed a developed system of +numeration. It counted by units and scores; in other words, it <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>was a +vigesimal system. The cardinal numbers were:—</p> + +<table width="40%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="cardinal numbers"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Hun,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">one.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ca,</td> + <td>two.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ox,</td> + <td>three.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Can,</td> + <td>four.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ho,</td> + <td>five.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uac,</td> + <td>six.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uuc,</td> + <td>seven.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uaxac,</td> + <td>eight.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Bolon,</td> + <td>nine.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Lahun,</td> + <td>ten.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Buluc,</td> + <td>eleven.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Lahca,</td> + <td>twelve.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Oxlahun,</td> + <td>thirteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Canlahun,</td> + <td>fourteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Holhun,</td> + <td>fifteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uaclahun,</td> + <td>sixteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uuclahun,</td> + <td>seventeen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Uaxaclahun,</td> + <td>eighteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Bolonlahun,</td> + <td>nineteen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Hunkal,</td> + <td>twenty.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The composition of these numerals from twelve to nineteen inclusive is +easily seen. <i>Lahun</i> is apparently a compound of <i>lah hun</i> (sc. +<i>uinic</i>), “it finishes one (man);” that is, in counting on the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>fingers. +<i>Lah</i> means the end, to end, and also the whole of anything. <i>Kal</i>, a +score, is literally a fastening together, a shutting up, from the verb +<i>kal</i>, to shut, to lock, to button up, etc.</p> + +<p>From twenty upward, the scores are used:—</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="twenty upward"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Hun tu kal,</td> + <td class="tdr" style="width: 50%">one to the score, 21.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ca tu kal,</td> + <td class="tdr">two to the score, 22.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ox tu kal,</td> + <td class="tdr">three to the score, 23,</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="noindent">and so on up to</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="counting"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Ca kal,</td> + <td class="tdr" style="width: 50%">two score, 40.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>Above forty, three different methods can be used to continue the +numeration.</p> + +<p>1. We may continue the same employed between 20 and 40, thus:—</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="counting"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Hun tu cakal,</td> + <td class="tdr" style="width: 50%">one to two score, 41.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ca tu cakal,</td> + <td class="tdr">two to two score, 42.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ox tu cakal,</td> + <td class="tdr">three to two score, 43,</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="noindent">and so on.</p> + +<p>2. The numeral copulative <i>catac</i> can be used, with the numeral particle +<i>tul</i>; as:—</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="counting"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Cakal catac catul,</td> + <td class="tdr" style="width: 50%">two score and two, 42.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Cakal catac oxtul,</td> + <td class="tdr">two score and three, 43.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>3. We may count upon the next score above, as:</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="counting"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%">Hun tu yoxkal,</td> + <td class="tdr" style="width: 50%">one on the third score, 41.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ca tu yoxkal,</td> + <td class="tdr">two on the third score, 42.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Ox tu yoxkal,</td> + <td class="tdr">three on the third score, 43.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>The last mentioned system is that advanced by Father Beltran, and is the +only one formally mentioned by him. It has recently been carefully +analyzed by Prof. Leon de Rosny, who has shown that it is a consistent +vigesimal <span class="nowrap">method.<a name="FNanchor_40-1_24" id="FNanchor_40-1_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_40-1_24" class="fnanchor">40-1</a></span></p> + +<p>It might be asked, and the question is pertinent, and is left unanswered +by Prof. Leon de Rosny, why <i>hun tu kal</i> means “one to the score,” and +<i>hun tu can kal</i> is translated, “one on the fourth score.” This +important shade of meaning may be given, I think, by the possessive <i>u</i> +which originally belonged in the phrase, but suffered elision. Properly +it should be,</p> + +<p class="titlepage">Hun tu u can kal.</p> + +<p>This seems apparent from other numbers where it has not suffered +elision, but merely incorporation, as:—</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="counting"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">Hun tu yox kal</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>hun tu u ox kal, 41.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">Hu tu yokal</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>hun tu u ho kal, 81.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>This system of numeration, advanced by Beltran, appears to have been +adopted by all of the later writers, who may have learned the Maya +largely from his Grammar. Thus, in the transla<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>tion of the Gospel of St. +John, published by the Baptist Bible Translation Society, chap. <span class="smcap">II</span>, v. +20; <i>Xupan uactuyoxkal hab utial u mental letile kulnaa</i>, “forty and six +years was this temple in <span class="nowrap">building;”<a name="FNanchor_41-1_25" id="FNanchor_41-1_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_41-1_25" class="fnanchor">41-1</a></span> and in that of the Gospel of +St. Luke, said to have been the work of Father Joaquin Ruz, the same +system is <span class="nowrap">followed.<a name="FNanchor_41-2_26" id="FNanchor_41-2_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_41-2_26" class="fnanchor">41-2</a></span></p> + +<p>Nevertheless, Beltran’s method has been severely criticised by Don Juan +Pio Perez, who ranks among the ablest Yucatecan linguists of this +century. He has pronounced it artificial, not in accordance with either +the past or present use of the natives themselves, and built up out of +an effort to assimilate the Maya to the Latin numeral system.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>I give his words in the original, from his unpublished essay on Maya +<span class="nowrap">grammar.<a name="FNanchor_42-1_27" id="FNanchor_42-1_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_42-1_27" class="fnanchor">42-1</a></span></p> + +<p>“Los Indios de Yucatan cuentan por veintenas, que llaman <i>kal</i> y en +cierto modo tienen diez y nueve unidades hasta completar la primera +veintena que es <i>hunkal</i> aunque en el curso de esta solo se encuentran +once numeros simples, pues los nombres de los restantes se forman de los +de la primera decena.</p> + +<p>“Para contar de una à otra veintena los numeros fraccionarios ò las diez +y nueve unidades, terminadas por la particula <i>tul</i> ò su sincopa +<span class="nowrap"><i>tu</i>,<a name="FNanchor_42-2_28" id="FNanchor_42-2_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_42-2_28" class="fnanchor">42-2</a></span> se juntan antepuestas à la veintena espresada; por exemplo, +<i>hunkal</i>, 20; <i>huntukal</i>, 21; <i>catukal</i>, 22; y <i>huntucakal</i>, 41; +<i>catucakal</i>, 42; <i>oxtucankal</i>, 83; <i>cantuhokal</i>, 140, etc.</p> + +<p>“El Padre Fr. Beltran de Santa Rosa, como puede verse en su <i>Arte de +Lengua Maya</i>, formó un sistema distinto à este desde la 2ª veintena +hasta la ultima, pues para espresar las unidades entre este y la 3ª +veintena pone à esta terminandolas y por consiguiente rebajandole su +valor por solo su anteposicion à dichas unidades fraccion<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>arias, y asi +para espresar el numero 45 por ejemplo dice <i>ho tu yoxkal</i>, cuando +<i>oxkal</i> ò <i>yoxkal</i> significa 60.</p> + +<p>“No sé de donde tomó los fundamentos en que se apoya este sistema, quiza +en el uso de su tiempo, que no ha llegado hasta este; aunque he visto en +varios manuscritos antiguos, que los Indios de entonces como los de +ahora, usaban el sistema que indico, y espresaban las unidades integras +que numeraban, y para espresar el numero 65 dicen; <i>Oxkal catac hotul</i> ù +<i>hotu oxkal</i>, que usa el Padre Beltran por <span class="nowrap">45.<a name="FNanchor_43-1_29" id="FNanchor_43-1_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_43-1_29" class="fnanchor">43-1</a></span></p> + +<p>“Mas el metodo que explico esta apoyado en el uso y aun en el curso que +se advierte en la 1ª y 2ª veintena é indican que asi deben continuar las +decenas hasta la 20ª y no formar sistemas confusos que por ser mas ô +menos análogos à la numeracion romana lo juzgaban mas ô menos perfectos, +porque la consideraban como un tipo a que debia arreglarse cualquiera +otra lengua, cuando en ellas todo lo que no este conforme con el uso +recibido y corriente, es construir castillos en el aire y hacer reformas +que por mas ingeniosas que sean, no pasan de inoficiosas.”</p> + +<p>In the face of this severe criticism of Father <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>Beltran’s system, I +cannot explain how it is that in Pio Perez’s own Dictionary of the Maya, +the numerals above 40 are given according to Beltran’s system; and that +this was not the work of the editors of that volume (which was published +after his death), is shown by an autographic manuscript of his +dictionary in my possession, written about <span class="nowrap">1846,<a name="FNanchor_44-1_30" id="FNanchor_44-1_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_44-1_30" class="fnanchor">44-1</a></span> in which also the +numerals appear in Beltran’s form.</p> + +<p>Three other manuscript dictionaries in my collection, all composed +previous to 1690, affirm the system of Beltran, and I am therefore +obliged to believe that it was authentic and current among the natives +long before white scholars began to dress up their language in the +ill-fitting garments of Aryan grammar.</p> + +<p>Proceeding to higher numbers, it is interesting to note that they also +proceed on the vigesimal system, although this has not heretofore been +distinctly shown. The ancient computation was:</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="larger units"> +<tr> + <td>20 units</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>kal</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">20</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>20 kal</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>bak</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">400</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>20 bak</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>pic</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">8,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>20 pic</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>calab</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">160,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>20 calab</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>kinchil</i> or <i>tzotzceh</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">3,200,000</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>20 kinchil</td> + <td>=</td> + <td>one <i>alau</i></td> + <td>=</td> + <td class="tdr">64,000,000</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>This ancient system was obscured by the Spaniards using the word <i>pic</i> +to mean 1000 and <i>kinchil</i> to mean 1,000,000, instead of their original +significations.</p> + +<p>The meaning of <i>kal</i>, I have already explained to be a fastening +together, a package, a bundle. <i>Bak</i>, as a verb, is to tie around and +around with a network of cords; <i>pic</i> is the old word for the short +petticoat worn by the women, which was occasionally used as a sac. If we +remember that grains of corn or of cacao were what were generally +employed as counters, then we may suppose these were measures of +quantity. The word <i>kal</i> (<i>qal</i>), in Kiche means a score and also +specifically 20 grains of cacao; <i>bak</i> in Cakchiquel means a corn-cob, +and as a verb to shell an ear of corn, but I am not clear of any +connection between this and the numeral. Other meanings of <i>bak</i> in Maya +are “meat” and the <i>partes pudendas</i> of either sex.</p> + +<p><i>Calab</i>, seems to be an instrumental form from <i>cal</i>, to stuff, to fill +<span class="nowrap">full.<a name="FNanchor_45-1_31" id="FNanchor_45-1_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_45-1_31" class="fnanchor">45-1</a></span> The word <i>calam</i> is used in the sense of excessive, +overmuch. In Cakchi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>quel the phrase <i>mani hu cala</i>, not (merely) one +<i>cala</i>, is synonymous with <i>mani hu chuvi</i>, not (merely) one bag or +sack, both meaning a countless <span class="nowrap">number.<a name="FNanchor_46-1_32" id="FNanchor_46-1_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_46-1_32" class="fnanchor">46-1</a></span> In that dialect the +specific meaning of <i>cala</i> is 20 loads of cacao <span class="nowrap">beans.<a name="FNanchor_46-2_33" id="FNanchor_46-2_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_46-2_33" class="fnanchor">46-2</a></span></p> + +<p>The term <i>tzotzceh</i> means deerskin, but for <i>kinchil</i> and <i>alau</i>, I have +found no satisfactory derivation that does not strain the forms of the +word too much. I would, however, suggest one possible connection of +meaning.</p> + +<p>In <i>kinchil</i>, we have the word <i>kin</i>, day; in <i>alau</i>, the word <i>u</i> +month, and in the term for mathematical infinity, <i>hunhablat</i>, we find +<i>hun haab</i>, one year, just as in the related expression, <i>hunhablazic</i>, +which signifies that which lasts a whole year. If this suggestion is +well grounded, then in these highest expressions of quantity (and I am +inclined to think that originally <i>hun hablat</i>, one <i>hablat</i>=20 <i>alau</i>) +we have applications of the three time periods, the day, the month, and +the year, with the figurative sense that the increase of one over the +other was as the relative lengths of these different periods.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>I think it worth while to go into these etymologies, as they may throw +some light on the graphic representation of the numerals in the Maya +hieroglyphics. It is quite likely that the figures chosen to represent +the different higher units would resemble the objects which their names +literally signify. The first nineteen numerals were written by a +combination of dots and lines, examples of which we find in abundance in +the Codex Troano and other manuscripts. The following explanation of it +is from the pen of a native writer in the last century:—</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 78px;"> +<img src="images/image01.png" width="78" height="300" alt="Mayan numerals" title="Mayan numerals" /> +</div> + +<p>“Yantac thun yetel paiche tu pachob, he hunppel thune hunppel bin haabe, +uaix cappele cappel bin haabe, uaix oxppel thuun, ua canppel thuune, +canppel binbe, uaix oxppel thuun baixan; he paichee yan yokol xane, ua +hunppel paichee, hoppel haab bin; ua cappel paichee lahunppiz bin; uaix +hunppel paichee yan yokol xane, ua yan hunppel thuune uacppel bin be; +uaix cappel thuune yan yokol paichee uucppel bin be; ua oxppel thuun yan +yokole, uaxppel binbe; uaixcanppel thun yan yokole paichee (bolonppel +binbe); yanix thun yokol (cappel) paichee buluc <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>piz; uaix cappel thune +lahcapiz; ua oxppel thuun, oxlahunpiz.”</p> + +<p>“They (our ancestors) used (for numerals in their calendars) dots and +lines back of them; one dot for one year, two dots for two years, three +dots for three, four dots for four, and so on; in addition to these they +used a line; one line meant five years, two lines ten years; if one line +and above it one dot, six years; if two dots above the line, seven +years; if three dots above, eight; if four dots above the line, nine; a +dot above two lines, eleven; if two dots, twelve; if three dots, +<span class="nowrap">thirteen.”<a name="FNanchor_48-1_34" id="FNanchor_48-1_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_48-1_34" class="fnanchor">48-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The plan of using the numerals in Maya differs somewhat from that in +English.</p> + +<p>In the first place, they are rarely named without the addition of a +<i>numeral particle</i>, which is suffixed. These particles indicate the +character or class of the objects which are, or are about to be, +enumerated. When they are uttered, the hearer at once knows what kind of +objects are to be spoken of. Many of them can be traced to a meaning +which <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>has a definite application to a class, and they have analogues in +European tongues. Thus I may say “seven head of”—and the hearer knows +that I am going to speak of cattle, or sheep, or cabbages, or similar +objects usually counted by heads. So in Maya <i>ac</i> means a turtle or a +turtle shell; hence it is used as a particle in counting canoes, houses, +stools, vases, pits, caves, altars, and troughs, and some general +appropriateness can be seen; but when it is applied also to cornfields, +the analogy seems remote.</p> + +<p>Of these numeral particles, not less than <i>seventy-six</i> are given by +Beltran, in his Grammar, and he does not exhaust the list. Of these +<i>piz</i> and <i>pel</i>, both of which mean, single, singly, are used in +counting years, and will frequently recur in the annals I present in +this volume.</p> + +<p>By their aid another method of numeration was in vogue for counting +time. For “eighty-one years,” they did not say <i>hutuyokal haab</i>, but +<i>can kal haab catac hunpel haab</i>, literally, “four score years and one +year.” The copulative <i>catac</i> is also used in adding a smaller number to +a <i>bak</i>, or 400, as for 450, <i>hun bak catac lahuyoxkal</i>, “one <i>bak</i> and +ten toward the third score.” <i>Catac</i> is a compound of <i>ca tac</i>, <i>ca</i> +meaning “then” or “and,” and <i>tac</i>, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>which Dr. Berendt considered to be +an irregular future of <i>talel</i>, to come, “then will come fifty,” but +which may be the imperative of <i>tac</i> (<i>tacah</i>, <i>tace</i>, third +conjugation), which means to put something under another, as in the +phrase <i>tac ex che yalan cum</i>, put you wood under the pot.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that the latter method is by addition, the former by +subtraction. Another variety of the latter is found in the annals. For +instance, “ninety-nine years” is not expressed by <i>bolonlahutuyokal +haab</i>, nor yet by <i>cankal haab catac bolonlahunpel haab</i>, but by <i>hunpel +haab minan ti hokal haab</i>, “one single year lacking from five score +years.”</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 7. <i>The Calendar.</i></p> + +<p>The system of computing time adopted by the Mayas is a subject too +extensive to be treated here in detail, but it is indispensable, for the +proper understanding of their annals, that the outlines of their +chronological scheme be explained.</p> + +<p>The year, <i>haab</i>, was intended to begin on the day of the transit of the +sun by the zenith, and was counted from July 16th. It was divided into +eighteen months, <i>u</i> (<i>u</i>, month, moon), of twenty <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>days, <i>kin</i> (sun, +day, time), each. The days were divided into groups of five, as +follows:—</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="days"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">1.</td> + <td><i>Kan.</i></td> + <td class="tdr">6.</td> + <td><i>Muluc.</i></td> + <td class="tdr">11.</td> + <td><i>Ix.</i></td> + <td class="tdr">16.</td> + <td><i>Cauac.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">2.</td> + <td>Chicchan.</td> + <td class="tdr">7.</td> + <td>Oc.</td> + <td class="tdr">12.</td> + <td>Men.</td> + <td class="tdr">17.</td> + <td>Ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">3.</td> + <td>Cimi.</td> + <td class="tdr">8.</td> + <td>Chuen.</td> + <td class="tdr">13.</td> + <td>Cib.</td> + <td class="tdr">18.</td> + <td>Imix.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">4.</td> + <td>Manik.</td> + <td class="tdr">9.</td> + <td>Eb.</td> + <td class="tdr">14.</td> + <td>Caban.</td> + <td class="tdr">19.</td> + <td>Ik.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">5.</td> + <td>Lamat.</td> + <td class="tdr">10.</td> + <td>Ben.</td> + <td class="tdr">15.</td> + <td>Eɔnab.</td> + <td class="tdr">20.</td> + <td>Akbal.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The months, in their order, were:—</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="months"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">1.</td> + <td>Pop.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">2.</td> + <td>Uo.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">3.</td> + <td>Zip.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">4.</td> + <td>Zoɔ.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">5.</td> + <td>Zeec.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">6.</td> + <td>Xul.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">7.</td> + <td>Ɔe-yaxkin.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">8.</td> + <td>Mol.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">9.</td> + <td>Chen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">10.</td> + <td>Yaax.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">11.</td> + <td>Zac.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">12.</td> + <td>Ceh.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">13.</td> + <td>Mac.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">14.</td> + <td>Kankin.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">15.</td> + <td>Moan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">16.</td> + <td>Pax.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">17.</td> + <td>Kayab.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">18.</td> + <td>Cumku.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>As the Maya year was of 365 days, and as 18 months of 20 days each +counted only 360 days, there were five days intervening between the last +of the month Cumku and the first day of the following year. These were +called “days without names,” <i>xma kaba kin</i> (<i>xma</i>, without, <i>kaba</i>, +names, <i>kin</i>, days), an expression not quite correct, as they were named +in regular order, only they were not counted in any month.</p> + +<p>It will be seen, by glancing at the list of days, that this arrangement +brought at the beginning of each year, the days Kan, Muluc, Ix and Cauac +in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>turn, and that no other days could begin the year. These days were +therefore called <i>cuch haab</i>, “the bearers of the years” (<i>cuch</i>, to +bear, carry, <i>haab</i>, year), and years were distinguished as “a year +Kan,” “a year Muluc,” etc., as they began with one or another of these +“year bearers.”</p> + +<p>But the calendar was not so simple as this. The days were not counted +from one to twenty, and then beginning at one again, and so on, but by +periods of 13 days each. Thus, in the first month, beginning with 1 Kan, +the 14th day of that month begins a new “week,” as it has been called, +and is named 1 Caban. Twenty-eight of these weeks make 364 days, thus +leaving one day to complete the year. When the number of these odd days +amounted to 13, in other words when thirteen years had elapsed, this +formed a period which was called “the <i>katun</i> of days,” <i>kin katun</i>, and +by Spanish writers an “indiction.”</p> + +<p>It will be readily observed by an inspection of the following table, +that four of these indictions, in other words 52 years, will elapse +before a “year bearer” of the same name and number recommences a year.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="year bearers"> +<tr> + <td class="bt"> </td> + <td class="bt bl"><i>1st year.</i></td> + <td class="bt bl"><i>14th year.</i></td> + <td class="bt bl"><i>27th year.</i></td> + <td class="bt bl"><a name="corr5" id="corr5"></a><ins class="correction" title="40th year."><i>40th year</i></ins></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr bt">1</td> + <td class="bt bl">Kan</td> + <td class="bt bl">Muluc</td> + <td class="bt bl">Ix</td> + <td class="bt bl">Cauac</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">2</td> + <td class="bl">Muluc</td> + <td class="bl">Ix</td> + <td class="bl">Cauac</td> + <td class="bl">Kan</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">3</td> + <td class="bl">Ix</td> + <td class="bl">Cauac</td> + <td class="bl">Kan</td> + <td class="bl">Muluc</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">4</td> + <td class="bl">Cauac</td> + <td class="bl">Kan</td> + <td class="bl">Muluc</td> + <td class="bl">Ix</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">5</td> + <td class="bl">Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">6</td> + <td class="bl">Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">7</td> + <td class="bl">Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">8</td> + <td class="bl">Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">9</td> + <td class="bl">Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">10</td> + <td class="bl">Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">11</td> + <td class="bl">Ix </td> + <td class="bl"> Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">12</td> + <td class="bl">Cauac </td> + <td class="bl"> Kan </td> + <td class="bl"> Muluc </td> + <td class="bl"> Ix</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="bb tdr">13</td> + <td class="bl bb">Kan </td> + <td class="bl bb"> Muluc </td> + <td class="bl bb"> Ix </td> + <td class="bl bb"> Cauac.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>A cycle of 52 years was thus obtained in a manner almost identical with +that of the Aztecs, Tarascos and other nations.</p> + +<p>But the Mayas took an important step in advance of all their +contemporaries in arranging a much longer cycle.</p> + +<p>This long cycle was an application of the vigesimal system to their +reckoning of time. Twenty days were a month, <i>u</i> or <i>uinal</i>; twenty +years was a cycle, <i>katun</i>. To ask one’s age the question was put +<i>haypel u katunil</i>? How many katuns have you? And the answer was, +<i>hunpel katun</i>, one katun (twenty years), or, <i>hopel in katunil</i>, I am +five katuns, or a hundred years old, as the case might be.</p> + +<p>The division of the katuns was on the principle <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>of the Beltran system of +numeration (see page <a href="#Page_40">40</a>), as,</p> + +<table width="50%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td style="width: 50%"><i>xel u ca katun</i>,</td> + <td style="width: 50%">thirty years.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><i>xel u yox katun</i>, </td> + <td>fifty years.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="noindent">Literally these expressions are, “dividing the second katun,” “dividing +the third katun,” <i>xel</i> meaning to cut in pieces, to divide as with a +knife. They may be compared to the German <i>dritthalb</i>, two and a half, +or “the third a <span class="nowrap">half.”<a name="FNanchor_54-1_35" id="FNanchor_54-1_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_54-1_35" class="fnanchor">54-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The Katun of 20 years was divided into five lesser divisions of 4 years +each, called <i>tzuc</i>, a word with a signification something like the +English “bunch,” and which came to be used as a numeral particle in +counting parts, divisions, paragraphs, reasons, groups of towns, +<span class="nowrap">etc.<a name="FNanchor_54-2_36" id="FNanchor_54-2_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_54-2_36" class="fnanchor">54-2</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>These <i>tzuc</i> were called by the Spaniards <i>lustros</i>, from the Latin +<i>lustrum</i>, although that was a period <i>five</i> years. Cogolludo says: +“They counted their eras and ages, which they entered in their books, by +periods of 20 years each, and by <i>lustros</i> of four years each. The first +year they placed in the East [that is, on the Katun-wheel, and in the +figures in their books], calling it <i>cuch haab</i>; the second in the West, +called <i>Hijx</i>; the third in the South, <i>Cavac</i>; and the fourth, Muluc, +in the North, and this served them for the Dominical letter. When five +of the <i>lustros</i> had passed, that is 20 years, they called it a <i>Katun</i>, +and they placed one carved stone upon another, cemented with lime and +sand, in the walls of their temples, or in the houses of their +<span class="nowrap">priests.”<a name="FNanchor_55-1_37" id="FNanchor_55-1_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_55-1_37" class="fnanchor">55-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The historian is wrong in saying that the first year was called +<i>cuchhaab</i>; that was the name applied to all the Dominical days, and as +I have said, means “year bearer.” The first year was called <i>Kan</i>, from +the first day of its first month.</p> + +<p>This is but one of many illustrations of how cautious we must be in +accepting any statement of the early Spanish writers about the usages of +the natives.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>There is, however, some obscurity about the length of the <i>Katun</i>. All +the older Spanish writers, without exception, and most of the native +manuscripts, speak of it distinctly as a period of twenty years. Yet +there are three manuscripts of high authority in the Maya which state +that it embraced twenty-four years, although the last four were not +reckoned. This theory was adopted and warmly advocated by Pio Perez, in +his essay on the ancient chronology of Yucatan, and is also borne out by +calculations which have been made on the hieroglyphic Codex Troano, by +M. Delaporte, in France, and Professor Cyrus Thomas, in the United +<span class="nowrap">States.<a name="FNanchor_56-1_38" id="FNanchor_56-1_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_56-1_38" class="fnanchor">56-1</a></span></p> + +<p>This discrepancy may arise from the custom of counting the katuns by two +different systems, ground for which supposition is furnished by various +manuscripts; but for purposes of chronology and ordinary life, it will +be evident that the writers of the annals in the present volume adopted +the Katun of twenty years’ length; while on the other hand the native +Pech, in his History of the Conquest, which is the last piece in the +volume, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>gives for the beginning and the end of the Katun the years +1517-1541, and therefore must have had in mind one of twenty-four years’ +duration. The solution of these contradictions is not yet at hand.</p> + +<p>This great cycle of 13 × 20=260 years was called an <i>ahau Katun</i> +collectively, and each period in it bore the same name.</p> + +<p>This name, <i>ahau Katun</i>, deserves careful analysis. <i>Ahau</i> is the +ordinary word for chief, king, ruler. It is probably a compound of <i>ah</i>, +which is the male prefix and sign of the <i>nomen agentis</i>, and <i>u</i>, +collar, a collar of gold or other precious substance, distinguishing the +chiefs. <i>Katun</i> has been variously analyzed. Don Pio Perez supposed it +was a compound of <i>kat</i>, to ask, and <i>tun</i>, a stone, because at the +close of these periods they set up the sculptured stone, which was +afterwards referred to in order to fix the dates of <span class="nowrap">occurrences.<a name="FNanchor_57-1_39" id="FNanchor_57-1_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_57-1_39" class="fnanchor">57-1</a></span> +This, however, would certainly require that <i>kat</i> be in the passive, +<i>katal</i> or <i>kataan</i>, and would give <i>katantun</i>. Beltran in his Grammar +treats the word as an adjective, meaning very long, <span class="nowrap">perpetual.<a name="FNanchor_57-2_40" id="FNanchor_57-2_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_57-2_40" class="fnanchor">57-2</a></span> But +this is a later, secondary sense. Its usual signification is a body or +<a name="corr7" id="corr7"></a><ins class="correction" title="battalion">batallion</ins> of war<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>riors engaged in action. As a verb, it is to +fight, to give battle, and thus seems related to the Cakchiquel +<img src="images/image02.png" width="10" height="25" style="vertical-align: middle;" alt="tresillo" title="tresillo" /><i>at</i>, to cut, or wound, to make <span class="nowrap">prisoner.<a name="FNanchor_58-1_41" id="FNanchor_58-1_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_58-1_41" class="fnanchor">58-1</a></span> +The series of years, ordered and arranged under a controlling day and +date, were like a row of soldiers commanded by a chief, and hence the +name <i>ahau katun</i>.</p> + +<p>Each of these <i>ahaus</i> or chiefs of the Katuns was represented in the +native calendars by the picture or portrait of a particular personage +who in some way was identified with the Katun, and his name was given to +it. This has not been dwelt upon nor even mentioned by previous writers +on the subject, but I have copies of various native manuscripts which +illustrate it, and give the names of each of the rulers of the Katuns.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>The thirteen <i>ahau katuns</i> were not numbered from 1 upward, but +beginning at the 13th, by the alternate numbers, in the following +order:—</p> + +<p class="titlepage">13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2</p> + +<p>Various reasons have been assigned for this arrangement. It would be +foreign to my purpose to discuss them here, and I shall merely quote the +following, from a paper I wrote on the subject, printed in the <i>American +Naturalist</i>, Sept., 1881:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>“Gallatin explained them as the numerical characters of the days +“Ahau” following the first day of each year called Cauac; Dr. +Valentini thinks they refer to the numbers of the various idols +worshiped in the different Ahaus; Professor Thomas that they are +the number of the year (in the indiction of 52 years) on which the +Ahau begins. Each of these statements is true in itself, but each +fails to show any practical use of the series; and of the last +mentioned it is to be observed that the objection applies to it +that at the commencement of an Ahau Katun the numbers would run 1, +12, 10, 8, etc., whereas we know positively that the numbers of the +Ahaus began with 13 and continued 11, 9, 7, 5, etc.</p> + +<p>“The explanation which I offer is that the number of the Ahau was +taken from the last day Cauac preceding the Kan with which the +first year of each Ahau began—for, as 24 is divisible by 4, the +first year of each Ahau necessarily began with the day Kan. This +number was the “ruling number” of the Ahau, and not for any +mystical or ceremonial purpose, but for the practical one of at +once and easily converting any year designated in the Ahau into its +equivalent in the current <span class='pagenum' style="font-size: 100%;"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>Kin Katun, or 52 year cycle. All that is +necessary to do this is, to <i>add the number of the year in the Ahau +to the number of the year Cauac corresponding to this “ruling +number.” When the sum exceeds 52, subtract that number.</i></p> + +<p>“Take an example: To what year in the Kin Katun does 10 Ahau <span class="smcap">XI</span> +(the 10th year of the 11th Ahau) correspond?</p> + +<p>“On referring to a table, or, as the Mayas did, to a ‘Katun wheel,’ +we find the 11th Cauac to be the 24th year of the cycle; add ten to +this and we have 34 as the number of the year in the cycle to which +10 Ahau <span class="smcap">XI</span> corresponds. The great simplicity and convenience of +this will be evident without further discussion.”</p></div> + +<p>The important question remains, how closely, by these cycles, did the +Mayas approximate to preserving the exact date of an event?</p> + +<p>To answer this fairly, we should be sure that we have a perfectly +authentic translation of their hieroglyphic annals. It is doubtful that +we have. Those I present in this volume are the most perfect, so far as +I know, but they certainly do not agree among themselves. Can their +discrepancies be explained? I think they can in a measure (1) by the +differing length of the katuns, (2) by the era assumed as the +commencement of the reckoning.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that there was apparently no common era adopted by +the Mayas; each province may have selected its own; and it is quite +erroneous to condemn the annals off-hand <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>for inaccuracy because they +conflict between themselves.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 8. <i>Ancient Hieroglyphic Books.</i></p> + +<p>The Mayas were a literary people. They made frequent use of tablets, +wrote many books, and covered the walls of their buildings with +hieroglyphic signs, cut in the stones or painted upon the plaster.</p> + +<p>The explanation of these signs is one of the leading problems in +American archæology. It was supposed to have been solved when the +manuscript of Bishop Landa’s account of Yucatan was discovered, some +twenty years ago, in Madrid. The Bishop gave what he called “an A, B, +C,” of the language, but which, when applied to the extant manuscripts +and the mural inscriptions, proved entirely insufficient to decipher +them.</p> + +<p>The disappointment of the antiquaries was great, and by one of them, Dr. +Felipe Valentini, Landa’s alphabet has been denounced as “a Spanish +<span class="nowrap">fabrication.”<a name="FNanchor_61-1_42" id="FNanchor_61-1_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_61-1_42" class="fnanchor">61-1</a></span> But certainly any one acquainted with the history of +the Latin alphabet, how it required the labor of thousands of years and +the demands of three wholly different families of languages, to bring it +to its perfection, should not have looked to find among the Mayas, or +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>anywhere else, a parallel production of human intelligence. Moreover, +rightly understood, Landa does not intimate anything of the kind. He +distinctly states that what he gives are the sounds of the Spanish +letters as they would be transcribed in Maya characters; not at all that +they analyzed the sounds of their words and expressed the phonetic +elements in these characters. On the contrary, he takes care to affirm +that they could not do this, and gives an example in <span class="nowrap">point.<a name="FNanchor_62-1_43" id="FNanchor_62-1_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_62-1_43" class="fnanchor">62-1</a></span> Dr. +Valentini, therefore, was attacking a windmill, and entirely +misconstrued the Bishop’s statements.</p> + +<p>I shall not, in this connection, enter into a discussion of the nature +of these hieroglyphics. It is enough for my purpose to say that they +were recognized by the earliest Spanish explorers as quite different +from those of Mexico, and as the only graphic system on the continent, +so far as they knew it, which merited the name of <span class="nowrap">writing.<a name="FNanchor_62-2_44" id="FNanchor_62-2_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_62-2_44" class="fnanchor">62-2</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>The word for book in Maya is <i>huun</i>, a monosyllable which reappears in +the Kiche <i>vuh</i> and the Huasteca <i>uuh</i>. In Maya this initial <i>h</i> is +almost silent and is occasionally dropped, as <i>yuunil Dios</i>, the book of +God (syncopated form of <i>u huunil Dios</i>, the suffix <i>il</i> being the +“determinative” ending). I am inclined to believe that <i>huun</i> is merely +a form of <i>uoohan</i>, something written, this being the passive participle +of <i>uooh</i>, to write, which, as a noun, also means a character, a +<span class="nowrap">letter.<a name="FNanchor_63-1_45" id="FNanchor_63-1_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_63-1_45" class="fnanchor">63-1</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>Another name for their books, especially those containing the prophecies +and forecasts of the priestly diviners, is said to have been <i>anahte</i>; +or <i>analte</i>. This word is not to be found in any of the early +dictionaries. The usual authority for it is Villagutierre Sotomayor, who +describes these volumes as they were seen among the Itzas of Lake Peten, +about <span class="nowrap">1690.<a name="FNanchor_64-1_46" id="FNanchor_64-1_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_64-1_46" class="fnanchor">64-1</a></span></p> + +<p>These books consisted of one long sheet of a kind of paper made by +macerating and beating together the leaves of the maguey, and afterwards +sizing the surface with a durable white varnish. The sheet was folded +like a screen, forming pages about 9 × 5 inches. Both sides were covered +with figures and characters painted in various brilliant colors. On the +outer pages boards were fastened, for protection, so that the completed +volume had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>the appearance of a bound book of large octavo size.</p> + +<p>Instead of this paper, parchment was sometimes used. This was made from +deerskins, thoroughly cured and also smoked, so that they should be less +liable to the attacks of insects. A very durable substance was thus +obtained, which would resist most agents of destruction, even in a +tropical climate. Twenty-seven rolls of such parchment, covered with +hieroglyphics, were among the articles burned by Bishop Landa, at Mani, +in 1562, in a general destruction of everything which related to the +ancient life of the nation. He himself says that he burned all that he +could lay his hands upon, to the great distress of the <span class="nowrap">natives.<a name="FNanchor_65-1_47" id="FNanchor_65-1_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_65-1_47" class="fnanchor">65-1</a></span></p> + +<p>A very few escaped the destructive bigotry of the Spanish priests. So +far as known these are.—</p> + +<p>1. The Codex Tro, or Troano, in Madrid, published by the French +government, in 1869.</p> + +<p>2. What is believed to be the second part of the Codex Troano, now +(1882) in process of publication in Paris.</p> + +<p>3. The Codex Peresianus, in the National Library, Paris, a very limited +edition of which has been issued.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>4. The Dresden Codex, in Kingsborough’s Mexico, and photographed in +colors, to the number of 50 copies, in 1880, which is believed to +contain fragments of two different manuscripts.</p> + +<p>To these are, perhaps, to be added one other in Europe and two in +Mexico, which are in private hands, and are alleged to be of the same +character.</p> + +<p>All the above are distinctly in characters which were peculiar to the +Mayas, and which are clearly variants of those found on the sculptured +beams and slabs of Uxmal, Chichen Itza, Palenque and Copan.</p> + +<p>It is possible that many other manuscripts may be discovered in time, +for Landa tells us that it was the custom to bury with the priests the +books which they had written. As their tombs were at times of solid +stones, firmly cemented together, and well calculated to resist the +moisture and other elements of destruction for centuries, it is nowise +unlikely that explorations in Yucatan will bring to light some of these +hidden documents.</p> + +<p>The contents of these books, so far as we can judge from the hints in +the early writers, related chiefly to the ritual and calendar, to their +history or Katuns, to astrological predictions and divinations, to their +mythology, and to their system of healing disease.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>§ 9. <i>Modern Maya Manuscripts.</i></p> + +<p>As I have said, the Mayas were naturally a literary people. Had they +been offered the slightest chance for the cultivation of their +intellects they would have become a nation of readers and writers. +Striking testimony to this effect is offered by Doctor Don Augustin de +Echano, Prebend of the Cathedral Church of Merida, about the middle of +the last century. He observes that twelve years of experience among the +Indians had taught him that they were very desirous of knowledge, and +that as soon as they learned to read, they eagerly perused everything +they could lay their hands on; and as they had nothing in their tongue +but some old writings that treated of sorceries and quackeries, the +worthy Prebend thought it an excellent idea that they should be +supplied, in place of these, with some —— <span class="nowrap"><i>sermons</i>!<a name="FNanchor_67-1_48" id="FNanchor_67-1_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_67-1_48" class="fnanchor">67-1</a></span> But what +else could be expected of a body of men who crushed out with equal +bigotry every spark of mental independence in their own country?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>The “old writings” to which the Prebend alludes were composed by natives +who had learned to write the Maya in the alphabet adopted by the early +missionaries and conquerors. An official document in Maya, still extant, +dates from 1542, and from that time on there were natives who wrote +their tongue with fluency. But their favorite compositions were works +similar to those to which their forefathers had been partial, +prophecies, chronicles and medical treatises.</p> + +<p>Relying on their memories, and no doubt aided by some of the ancient +hieroglyphical manuscripts, carefully secreted from the vandalism of the +monks, they wrote out what they could recollect of their national +literature.</p> + +<p>There were at one time a large number of these records. They are +referred to by Cogolludo, Sanchez Aguilar and other early historians. +Probably nearly every village had one, which in time became to be +regarded with superstitious veneration.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>Wherever written, each of these books bore the same name; it was always +referred to as “The Book of Chilan Balam.” To distinguish them apart, +the name of the village where one was composed was added. Thus we have +still preserved to us, in whole or in fragments, the Book of Chilan +Balam of Chumayel, of Kaua, of Nabula, etc., in all, it is said, about +sixteen.</p> + +<p>“Chilan Balam” was the designation of a class of priests. “Chilan,” says +Bishop Landa, “was the name of their priests, whose duty it was to teach +the sciences, to appoint holy days, to treat the sick, to offer +sacrifices, and especially to utter the oracles of the gods. They were +so highly honored by the people that usually they were carried on +litters on the shoulders of the <span class="nowrap">devotees.”<a name="FNanchor_69-1_49" id="FNanchor_69-1_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_69-1_49" class="fnanchor">69-1</a></span> Strictly speaking, in +Maya, <i>chilan</i> means “interpreter,” “mouth-piece,” from “<i>chij</i>,” “the +mouth,” and in this ordinary sense frequently occurs in other writings. +The word <i>balam</i>—literally, “tiger,”—was also applied to a class of +priests, and is still in use among the natives of Yucatan as the +designation of the protective spirits of fields and towns, as I have +shown at length in a study of the word <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>as it occurs in the native myths +of <span class="nowrap">Guatemala.<a name="FNanchor_70-1_50" id="FNanchor_70-1_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_70-1_50" class="fnanchor">70-1</a></span> “<i>Chilan Balam</i>,” therefore, is not a proper name, +but a title, and in ancient times designated the priest who announced +the will of the gods and explained the sacred oracles. This accounts for +the universality of the name and the sacredness of its associations.</p> + +<p>The dates of the books which have come down to us are various. One of +them, “The Book of Chilan Balam of Mani,” was undoubtedly composed not +later than 1595, as is proved by internal evidence. Various passages in +the works of Landa, Lizana, Sanchez Aguilar and Cogolludo—all early +historians of Yucatan—prove that many of these native manuscripts +existed in the sixteenth century. Several rescripts date from the +seventeenth century—most from the latter half of the eighteenth.</p> + +<p>The names of the writers are generally not given, probably because the +books, as we have them, are all copies of older manuscripts, with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>merely +the occasional addition of current items of note by the copyist; as, for +instance, a malignant epidemic which prevailed in the peninsula in 1673 +is mentioned as a present occurrence by the copyist of “The Book of +Chilan Balam of Nabula.”</p> + +<p>These “Books of Chilan Balam” are the principal sources from which Señor +Pio Perez derived his knowledge of the ancient Maya system of computing +time, and also drew what he published concerning the history of the +Mayas before the Conquest, and from them also are taken the various +chronicles which I present in the present volume.</p> + +<p>That I am enabled to do so is due to the untiring researches of Dr. Carl +Hermann Berendt, who visited Yucatan four times, in order to study the +native language, to examine the antiquities of the peninsula, and to +take accurate copies, often in fac-simile, of as many ancient +manuscripts as he could discover. After his death, his collection came +into my hands.</p> + +<p>The task of deciphering these manuscripts is by no means a light one, +and I must ask in advance for considerable indulgence for my attempt. +Words and phrases are used which are not explained in the dictionaries, +or, if explained, are used in a different sense from that now current. +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>The orthography is far from uniform, each syllable is often written +separately, and as the punctuation is wholly fanciful or entirely +absent, the separation of words, sentences and paragraphs is often +uncertain and the meaning obscure.</p> + +<p>Another class of documents are the titles to the municipal lands, the +records of surveys, etc. I have copies of several of these, and among +them was found the history of the Conquest, by Nakuk Pech, which I +publish. It was added to the survey of his town, as a general statement +of his rights and defence of the standing of his family.</p> + +<p>My translations are not in flowing and elegant language. Had they been +so, they would not have represented the originals. For the sake of +accuracy I have not hesitated to sacrifice the requirements of English +composition.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead">§ 10. <i>Grammars and Dictionaries of the Language.</i></p> + +<p>The learned Yucatecan, Canon Crescencio Carillo y Ancona, states in his +last work that there have been written thirteen grammars and seventeen +dictionaries of the <span class="nowrap">Maya.<a name="FNanchor_72-1_51" id="FNanchor_72-1_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_72-1_51" class="fnanchor">72-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The first grammar printed was that of Father Luis de Villalpando. This +early missionary died in 1551 or 1552, and his work was not issued until +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>some years later. Father Juan Coronel also gave a short Maya grammar to +the press, together with a <i>Doctrina</i>. It is believed that copies of +both of these are preserved. Beltran, however, acknowledges that in +preparing his own grammar he has never seen either of these earlier +<span class="nowrap">works.<a name="FNanchor_73-1_52" id="FNanchor_73-1_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_73-1_52" class="fnanchor">73-1</a></span></p> + +<p>In 1684, the <i>Arte de la Lengua Maya</i>, composed by Father Gabriel de San +Buenaventura, a French Franciscan stationed in Yucatan, was printed in +<span class="nowrap">Mexico.<a name="FNanchor_73-2_53" id="FNanchor_73-2_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_73-2_53" class="fnanchor">73-2</a></span> Only a few copies of this work are known. It has, however, +been reprinted, though not with a desirable fidelity, by the Abbe +Brasseur (de Bourbourg), in the second volume of the reports of the +<i>Mission Scientifique au Mexique et à l’Amerique Centrale</i>, Paris, 1870.</p> + +<p>The leading authority on Maya grammar is Father Pedro Beltran, who was a +native of Yucatan, and instructor in the Maya language in the convent of +Merida about 1740. He was thoroughly conversant with the native tongue, +and his <i>Arte</i> <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>was reprinted in Merida, in 1859, as the best work of the +kind which had been <span class="nowrap">produced.<a name="FNanchor_74-1_54" id="FNanchor_74-1_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_74-1_54" class="fnanchor">74-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The eminent antiquary, Don Juan Pio Perez contemplated writing a Maya +grammar, and collected a number of notes for that <span class="nowrap">purpose,<a name="FNanchor_74-2_55" id="FNanchor_74-2_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_74-2_55" class="fnanchor">74-2</a></span> as did +also the late Dr. Berendt, but neither brought his work to any degree of +completeness. I have copies of the notes left by both these diligent +students, as also both editions of Beltran, and an accurate MS. copy of +Buenaventura, from all of which I have derived assistance in completing +the present study.</p> + +<p>The first Maya dictionary printed was issued in the City of Mexico in +1571. It was published as that of Father Luis de Villalpando, but as he +had then been dead nearly twenty years, it was probably merely based +upon his vocabulary. It was in large 4to, of the same size as the second +edition of Molina’s <i>Vocabulario de la Lengua Mexicana</i>. At least one +copy of it is known to be in existence.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>For more than three centuries no other dictionary was put to press, +although for some unexplained reason that of Villalpando was unknown in +Yucatan. At length, in 1877, the publication was completed at Mérida, of +the <i>Diccionario de la Lengua Maya</i>, by Don Juan Pio <span class="nowrap">Perez.<a name="FNanchor_75-1_56" id="FNanchor_75-1_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_75-1_56" class="fnanchor">75-1</a></span> It +contains about 20,000 words, and is Maya-Spanish only. It is the result +of a conscientious and lifelong study of the language, and a work of +great merit. The deficiencies it presents are, that it does not give the +principal parts of the verbs, that it omits or does not explain +correctly many old terms in the language, and that it gives very few +examples of idioms or phrases showing the uses of words and the +construction of sentences.</p> + +<p>I can say little in praise of the <i>Vocabulaire Maya-Francais-Espagnole</i>, +compiled by the Abbé Brasseur (de Bourbourg), and printed in the second +volume of the Report of the <i>Mission Scientifique au Mexique et à +l’Amerique Centrale</i>. It contains about ten thousand words, but many of +these are drawn from doubtful sources, and are incorrectly given; while +the derivations and anal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>ogies proposed are of a character unknown to the +science of language.</p> + +<p>Besides the above and various vocabularies of minor interest, I have +made use of three manuscript dictionaries of the first importance, which +were obtained by the late Dr. Berendt. They belonged to three Franciscan +convents which formerly existed in Yucatan, and as they are all +anonymous, I shall follow Dr. Berendt’s example, and refer to them by +the names of the convents to which they belonged. These were the convent +of San Francisco in Merida, that at the town of Ticul and that at Motul.</p> + +<p>The most recent of these is that of the convent of Ticul. It bears the +date 1690, and is in two parts, Spanish-Maya and Maya-Spanish.</p> + +<p>The <i>Diccionario del Convento de San Francisco de Merida</i> bears no date, +but in the opinion of the most competent scholars who have examined it, +among them Señor Pio Perez, it is older than that of Ticul, probably by +half a century. It is also in two parts, which have evidently been +prepared, by different hands.</p> + +<p><i>The Diccionario del Convento de Motul</i> is by far the most valuable of +the three, and has not been known to Yucatecan scholars. A copy of it +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>was picked up on a book stall in the City of Mexico by the Abbé +Brasseur, and sold by him to Mr. John Carter Brown, of Providence, R. I. +In 1864 this was very carefully copied by Dr. Berendt, who also made +extensive additions to it from other sources, indicating such by the use +of inks of different colors. This copy, in three large quarto volumes, +in all counting over 2500 pages, is that which I now have, and have +found of indispensable assistance in solving some of the puzzles +presented by the ancient texts in the present volume.</p> + +<p>The particular value of the <i>Diccionario de Motul</i> is not merely the +richness of its vocabulary and its numerous examples of construction, +but that it presents the language as it was when the Spaniards first +arrived. The precise date of its compilation is indeed not given, but +the author speaks of a comet which he saw in 1577, and gives other +evidence that he was writing in the first generation after the Conquest.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9-1_1" id="Footnote_9-1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9-1_1"><span class="label">9-1</span></a> “Tambien diz [el Almirante] que supó que ... aquella isla +Española ó la otra isla Jamaye estaba cerca de tierra firme, diez +jornadas de Canoa que podia ser sesenta á setenta leguas, y que era la +gente vestida alli.” Navarrete, <i>Viages</i>, Tom. I, pag. 127.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10-1_2" id="Footnote_10-1_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10-1_2"><span class="label">10-1</span></a> “In questo loco pigliorono una Nave loro carica di +mercantia et merce la quale dicevono veniva da una cierta provintia +chiamata <span class="smcap">Maiam</span> vel Iuncatam con molte veste di bambasio de le quale ne +erono il forcio di sede di diversi colori.” <i>Informatione di Bartolomeo +Colombo.</i> It is thus printed in Harisse, <i>Bibliotheca Americana +Vetustissima</i>, p. 473; but in the original MS. in the Magliabechian +library the words “vel Iuncatam” are superscribed over the word “<span class="smcap">Maiam</span>,” +and do not belong to the text. (Note of Dr. C. H. Berendt.) They are, +doubtless, a later gloss, as the name “Yucatan” cannot be traced to any +such early date. The mention of <i>silk</i> is, of course, a mistake. Peter +Martyr also mentions the name in his account of the fourth voyage: “Ex +Guaassa insula et Taia Maiaque et cerabazano, regionibus Veraguæ +occidentalibus scriptum reliquit Colonus, hujus inventi princeps,” etc. +<i>Decad.</i> III, Lib. IV.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10-2_3" id="Footnote_10-2_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10-2_3"><span class="label">10-2</span></a> I have collected this evidence, drawing largely from the +manuscript works on the Arawack language left by the Moravian +missionary, the Rev. Theodore Schultz, and published it in a monograph, +entitled: <i>The Arawack Language of Guiana in its Linguistic and +Ethnological Relations</i>. (<i>Transactions of the American Philosophical +Society</i>, 1871.) There was a province in Cuba named <i>Maiye</i>; see Nicolas +Fort y Roldan, <i>Cuba Indígena</i>, pp. 112, 167 (Madrid, 1881). According +to Fort, this meant “origin and beginning,” in the ancient language of +Cuba; but there is little doubt but that it presents the Arawack +negative prefix <i>ma</i> (which happens to be the same in the Maya) and may +be a form of <i>majùjun</i>, not wet, dry.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12-1_4" id="Footnote_12-1_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12-1_4"><span class="label">12-1</span></a> Eligio Ancona, <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Tom. I, p. 31 +(Merida, 1878).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12-2_5" id="Footnote_12-2_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12-2_5"><span class="label">12-2</span></a> <i>Diccionario Maya-Español del Convento de Motul.</i> MS. +<i>Sub voce, ichech.</i> The manuscript dictionaries which I use will be +described in the last section of this Introduction. The example given +is:—</p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Ichech</span>; tu eres, en lengua de Campeche; <i>ichex</i>, vosotros seis; <i>in +en</i>, yo soy; <i>in on</i>, nosotros somos. De aqui sale en lengua de Maya, +<i>tech cech ichech e</i>, tu que eres por ahi quien quiera,” etc.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13-1_6" id="Footnote_13-1_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13-1_6"><span class="label">13-1</span></a> See Eligio Ancona, <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, Tom. I, p. 37.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13-2_7" id="Footnote_13-2_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13-2_7"><span class="label">13-2</span></a> “<span class="smcap">Maya</span> (accento en la primera); nombre proprio de esta +tierra de Yucatan.” <i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, MS. “Una provincia que +llamavan de la <i>Maya</i>, de la qual la lengua de Yucatan se llama +<i>Mayathan</i>.” Diego de Landa, <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, p. 14. +“Esta tierra de Yucatan, à quien los naturales llaman <i>Ma´ya</i>,” +Cogolludo, <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, Cap. III. “El antiguo Reyno +de Maya ò Mayapan que hoy se llama Yucatan.” Villagutierre, <i>Historia de +el Itza y de el Lacandon</i>, p. 25. The numerous MSS. of the Books of +Chilan Balam are also decisive on this point.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14-1_8" id="Footnote_14-1_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14-1_8"><span class="label">14-1</span></a> <i>Nombres Geograficos en Lengua Maya</i>, folio, MS. in my +collection.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15-1_9" id="Footnote_15-1_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15-1_9"><span class="label">15-1</span></a> Note to Landa, <i>Rel. de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, p. 14.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15-2_10" id="Footnote_15-2_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15-2_10"><span class="label">15-2</span></a> <i>Vocabulaire Maya-Francais-Espagnole</i>, <i>sub voce</i>, +<span class="smcap">Maya</span>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15-3_11" id="Footnote_15-3_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15-3_11"><span class="label">15-3</span></a> <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, p. 37.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19-1_12" id="Footnote_19-1_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19-1_12"><span class="label">19-1</span></a> A discussion of the items of the census of 1862 may be +found in the work of the Licentiate Apolinar Garcia y Garcia, <i>Historia +de la Guerra de Castas de Yucatan</i>, Tomo I, Prologo, pp. lxvii, et seq. +(Merida 1865.) The completion of this meritorious work was unfortunately +prevented by the war. The author was born near Chan Ɔenote, Yucatan, +in 1837, and was appointed <i>Juez de Letras</i> at Izamal in 1864.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20-1_13" id="Footnote_20-1_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20-1_13"><span class="label">20-1</span></a> See, for example, <i>El Toro de Sinkeuel, Leyenda Hipica</i> +(Merida, 1856), a political satire, said to be directed against General +Ampudia, by Manuel Garcia.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20-2_14" id="Footnote_20-2_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20-2_14"><span class="label">20-2</span></a> D. G. Brinton, <i>The Myths of the New World; a Treatise +on the Symbolism and Mythology of the Red Race of America</i>, Chap. VI (2d +Ed. New York, 1876).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23-1_15" id="Footnote_23-1_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23-1_15"><span class="label">23-1</span></a> <i>Maya-uel</i> may be from <i>maya</i> and <i>ohel</i>, to know either +intellectually or carnally; or the last syllable may be <i>uol</i>, will, +desire, mind. This inventive woman would thus have been named “the Maya +wit” (in the old meaning of the word).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23-2_16" id="Footnote_23-2_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23-2_16"><span class="label">23-2</span></a> Sahagun, <i>Historia de la Nueva España</i>, Lib. X, Cap. +XXIX, p. 12.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24-1_17" id="Footnote_24-1_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24-1_17"><span class="label">24-1</span></a> Fray Diego Duran, <i>Historia de las Indias de Nueva +España y Islas de Tierra Firme</i>, Cap. XIX (Ed. Mexico, 1867).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24-2_18" id="Footnote_24-2_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24-2_18"><span class="label">24-2</span></a> See <i>Lettre de Fray Nicolas de Witt</i> (should be Witte), +1554, in Ternaux Compans, <i>Recueil des </i><a name="corr2" id="corr2"></a><ins class="correction" title="Pièces"><i>Piéces</i></ins><i> sur le Mexique</i>, p. +254, 286; also the report of the “Audiencia” held in Mexico in 1531, in +Herrera, <i>Historia de las Indias Occidentales</i>, Dec. IV, Lib. IX, Cap. +V.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27-1_19" id="Footnote_27-1_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27-1_19"><span class="label">27-1</span></a> I mention this particularly in order to correct a grave +error in Landa’s <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, p. 130. He says, +“Suelen de costumbre sembrar para cada casado con su muger medida de +cccc piés que llaman <i>hun-uinic</i>, medida con vara de XX pies, XX en +ancho y XX en largo.” The agrarian measure <i>uinic</i> or <i>hun uinic</i> (one +man) contained 20 <i>kaan</i>, each 24 yards (<i>varas</i>) square. One <i>kaan</i> was +estimated to yield two loads of corn, and hence the calculation was +forty loads of the staff of life for each family. Landa’s statement that +a patch 20 feet square was assigned to a family is absurd on the face of +it.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28-1_20" id="Footnote_28-1_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28-1_20"><span class="label">28-1</span></a> “La lengua castellana es mas dificultosa que la Maya +para la gente adulta, que no la ha mamado con la leche, como lo ha +enseñado la experiencia en los estranjeros de distintas naciones, y en +los negros bozales que se han radicado en esta provincia, que mas +facilmente han aprendido la Maya que la castellana.” Apolinar Garcia y +Garcia, <i>Historia de la Guerra de Castas en Yucatan</i>. Prologo, p. lxxv. +(folio, Merida, 1865).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31-1_21" id="Footnote_31-1_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31-1_21"><span class="label">31-1</span></a> Friedrich Müller, <i>Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft</i>, II +Band, s. 309. (Wien, 1882).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31-2_22" id="Footnote_31-2_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31-2_22"><span class="label">31-2</span></a> Lucien Adam, <i>Etudes sur six Langues Américaines</i>, p. +155. (Paris, 1878).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35-1_23" id="Footnote_35-1_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35-1_23"><span class="label">35-1</span></a> Gabriel de San Buenaventura, <i>Arte de la Lengua Maya</i>, +fol. 28 (Mexico, 1684).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40-1_24" id="Footnote_40-1_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40-1_24"><span class="label">40-1</span></a> <i>Mémoire sur la numération dans la langue et dans +l’Ecriture sacrée des anciens Mayas</i>, in the Compte-Rendu of the Congrès +International des Américanistes, Vol. <span class="smcap">II</span>, p. 439 (Paris, 1875).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41-1_25" id="Footnote_41-1_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41-1_25"><span class="label">41-1</span></a> <i>Leti u Ebanhelio Hezu Crizto hebix Huan</i>, London, 1869. +This translation was made by the Rev. A. Henderson and the Rev. Richard +Fletcher, missionaries to the British settlements at Belize.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41-2_26" id="Footnote_41-2_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41-2_26"><span class="label">41-2</span></a> <i>Leti u Cilich Evangelio Jesu Christo hebix San Lucas.</i> +Londres, 1865. The first draught of this translation, in the handwriting +of Father Ruz, with numerous corrections by himself, is in the library +of the Canon Crescencio Carrillo at Mérida. A copy of it was obtained by +the Rev. John Kingdon of Belize, and printed in London without any +acknowledgment of its origin. It does not appear to me to be accurate. +For instance, chap. X, v. 1, “The Lord appointed other seventy also,” +where the Maya has <i>xan lahcatu cankal</i>, “seventy-two;” and again chap. +XV, v. 4, the ninety-nine sheep are increased to <i>bolon lahu uaxackal</i>, +one hundred and fifty-nine!</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42-1_27" id="Footnote_42-1_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42-1_27"><span class="label">42-1</span></a> <i>Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya.</i> Por Don Juan Pio +Perez, MSS. pp. 126, 128.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42-2_28" id="Footnote_42-2_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42-2_28"><span class="label">42-2</span></a> “Me parece que <i>tu</i> es síncopa de <i>ti u</i>.” (Note of Dr. +Berendt.) There is no doubt but that Dr. Berendt is correct.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43-1_29" id="Footnote_43-1_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43-1_29"><span class="label">43-1</span></a> This is not correct. Beltran gives for 45, <i>hotu +yoxkal</i>, which I analyze, <i>ho ti u u ox kal</i>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44-1_30" id="Footnote_44-1_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44-1_30"><span class="label">44-1</span></a> <i>Apuntes del Diccionario de la Lengua Maya. Por un +yucateco aficionado à la lengua</i>, 4to, pp. 486, MSS.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45-1_31" id="Footnote_45-1_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45-1_31"><span class="label">45-1</span></a> “<span class="smcap">Cal</span>: hartar ô emborrachar la fruta.” <i>Diccionario +Maya-Español del Convento de San Francisco</i>, Merida, MS. I have not +found this word in other dictionaries within my reach.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46-1_32" id="Footnote_46-1_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46-1_32"><span class="label">46-1</span></a> <i>Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel </i><a name="corr4" id="corr4"></a><ins class="correction" title="por Fray should not be italicized"><i>por Fray</i></ins> Francisco de +Varea, MS. s. v. <i>chuvi</i>. This MS. is in the Library of the +American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46-2_33" id="Footnote_46-2_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46-2_33"><span class="label">46-2</span></a> F. Pantaleon de Guzman, <i>Compendio de Nombres en Lengua +Cakchiquel</i>, MS. This MS. is in my collection.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_48-1_34" id="Footnote_48-1_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48-1_34"><span class="label">48-1</span></a> <i>Codice Perez</i>, p. 92, MS. This is a series of extracts +from various ancient Maya manuscripts obtained by the late distinguished +Yucatecan antiquary, Don Juan Pio Perez, and named from him by Canon +Crescencio Carrillo and other linguists. A copy of it is in my +collection. It is in quarto, pp. 258.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54-1_35" id="Footnote_54-1_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54-1_35"><span class="label">54-1</span></a> All the examples in the above paragraph are from the +Appendix to the <i>Diccionario Maya-Español del Convento de San Francisco, +Merida</i>, MS. It also gives its positive authority to the length of the +katuns, as follows: “Dicese que los Indios contaban los años à pares +(<i>sic</i>), y cuando llegaba uno a veinte años, entonces decian que tenian +<i>hunpel katun</i>, que son veinte <a name="corr6" id="corr6"></a><ins class="correction" title="años.”">años.’</ins> I think the words <i>à pares</i>, must +be an error for <i>à veintenas</i>; they may mean “in equal series.”</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54-2_36" id="Footnote_54-2_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54-2_36"><span class="label">54-2</span></a> The <i>Diccionario de Motul</i> MS. has the following lengthy +entries:—</p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Tzuc</span>: copete ô coleta de cabellos; ô de crines de caballo, ô las barbas +que echa el maiz por arriba estando en la mazorca; y la cabeza que +tienen algunas hachas y martillos en contra del tajo, y la cabeza del +horcon, y las nubes levantadas en alto y que dan que denotan segun dice +tempestad de agua. Partes, enpartimieñtos. Cuenta para pueblos, para +partes, parrafos i articulos, diferencios y vocablos montones.”</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_55-1_37" id="Footnote_55-1_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55-1_37"><span class="label">55-1</span></a> <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. <span class="smcap">IV</span>, cap. <span class="smcap">V</span>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_56-1_38" id="Footnote_56-1_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56-1_38"><span class="label">56-1</span></a> M. Delaporte’s calculations are mentioned by Leon de +Rosny, <i>Essai sur le Déchiffrement de l’Ecriture Hiératique de +l’Amérique Centrale</i>, p. 25 (Paris, 1876); Professor Thomas’ will be +found in the <i>American Naturalist</i>, for 1881, and in his <i>Study of the +Codex Troano</i>, Washington, 1882.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57-1_39" id="Footnote_57-1_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57-1_39"><span class="label">57-1</span></a> Pio Perez, <i>Cronologia Antigua de Yucatan</i>. § <span class="smcap">VIII</span>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57-2_40" id="Footnote_57-2_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57-2_40"><span class="label">57-2</span></a> “<i>Katun</i>, para siempre.” Beltran de Santa Rosa, <i>Arte +del Idioma Maya</i>, p. 177.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_58-1_41" id="Footnote_58-1_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58-1_41"><span class="label">58-1</span></a> The following extracts from two manuscripts in my hands +will throw further light on this derivation—</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Katun</span>: espacio de veinte años; <i>hun katun</i>, 20 años; <i>ca katun</i>, 40 +años, etc.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Katun</span>: batallon de gente, ordenada de guerra y ejercito asi, y soldados +cuando actualmente andan en la guerra.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Katun</span> (<span class="smcap">TAH</span>, <span class="smcap">TÉ</span>): guerrear, hacer guerra, ò dar guerra.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Katunben</span>: el que tiene tantas venteinas de años, segun el numeral que se +le junta, <i>hay katunben ech?</i> cuantas venteinas de años tienes tu? <i>ca +katunben en</i>, tengo dos venteinas.</p> + +<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Diccionario de Motul</span>, MS., 1590.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Çat</span> (he): generalmente sig<sup class="supera">a</sup> cortar algo con acha, cuchillo ô hiera; +detener algo que se huya, atajarlo, etc.</p> + +<p class="right">Varea, <i>Calepino en </i><a name="corr8" id="corr8"></a><ins class="correction" title="Lengua"><i>Lengva</i></ins><i> Cakchiquel</i>, MS., 1699.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_61-1_42" id="Footnote_61-1_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61-1_42"><span class="label">61-1</span></a> <i>Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society</i>, +1880.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62-1_43" id="Footnote_62-1_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62-1_43"><span class="label">62-1</span></a> The example he gives is the word <i>le</i>, which he says +“para escrivirle con sus caracteres <i>habiendoles nosotros hecho +entender</i> que son dos letras, lo escrivian ellos con tres,” etc., thus +plainly saying that they did not analyze the word to its phonetic +radicals in their system. <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, p. 318.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62-2_44" id="Footnote_62-2_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62-2_44"><span class="label">62-2</span></a> Las Casas says, with great positiveness, that they found +in Yucatan “letreros de ciertos caracteres que en otra ninguna parte.” +<i>Historia Apologetica</i>, cap. CXXIII. I also add an interesting +description of their books and letters, furnished by the companions of +Father Alonso Ponce, the Pope’s Commissary-General, who traveled through +Yucatan in 1586, when many natives were still living who had been born +before the Conquest (1541). Father Ponce had traveled through Mexico, +and, of course, had learned about the Aztec picture-writing, which he +distinctly contrasts with the writing of the Mayas. Of the latter he +says: “Son alabados de tres cosas entre todos los demas de la Nueva +España, la una de que en su antiguedad tenian caracteres y letras, con +que escribian sus historias y las ceremonias y orden de los sacrificios +de sus idolos y su calendario, en libros hechos de corteza de cierto +arbol, los cuales eran unas tiras muy largas de quarta ó tercia en +ancho, que se doblaban y recogian, y venia á queder á manera de un libro +encuardenada en cuartilla, poco mas, ó menos. Estas letras y caracteres +no las entendian, sino los sacerdotes de los idolos, (que en aquella +lengua se llaman ‘ahkines’), y algun indio principal. Despues las +entendieron y supieron léer algunos frailes nuestros y aun las +escribien.” (<i>Relacion Breve y Verdadera de Algunas Cosas de las Muchas +que Sucedieron al Padre Fray Alonso Ponce, Comisario-General en las +Provincias de la Nueva España</i>, page 392). I know no other author who +makes the interesting statement that these characters were actually used +by missionaries to impart instruction to the natives.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_63-1_45" id="Footnote_63-1_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63-1_45"><span class="label">63-1</span></a> “<i>uooh</i>; caracter o letra. <i>uooh</i> (tah, te) escribir. +<i>uoohan</i>, cosa que esta escrita.” <i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, MS.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_64-1_46" id="Footnote_64-1_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64-1_46"><span class="label">64-1</span></a> His words are: “Y satisfaciendoles por la quenta +señalada, que ellos mismos tenian, de que vsavan, para ajustar sus +antiguas Profezias, y los Tiempos de su cumplimiento, que eran vnos +Caracteres y Figuras pintadas en vnas cortezas de Arboles, como de una +quarta de largo cada hoja, ò tabilla, y del gruesso como de vn real de à +ocho, dobladas à vna parte, y à otra, à manera de Viombo, que ellos +llamavan Analtees,” etc., <i>Historia de la Conquista de la Provincia de +el Itza</i>, Lib. VII. cap I (Madrid, 1701). Pio Perez spells the word +<i>anahté</i>, <i>Diccionario de la Lengua Maya</i>, s. v. following a MS. of the +last century, given in the <i>Codice Perez</i>. The word <i>hunilté</i>, from +<i>huunil</i>, the “determinative” form of “<i>hun</i>,” and <i>té</i>, a termination +to nouns which specifies or localizes them (e. g. <i>amay</i>, an angle, +<i>amay té</i>, an angular figure, etc)., would offer a plausible derivation +for <i>analté</i>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_65-1_47" id="Footnote_65-1_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65-1_47"><span class="label">65-1</span></a> “Se les quemamos todos lo qual à maravilla sentian y les +dava pena.” <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, p. 316.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_67-1_48" id="Footnote_67-1_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67-1_48"><span class="label">67-1</span></a> “La experiencia de manejar tan incessantemente à los +Indios en cerca de doce años que los servi, me enseñó, que el motivo de +estar todavia muchos tan pegados à sus antiguedades, era porque siendo +los naturales muy curiosòs, y aplicandose à saber leer: los que esto +logran, quanto papel tienen à mano, tanto leen: y no aviendo entre ella, +mas tratados en su idioma, que los que sus antepasados escribieron, cuya +materia es solo de sus hechicerias, encantos, y curaciones con muchos +abusos, y ensalmos; ya se ve que en estos bebian insensiblemente el +tosigo para vomitar despues su malicia en otros muchos.” <i>Aprobacion del +Doctor D. Augustin de Echano</i>, etc., to Dr. Don Francisco Eugenio +Dominguez, <i>Platicas de los Principales Mysterios de </i><a name="corr9" id="corr9"></a><ins class="correction" title="Nuestra"><i>Nvestra</i></ins><i> +S<sup class="superb">ta</sup> Fee, hechas en el Idioma Yucateco</i>. Mexico, 1758. This extremely +rare work is highly prized for the purity and elegance of the Maya +employed by the author.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_69-1_49" id="Footnote_69-1_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69-1_49"><span class="label">69-1</span></a> <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>, page 160.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_70-1_50" id="Footnote_70-1_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70-1_50"><span class="label">70-1</span></a> <i>The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths of Central +America. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society</i>, Vol. <span class="smcap">XIX</span>, +1881. The terminal letter in both these words—“<i>chilan</i>,” +“<i>balam</i>,”—may be either “<i>n</i>” or “<i>m</i>,” the change being one of +dialect and local pronunciation. I have followed the older authorities +in writing “<i>Chilan Balam</i>,” the modern preferring “<i>Chilam Balam</i>.”</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_72-1_51" id="Footnote_72-1_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72-1_51"><span class="label">72-1</span></a> <i>Historia Antigua de Yucatan, p. 123</i> (Merida, 1882).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73-1_52" id="Footnote_73-1_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73-1_52"><span class="label">73-1</span></a> <i>Arte del Idioma Maya</i>, p. 242 (2d ed).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73-2_53" id="Footnote_73-2_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73-2_53"><span class="label">73-2</span></a> <i>Arte de la Lengua Maya</i>, compuesto por el R. P. Fr. +Gabriel de San Buenaventura Predicador y difinidor habitual de la +Provincia de San Joseph de Yucathan del Orden de N. P. S. Francisco. Año +de 1684. Con licencia; En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon, +4to. pag. 1-4, leaves 5-41.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74-1_54" id="Footnote_74-1_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74-1_54"><span class="label">74-1</span></a> <i>Arte del Idioma Maya reducido a succintas reglas, y +semilexicon Yucateco</i> por el R. P. F. Pedro Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria. +En Mexico por la Viuda de D. Joseph Bernardo de Hogal. Año de 1746. 8vo, +pp. 8, 1-188. Segunda edicion, Mérida de Yucatan, Imprenta de J. D. +Espinosa. Julio, 1859. 8vo, 9 leaves, pp. 242.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74-2_55" id="Footnote_74-2_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74-2_55"><span class="label">74-2</span></a> <i>Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya.</i> Por Don Juan Pio +Perez, pp. 45-136. <i>MSS.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_75-1_56" id="Footnote_75-1_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75-1_56"><span class="label">75-1</span></a> <i>Diccionario de la Lengua Maya</i>, por D. Juan Pio Perez. +Merida de Yucatan. Imprenta literaria, de Juan F. Molina Solis, +1866-1877. Large 8vo, two cols. pp. i-xx, 1-437.</p></div> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="THE_CHRONICLES_INTRO" id="THE_CHRONICLES_INTRO"></a>THE CHRONICLES.</h2> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="list of chronicles"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td><a href="#I_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS"><span class="smcap">The Series of the Katuns.</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Mani.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td><a href="#II_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS"><span class="smcap">The Series of the Katuns.</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Tizimin.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td><a href="#III_THE_RECORD_OF_THE_COUNT_OF_THE_KATUNS"><span class="smcap">The Record of the Count of the Katuns.</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">IV.</td> + <td><a href="#IV_THE_MAYA_KATUNS"><span class="smcap">The Maya Katuns.</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td><a href="#V_THE_CHIEF_KATUNS"><span class="smcap">The Chief Katuns.</span></a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel.</i></td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="THE_CHRONICLES" id="THE_CHRONICLES"></a>THE CHRONICLES.</h2> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p>The chronicles and fragments of chronicles which I have collected here +are all taken from the various “Books of Chilan Balam.” They constitute +about all that remains to us, so far as I know, of the ancient history +of the peninsula. There are, indeed, in other portions of these “Books” +references to historical events before the Conquest, but no other +consecutive narrations of them.</p> + +<p>Except the one given first, none of these has ever been printed, nor +even translated from the Maya into any European language. Whether they +corroborate or contradict one another, it is equally important for +American archæology to have them preserved and presented in their +original form.</p> + +<p>It does not come within my present purpose to try to reconcile the +discrepancies between them. I am furnishing materials for history, not +writing it, and my chief duty is to observe accuracy, even at the risk +of depreciating the value of the documents I offer.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>I have, therefore, followed strictly the manuscripts which I possess in +fac-similes of the originals, and when I believe the text is corrupt or +in error, I have suggested apart from the text what I suppose to be the +needed correction to the passage.</p> + +<p>In the notes I have also discussed such grammatical or historical +questions as have occurred to me as of use in elucidating the text.</p> + +<p>There will be found considerable repetition in these different versions, +as must necessarily be from their character, if they have a claim to be +authentic records; but it is also fair to add that details will be found +in each which are omitted in the others, and hence, that all are +valuable.</p> + +<p>This similarity may be explained by two suppositions; either they are +copies from a common original, or they present the facts they narrate in +general formulæ which had been widely adopted by the priests for +committing to memory their ancient history. The differences which we +find in them preclude the former hypothesis except as it may apply to +the first two. The similarities in the others I believe are no more than +would occur in relating the same incidents which had been learned +through fixed forms of narration.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>The division into sections I have made for convenience of reference. The +variants I have given at the bottom of the page are readings which I +think are preferable to those in the text, or corrections of manifest +errors; but I have endeavored to give the text, just as it is in the +best MSS. I have, errors and all.</p> + +<p>It is not my purpose to enter into a critical historical analysis of +these chronicles. But a few remarks may be made to facilitate their +examination.</p> + +<p>Making the necessary omissions in No. II, which I point out in the +prefatory note to it, it will be found that all five agree tolerably +well in the length of time they embrace. Nos. III and IV begin at a +later date than the others, but coincide as far as they go.</p> + +<p>The total period of time, from the earliest date given, to the +settlement of the country by the Spaniards, is 71 katuns. If the katun +is estimated at twenty years, this equals 1420 years; if at twenty-four +years, then we have 1704 years.</p> + +<p>All the native writers agree, and I think, in spite of the contrary +statement of Bishop Landa, that we may look upon it as beyond doubt, +that the last day of the 11th katun was July 15th, 1541. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>Therefore the +one of the above calculations would carry us back to A. D. 121, the +other to B. C. 173.</p> + +<p>The chief possibility of error in the reckoning would be from confusing +the great cycles of 260 (or 312) years, one with another, and assigning +events to different cycles which really happened in the same. This would +increase the number of the cycles, and thus extend the period of time +they appear to cover. This has undoubtedly been done in No. II.</p> + +<p>According to the reckoning as it now stands, six complete great cycles +were counted, and parts of two others, so that the native at the time of +the Conquest would have had eight great cycles to distinguish apart.</p> + +<p>I have not found any clear explanation how this was accomplished. We do +not even know what name was given to this great cycle, nor whether the +calendar was sufficiently perfected to prevent confusion in dates in the +remote past.</p> + +<p>I find, however, two passages in the collection of ancient manuscripts, +which I have before referred to as the <i>Codice Perez</i>, which seem to +have a bearing on this point; but as the text is somewhat corrupt and +several of the expressions <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>archaic, I am not certain that I catch the +right meaning. These passages are as follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>U hiɔil lahun ahau u ɔocol hun uuɔ katun, u zut tucaten +oxlahunpiz katun ɔiban tu uichob tu pet katun; la hun uuɔ katun +u kaba ca bin ɔococ u than lae, u hoppol tucaten; bay hoppci ca +ɔib lae ca tun culac u yanal katun lae. Cabin ɔococ uaxac ahau +lae u hoppol tucaten lae. (Page 90.)</p> + +<p>U hiɔil Lahun Ahau u ɔocol u nuppul oxlahunpez katun ɔiban u +uichob tu pet tzaton lo hun (<i>sic</i>) uuɔ katun u kaba ca bin +ɔococ u than lae, ca tun culac u yanal katun ca bin ɔococ uaxac +Ahau lae; hu hoppol tucaten bay hoppci ca ɔib. (Page 168.)</p></div> + + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation.</i></p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>At the last of the tenth ahau katun is ended one doubling of the +katun, and the return a second time of thirteen katuns is written +on the face of the katun circle; one doubling of the katuns, as it +is called, will then finish its course, to begin again; and when it +begins, it is written that another katun commences: when the eighth +katun ends it begins again (<i>i. e.</i>, to count with this eighth as +the first of the next “doubling”).</p> + +<p>At the last of the tenth Ahau Katun is ended the joining together +of thirteen katuns (which is) written on the face of the katun +circle; one doubling of the katuns, as it is called, will then +finish its course, and another katun will begin and will end as the +eighth katun; this begins a second time, as it began (at first) and +was then written.</p></div> + +<p>In other words, if I do not miss the writer’s meaning, the repetitions +of the great cycle of thirteen katuns were not counted from either of +its terminals, to wit, the thirteenth or the second katun, but from the +tenth katun. These repetitions were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>called <i>uuɔ katun</i>, the doubling +or foldings over of the katuns, and they were inscribed on the circle or +wheel of the katuns at that part of it where the tenth katun was +entered. These wheels were called <i>u pet katun</i>, the circle of the +katuns, or <i>u met katun</i>, the wheel of the katuns, or <i>u uazaklom +katun</i>, the return of the katuns. I have several copies of them, and one +is given in Landa’s work, but I know of none which is a genuine +original, and, therefore, it is not surprising that I do not find on any +of them the signs referred to adjacent to the tenth katun.</p> + +<p>For the convenience of the reader I have drawn up the following +chronological table of the events referred to in the Chronicles, +arranging them under the Great Cycles and Katuns to which they would +belong were the former numbered according to the regular sequence given +on page <a href="#Page_59">59</a>. I have also inserted the katuns which were omitted by the +native chroniclers, but which, according to that sequence, are necessary +in order to complete their records in accordance with the theory of the +Maya calendar. The references in Roman numerals are to the different +chronicles.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p class="sectionhead">SYNOPSIS OF MAYA CHRONOLOGY.</p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td><i>Great Cycle.</i></td> + <td><i>Katun.</i></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2">I.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td>They leave Nonoual (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2"> II.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td>They arrive at Chacnouitan (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">9</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">7</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">5</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">3</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">1</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">12</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">10</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td>Chichen Itza heard of (II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td>Bacalar and Chichen Itza discovered (I, II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td>Ahmekat Tutulxiu arrives (I?, II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2">III.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td><i>Pop</i> first counted (<i>i. e.</i> calendar arranged) + (II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td>Remove to Chichen Itza (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">9</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">7</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">5</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">3</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">1</td> + <td>Abandon Chichen Itza; remove to Champoton (I, II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">12</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">10</td> + <td>Abandon Chichen Itza; remove to Champoton (III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td>Champoton taken (I, II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td>Champoton taken (III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2"> IV.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">9</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">7</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">5</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">3</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">1</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">12</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">10</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td>Champoton abandoned (I, II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td>The Itzas houseless (<a name="corr10" id="corr10"></a><ins class="correction" title="I,">I.</ins> II, III.) The <a name="corr11" id="corr11"></a><ins class="correction" title="“well">well</ins> +dressed” driven out (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td>Return to Chichen Itza (I, II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td>Uxmal founded (I.) The League in Mayapan begins (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2">V.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td>Mayapan founded (V.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">9</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">7</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">5</td> + <td>Chichen Itza destroyed by Kinich Kakmo (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">3</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">1</td> + <td>The last of the Itzas leave Chichen Itza (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">12</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">10</td> + <td>Uxmal founded (II.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td>Plot of or against Hunac Ceel (I, II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td>Zaclactun Mayapan founded (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td>Chakanputun burned (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td>War with Ulmil (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td>The land of Mayapan seized (II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2">VI.</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td>Mayapan attacked by Itzas under Ulmil and depopulated by + foreigners (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">9</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">7</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">5</td> + <td>Naked cannibals came (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">3</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">1</td> + <td>Tancah Mayapan destroyed (IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">12</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">10</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">8</td> + <td>Mayapan finally destroyed (I, II, III, V.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">6</td> + <td>The Maya league ended (V.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">4</td> + <td>The pestilence (II, III, IV.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">2</td> + <td>Spaniards first seen (I, II.) Smallpox (III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdrpadr2">VII</td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">13</td> + <td>Ahpula died (I, II, III.) The pestilence (I.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdrpadr1">11</td> + <td>Spaniards arrive (I, II, III, IV, V.) Ahpula died (IV.)</td> +</tr> +</table> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="I_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS" id="I_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS"></a>I. THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS.</h2> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Mani.</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p>The first chronicle which I present is the only one which has been +heretofore published. On account of its comparative fullness it deserves +especial attention. It is taken from the Book of Chilan Balam of the +town of Mani.</p> + +<p>This town, according to a tradition preserved by Herrera, was founded +after the destruction of Mayapan, and, therefore, not more than seventy +years before the arrival of the Spaniards. Mayapan was destroyed in +consequence of a violent feud between the two powerful families who +jointly ruled there, the Cocoms and the Xius or Tutul Xius. The latter, +having slain all members of the Cocom family to be found in the city, +deserted its site and removed south about fifteen miles, and there +established as their capital a city to which they gave the name Mani, +“which means ‘it is past,’ as if to say ‘let us start <span class="nowrap">anew.’”<a name="FNanchor_89-1_57" id="FNanchor_89-1_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_89-1_57" class="fnanchor">89-1</a></span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>At the time of the Conquest the reigning chief of the Tutulxius was +friendly to the Spaniards, and voluntarily submitted to their rule, as +we are informed with much minuteness of detail by the historian +<span class="nowrap">Cogolludo.<a name="FNanchor_90-1_58" id="FNanchor_90-1_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_90-1_58" class="fnanchor">90-1</a></span> We may reasonably suppose, therefore, that this +chronicle was brought from Mayapan in the “Books of Science,” which +Herrera refers to as esteemed their greatest treasure by the chiefs who +broke up their ancient confederation when Mayapan was deserted. Hence +the records ran a better chance of being preserved in this province than +in those which were desolated by war. As I have already said (page <a href="#Page_65">65</a>) a +large number were destroyed precisely at Mani by Bishop Landa, in 1562.</p> + +<p>I find among the memoranda of Dr. Berendt <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>reference to four “Books of +Chilan Balam,” of Mani. These dated from 1689, 1697, 1755 and 1761, +respectively, but I have not learned from which of these Pio Perez +extracted the chronicles he gave Mr. John L. Stephens. Dr. Berendt adds +that it was from one which was in possession of a native schoolmaster of +Mani, who, having the surname Balam, claimed to be descended from the +original Chilan <span class="nowrap">Balam!<a name="FNanchor_91-1_59" id="FNanchor_91-1_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_91-1_59" class="fnanchor">91-1</a></span></p> + +<p>The first publication of the document was in the Appendix to the second +volume of Mr. Stephens’ <i>Incidents of Travel in Yucatan</i> (New York, +1843). It included the original Maya text, with a not very accurate +translation into English of Pio Perez’s rendering of the Maya. From Mr. +Stephen’s volume, the document has been copied into various publications +in Mexico, Yucatan and Europe.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>The other attempt at an independent translation was that of the Abbé +Brasseur (de Bourbourg), published at Paris in 1864, in the same volume +with Landa’s <i>Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan</i>. The text he took from +Stephens’ book, errors and omissions included, and his translation is +entirely based on the English one, as he evidently did not have access +to the original Spanish of Pio Perez.</p> + +<p>The most important recent study of the subject has been made by Dr. +Valentini, who published the notes of Pio Perez on his translation, and +gave a general re-examination of ancient Maya history, with a great deal +of sagacity and a large acquaintance with the related Spanish +<span class="nowrap">literature.<a name="FNanchor_92-1_60" id="FNanchor_92-1_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_92-1_60" class="fnanchor">92-1</a></span> He is, however, in error in stating that he was the +first to publish the notes of Perez, as they had previously been printed +in a work by Canon <span class="nowrap">Carrillo.<a name="FNanchor_92-2_61" id="FNanchor_92-2_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_92-2_61" class="fnanchor">92-2</a></span></p> + +<p>Much use of this chronicle has been made by the recent historians of +Yucatan, Don Eligio Ancona <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>and the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y Ancona; +but I am surprised to find that they have depended entirely on the +previous labors of Pio Perez, Stephens and Brasseur, and have made no +attempt to verify or extend them.</p> + +<p>Dr. Berendt, although earnestly devoted to collecting and copying these +records did not, as Dr. Valentini observes, ever attempt a translation +of any of them.</p> + +<p>No hint is given as to the author of the document, nor do we know from +what sources he derived his information. It has been plausibly suggested +that it was an epitome of the history of their nations, which was +learned by heart and handed down from master to disciple, and which +served as a verbal key to the interpretation of the painted and +sculptured records, and to the “katun stones” which were erected at the +expiration of each cycle and inscribed with the principal events which +had transpired in it.</p> + +<p>The Abbé Brasseur placed at the head of his edition of this chronicle +the title, in Maya:—</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">“Lelo lai u tzolan katunil ti Mayab,”</span></p> + +<p class="noindent">which he translates—</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">“Séries des Epoques de l’Histoire Maya.”</span></p> + +<p>This is an invention of the learned antiquary. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>There is no such nor any +other title to the original. It is simply called in the first line <i>u +tzolan katun</i>, the arrangement or order of the katuns. The word <i>tzolan</i> +is a verbal noun, the past participle of the passive voice of <i>tzol</i>, +which means to put in order, to arrange, and is in the genitive of the +thing possessed, as indicated by the pronoun <i>u</i>. Literally, the phrase +reads, “their arrangement (the) katuns.”</p> + +<hr /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_1" id="mani_maya_1"></a><a href="#mani_english_1">1</a>. Lai u tzolan katun lukci ti cab ti yotoch Nonoual cante anilo +Tutulxiu ti chikin Zuiua u luumil u talelob Tulapan <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_95-1_62" id="FNanchor_95-1_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_95-1_62" class="fnanchor">95-1</a>chiconahthan.</span></p> + +<p><a name="mani_maya_2" id="mani_maya_2"></a><a href="#mani_english_2">2</a>. Cante bin ti katun lic u ximbalob ca uliob uaye yetel Holon +Chantepeuh yetel u cuchulob. Ca hokiob ti petene uaxac ahau bin yan +cuchi uac ahau, can ahau, cabil ahau, cankal haab catac hunppel haab, +tumen hun piztun oxlahun ahau cuchie, ca uliob uay ti petene, cankal +haab catac hunppel haab, tu pakteil, yetel cu ximbalob lukci tu luumilob +ca talob uay ti petene Chacnouitan lae; u añoil lae <span class="chapword">81</span> <span class="years">81.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_3" id="mani_maya_3"></a><a href="#mani_english_3">3</a>. Uaxac ahau, uac ahau; cabil ahau kuchci chacnouitan Ahmekat Tutulxiu; +hunppel haab minan ti hokal haab cuchi yanob chacnouitan lae; lai u +habil <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">99 años.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_4" id="mani_maya_4"></a><a href="#mani_english_4">4</a>. Laitun uchci u chicpahal tzucubte Ziyan caan lae Bakhalal; can ahau, +cabil ahau, oxlahun ahau, oxkal haab cu tepalob Ziyan caan ca emob uay +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>lae; lai u habil cu tepalob Bakhalal <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_96-1_63" id="FNanchor_96-1_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_96-1_63" class="fnanchor">96-1</a>chuulte</span> laitun chicpahci +Chicħen Itza <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">60 años.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_5" id="mani_maya_5"></a><a href="#mani_english_5">5</a>. Buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, hun ahau, uackal +haab, cu tepalob Chichen Itzaa, ca paxi Chicħen Itza, ca binob cahtal +Chanputun, ti yanhi u yotochob ah Itzaob kuyan uincob lae; lay u habil +<span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">120.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_6" id="mani_maya_6"></a><a href="#mani_english_6">6</a>. Uac ahau chucuc u luumil Chanputun. Can ahau, cabil ahau, oxlahun +ahau, buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, hun ahau, +lahca ahau, lahun ahau, uaxac ahau paxci Chanputun; oxlahunkal haab cu +tepalob Chanputun tumenel Ytza uinicob ca talob u tzac le u yotochob tu +caten; laixtun u katunil binciob ah Itzaob yalan che, yalan <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_96-2_64" id="FNanchor_96-2_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_96-2_64" class="fnanchor">96-2</a>aban,</span> +yalan ak ti numyaob lae; lai u habil cu <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_96-3_65" id="FNanchor_96-3_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_96-3_65" class="fnanchor">96-3</a>xinbal</span> <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">260.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_7" id="mani_maya_7"></a><a href="#mani_english_7">7</a>. Uac ahau, can ahau, cakal haab, ca talob u heɔob yotoch tu caten ca +tu zatahob chakanputun; lay u habil <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">40.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_8" id="mani_maya_8"></a><a href="#mani_english_8">8</a>. Lai u katunil cabil ahau u heɔcicab Ahcuitok Tutulxiu Uxmal; cabil +ahau, oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau, bolon ahau, uuc ahau, ho ahau, ox ahau, +hun ahau, lahca ahau, lahun ahau; lahun kal haab cu tepalob yetel u +halach uinicil chicħen Itza yetel Mayalpan; lai u habil <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">200.</span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_9">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_9" id="mani_maya_9"></a><a href="#mani_english_9">9</a>. Lai u katunil buluc ahau bolon ahau uuc ahau, uaxac ahau, paxci u +halach uinicil Chicħen Itzaa tumenel u kebanthan Hunac eel; ca uch ti +Chacxibchac Chichen Itzaa tu kebanthan Hunac eel u halach uinicil +Mayalpan ich paae. Cankal haab catac lahunpiz haab, tu lahun tun, uaxac +ahau cuchie lai u habil paxci tumenel Ahzinteyut chan yetel Tzuntecum, +yetel Taxcal, yetel Pantemit, Xuchueuet yetel Ytzcuat, yetel Kakaltecat; +lai u kaba uiniclob lae uuctulob ah Mayelpanob <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">90.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_10">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_10" id="mani_maya_10"></a><a href="#mani_english_10">10</a>. Laili u katunil uaxac ahau lai ca binob u paa ah Ulmil ahau tumenel +u uahal uahoob yetel ah Itzmal ulil ahau lae oxlahun uuɔ u katunilob +ca paxob tumen Hunac eel; tumenel u ɔabal u natob; uac ahau ca ɔoci +hunkal haab catac canlahun pizi; lai u habil cu <span class="chapword nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_97-1_66" id="FNanchor_97-1_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_97-1_66" class="fnanchor">97-1</a>xinbal</span> <span class="years">34.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_11">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_11" id="mani_maya_11"></a><a href="#mani_english_11">11</a>. Uac ahau, can ahau, cabil ahau, oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau chucuc u +luumil ich paa Mayapan, tumenel u pach tulum, tumenel multepal ich cah +Mayalpan, tumenel Ytza uinicob yetel Ulmil ahau lae, cankal haab catac +oxppel haab; yocol buluc ahau cuchi paxci Mayalpan tumenel ahuitzil +ɔul tan cah <span class="chapword">Mayapan</span> <span class="years">83.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_12">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_12" id="mani_maya_12"></a><a href="#mani_english_12">12</a>. Uaxac ahau lai paxci Mayapan; lay u katunil <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>uac ahau, can ahau, +cabil ahau, lai haab, cu ximbal ca yax mani españoles u yax ulci caa +luumi Yucatan tzucubte lae oxkal haab paxac ichpaa <span class="chapword">cuchie</span> <span class="years">60.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_13" id="mani_maya_13"></a><a href="#mani_english_13">13</a>. Oxlahun ahau, buluc ahau uchci mayacimil ich paa yetel nohkakil; +oxlahun ahau cimci Ahpula; uacppel haab u binel ma ɔococ u xocol +oxlahun ahau cuchie; ti yanil u xocol haab ti lakin cuchie, canil kan +cumlahi pop, tu holhun zip catac oxppeli, bolon imix u kinil lai cimci +Ahpula; laytun año cu ximbal cuchi lae ca oheltab lai u xoc <i>numeroil +anos</i> lae 1536 años cuchie, oxkal haab paxac ichpa cuchi lae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_14">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_14" id="mani_maya_14"></a><a href="#mani_english_14">14</a>. Laili ma ɔococ u xocol buluc ahau lae lai ulci <i>españoles</i> kul +uincob ti lakin, u talob ca uliob uay tac luumil lae; bolon ahau hoppci +<i>cristianoil</i>; uchci caputzihil; laili ichil u katunil lae ulci yax +<i>obispo</i> Toroba u kaba; heix año cu ximbal <span class="chapword">uchie</span> <span class="years">1544.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_15">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_15" id="mani_maya_15"></a><a href="#mani_english_15">15</a>. Yan cuchi uuc ahau cimci yax obispo de landa; ychil u katunil ho +ahau ca yan cahi padre manii lai año <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">1550.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_16">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_16" id="mani_maya_16"></a><a href="#mani_english_16">16</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca cahi padre yok <span class="chapword">haa</span> <span class="years">1552.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_17">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_17" id="mani_maya_17"></a><a href="#mani_english_17">17</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca uli Oidor la ca paki <span class="chapword">Espital</span> <span class="years">1559.</span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_18">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_18" id="mani_maya_18"></a><a href="#mani_english_18">18</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca kuchi Doctor Quijada yax gob<sup class="supera">or</sup> <span class="chapword">uaye</span> <span class="years">1560.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_19">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_19" id="mani_maya_19"></a><a href="#mani_english_19">19</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca uchci cħuitab <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">1562.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_20">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_20" id="mani_maya_20"></a><a href="#mani_english_20">20</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca uli Mariscal gob<sup class="supera">or</sup> ca betab <span class="chapword nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_99-1_67" id="FNanchor_99-1_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_99-1_67" class="fnanchor">99-1</a>thulub</span> <span class="years">1563.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_21">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_21" id="mani_maya_21"></a><a href="#mani_english_21">21</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca uchci nohkakil <span class="chapword">lae</span> <span class="years">1609.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_22">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_22" id="mani_maya_22"></a><a href="#mani_english_22">22</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca hichiucal <span class="chapword">kaxob</span> <span class="years">1610.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_23">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_maya_23" id="mani_maya_23"></a><a href="#mani_english_23">23</a>. Lai año cu ximbal ca ɔibtah cah tumenel Juez Diego <span class="chapword">Pareja</span> <span class="years">1611.</span></p> + +<hr /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TRANSLATION.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_1" id="mani_english_1"></a><a href="#mani_maya_1">1</a>. This is the arrangement of the katuns since the departure was made +from the land, from the house Nonoual, where were the four Tutulxiu, +from Zuiva at the west; they came from the land Tulapan, having formed a +league.</p> + +<p><a name="mani_english_2" id="mani_english_2"></a><a href="#mani_maya_2">2</a>. Four katuns had passed in which they journeyed when they arrived here +with Holon Chantepeuh and his followers. When they set out for this +country it was the eighth ahau. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, the +second ahau (passed), four score years and one year, for it was the +first year of the thirteenth ahau when they arrived here in this +country; four score years and one year in all had passed since they +departed from the land and came here, to the province Chacnouitan. These +were <span class="chapword">years</span> <span class="years">81.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_3" id="mani_english_3"></a><a href="#mani_maya_3">3</a>. The eighth ahau, the sixth ahau; in the second ahau Ahmekat Tutulxiu +arrived at Chacnouitan; they were in Chacnouitan five score years +lacking one year; these were <span class="chapword">years</span> <span class="years">99.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_4" id="mani_english_4"></a><a href="#mani_maya_4">4</a>. Then took place the discovery of the pro<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>vince Ziyan caan or Bakhalal; +the fourth ahau, the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, three score years +they ruled Ziyan caan when they descended here: in these years that they +ruled Bakhalal it occurred then that Chichen Itza was discovered. 60 +years.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_5" id="mani_english_5"></a><a href="#mani_maya_5">5</a>. The eleventh ahau, the ninth ahau, the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, +the third ahau, the first ahau, six score years, they ruled at Chichen +Itza; then they abandoned Chichen Itza and went to live at Chanputun; +there those of Itza, holy men, had their houses; these were <span class="chapword">years</span> <span class="years">120.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_6" id="mani_english_6"></a><a href="#mani_maya_6">6</a>. In the sixth ahau the land of Chanputun was seized. The fourth ahau, +the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, the eleventh ahau, the ninth ahau, +the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, the third ahau, the first ahau, the +twelfth ahau, the tenth ahau; the eighth ahau Chanputun was abandoned; +thirteen score years Chanputun was ruled by the Itza men when they came +in search of their houses a second time; in this katun those of Itza +were under the trees, under the boughs, under the branches, to their +sorrow; the years that passed <span class="chapword">were</span> <span class="years">260.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_7" id="mani_english_7"></a><a href="#mani_maya_7">7</a>. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, two score years, (had passed) when +they came and estab<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>lished their houses a second time, and they lost +Chakanputun; these were <span class="chapword">years</span> <span class="years">40.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_8" id="mani_english_8"></a><a href="#mani_maya_8">8</a>. In the katun the second ahau Ahcuitok Tutulxiu founded (the city of) +Uxmal; the second ahau, the thirteenth ahau, the eleventh ahau, the +ninth ahau, the seventh ahau, the fifth ahau, the third ahau, the first +ahau, the twelfth ahau, the tenth ahau; ten score years they ruled with +the governor of Chichen Ytza and Mayapan; these were <span class="chapword">years</span> <span class="years">200.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_9">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_9" id="mani_english_9"></a><a href="#mani_maya_9">9</a>. Then were the katuns eleventh ahau, ninth ahau, sixth ahau; in the +eighth ahau the governor of Chichen Itza was driven out on account of +his plotting against Hunac Eel; and this happened to Chac Xib Chac of +Chichen Itza on account of his plotting against Hunac Eel the governor +of Mayapan, the fortress. Four score years and ten years, and it was the +tenth year of the eighth ahau that it was depopulated by Ah Zinteyut +Chan, with Tzuntecum, and Taxcal, and Pantemit, Xuchueuet and Ytzcuat +and Kakaltecat: these were the names of the seven men of <span class="chapword">Mayapan</span> <span class="years">90.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_10">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_10" id="mani_english_10"></a><a href="#mani_maya_10">10</a>. In this eighth ahau they went to the fortress of the ruler of Ulmil +on account of his banquet to Ulil ruler of Itzmal; they were thirteen +divisions of warriors when they were dispersed by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>Hunac Eel, in order +that they might know what was to be given; in the sixth ahau it ended, +one score years and fourteen; the years that passed <span class="chapword">were</span> <span class="years">34.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_11">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_11" id="mani_english_11"></a><a href="#mani_maya_11">11</a>. The sixth ahau, the fourth ahau, the second ahau, the thirteenth +ahau, the eleventh ahau; then was invaded the land of the fortress of +Mayapan by the men of Itza and their ruler Ulmil on account of the +seizure of the castle by the joint government in the city of Mayapan; +four score years and three years; the eleventh ahau had entered when +Mayapan was depopulated by foreigners from the mountains in the midst of +the city of <span class="chapword">Mayapan</span> <span class="years">83.</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_12">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_12" id="mani_english_12"></a><a href="#mani_maya_12">12</a>. In the eighth ahau Mayapan was depopulated; then were the sixth +ahau, the fourth ahau, the second ahau; during this year the Spaniards +first passed and first came to this land the province of Yucatan, sixty +years after the fortress was <span class="chapword">depopulated.</span> <span class="years">60.</span></p> + + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_13" id="mani_english_13"></a><a href="#mani_maya_13">13</a>. The thirteenth ahau; the eleventh ahau took place the pestilence in +the fortresses and the smallpox; in the thirteenth ahau Ahpula died; for +six years the count of the thirteenth ahau will not be ended; the count +of the year was toward the East, the month Pop began with (the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>day) +fourth Kan; the eighteenth day of the month Zip (that is), 9 Imix, was +the day on which Ahpula died; and that the count may be known in numbers +and years it was the year 1536, sixty years after the fortress was +destroyed.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_14">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_14" id="mani_english_14"></a><a href="#mani_maya_14">14</a>. The count of the eleventh ahau was not ended when the Spaniards, +mighty men, arrived from the east; they came, they arrived here in this +land; the ninth ahau Christianity began; baptism took place; also in +this katun came the first bishop Toroba by name; this was the year 1544.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_15">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_15" id="mani_english_15"></a><a href="#mani_maya_15">15</a>. In the seventh ahau died the first bishop de Landa; in the fifth +katun the Fathers first settled at Mani, in the year 1550.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_16">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_16" id="mani_english_16"></a><a href="#mani_maya_16">16</a>. As this year was passing the fathers settled upon the <span class="chapword">water</span> <span class="years">1552</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_17">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_17" id="mani_english_17"></a><a href="#mani_maya_17">17</a>. As this year was passing the auditor came and the hospital was <span class="chapword">built</span> <span class="years">1559</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_18">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_18" id="mani_english_18"></a><a href="#mani_maya_18">18</a>. As this year was passing the first governor Dr. Quijada, arrived +<span class="chapword">here</span> <span class="years">1560</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_19">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_19" id="mani_english_19"></a><a href="#mani_maya_19">19</a>. As this year was passing the hanging took <span class="chapword">place</span> <span class="years">1562</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_20">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_20" id="mani_english_20"></a><a href="#mani_maya_20">20</a>. As this year was passing the Governor Marshall came and built the +<span class="chapword">reservoirs</span> <span class="years">1563</span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_21">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_21" id="mani_english_21"></a><a href="#mani_maya_21">21</a>. As this year was passing the smallpox <span class="chapword">occurred</span> <span class="years">1609</span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_22">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_22" id="mani_english_22"></a><a href="#mani_maya_22">22</a>. As this year was passing those of Tekax were <span class="chapword">hanged</span> <span class="years">1610</span></p> +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_notes_23">Notes</a></span><a name="mani_english_23" id="mani_english_23"></a><a href="#mani_maya_23">23</a>. As this year was passing the towns were written down by Judge Diego +<span class="chapword">Pareja</span> <span class="years">1611</span></p> + + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_1">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_1">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_1" id="mani_notes_1"></a>1. The introductory paragraph is not less obscure in construction than +it is important in its historical statements, and I shall give it, +therefore, a particularly careful analysis.</p> + +<p>I have already explained the term <i>u tzolan katun</i>; <i>lukci</i> is the +aorist of <i>lukul</i>, which forms regularly <i>luki</i>, but the mutation to +<i>ci</i> is used when the meaning <i>since</i> or <i>after that</i> is to be conveyed; +as Beltran says, “cuando el verbo trae estos romances, <i>despues que ò +desde que</i>, como este romance; despues que murio mi padre, estoy triste: +<i>cimci in yume, okomuol</i>” (<i>Arte del Idioma Maya</i>, p. 61). <i>cab</i> means +country or place, in the sense of residence, whereas <i>luum</i>, used in the +same paragraph, is land or earth, in the general sense. The <i>Dicc. de +Motul</i> says: “<i>cab</i>, pueblo ò region; <i>in cab</i>, mi pueblo, donde yo soy +natural.” <i>yotoch</i> is a compound of the possessive pronoun <i>u</i>, his or +their, and <i>otoch</i>, the word for house when it is indicated whose house +it is; otherwise <i>na</i> is used; <i>otoch</i> is probably allied to <i>och</i> a +verbal root signifying to give food to, the house being looked upon as +specifically the place where meals are prepared.</p> + +<p>The word <i>cante</i> is translated by Perez and Brasseur as <i>four</i>, and +applied to the Tutulxiu, while the intervening word <i>anilo</i> is not +translated by either: <i>cante</i> is no doubt the numeral <i>four</i> with the +numeral particle <i>te</i> suffixed. But here a serious difficulty arises. +According to all the grammars and dictionaries the particle <i>te</i> is +never used for counting persons, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>but only “years, months, days (periods +of time), leagues, cacao, eggs and gourds.” Moreover, what is <i>anilo</i>? +We have, indeed, the form <i>tenilo</i>, I am that one, from the particle <i>i</i> +(Buenaventura, <i>Arte de la Lengua Maya</i>, fol. 27, verso); and we might +have <i>yanilo</i>, they are those. But this necessitates a change in the +text, and if that has to be done I should prefer to suppose that <i>anilo</i> +was a mistake of the copyist, and that we should read <i>katun</i> or +<i>katunile</i>. This would reconcile the numeral particle and would do away +with the <i>four</i> Tutulxius, of whom we hear nothing afterwards.</p> + +<p><i>chikin</i>, the West, literally, that which bites or eats the sun, from +<i>chi</i>, the mouth, and, as a verb, to bite. An eclipse is called in Maya +<i>chibal kin</i>, the sun bitten; <i>ti chikin</i>, toward the West.</p> + +<p><i>talelob</i>, plural form of <i>tal</i> or <i>talel</i>, to come to, to go from.</p> + +<p><i>chiconahthan</i> is not translated by either Pio Perez or Brasseur, nor in +that precise form has it any meaning. I take it, however, to be a faulty +orthography for <i>chichcunahthan</i> which means to support that which +another says, hence, to agree with, to act in concert with; “<i>chichcunah +u thanil</i>, having renewed the agreement” (<i>Diccionario de Ticul</i>). It +refers to an agreement entered into by the different leaders who were +about to undertake the migration into unknown lands. Possibly, however, +this is not a Maya word, but another echo of Aztec legend. +<i>Chiconauhtlan</i>, “the place of the Nine,” was a village and mountain +north of the lake of Tezcuco and close to the sacred spot Teotiuacan, +where, in Aztec myth, the gods assembled to create the sun and moon +(Sahagun, <i>Historia de Nueva España</i>, Lib VII, cap. II). <i>Tulapan +Chiconauhtlan</i> would thus become a compound local name.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>It will be seen from the above that the translation which I have given +of this paragraph does not satisfy me as certainly correct. I shall now +give the original with an interlinear translation, and also those of Pio +Perez and Brasseur, adding a free rendering which I am inclined to +prefer, although it modifies the text somewhat.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><i>Interlinear Translation.</i></p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="interlinear translation line 1"> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">Lai</td> + <td class="tdc">u</td> + <td class="tdc">tzolan</td> + <td class="tdc">katun</td> + <td class="tdc">lukci</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">This (is)</td> + <td class="tdc">their</td> + <td class="tdc">order</td> + <td class="tdc">the katuns</td> + <td class="tdc">since they departed +</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-top: 1.5em;" summary="interlinear translation line 2"> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">ti</td> + <td class="tdc">cab,</td> + <td class="tdc">ti</td> + <td class="tdc">yotoch</td> + <td class="tdc">Nonoual</td> + <td class="tdc">cante</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">from</td> + <td class="tdc">the land</td> + <td class="tdc">from</td> + <td class="tdc">their house</td> + <td class="tdc">Nonoual</td> + <td class="tdc">the four +</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-top: 1.5em;" summary="interlinear translation line 3"> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">anilo,</td> + <td class="tdc">Tutulxiu</td> + <td class="tdc">ti</td> + <td class="tdc">chikin</td> + <td class="tdc">Zuiua,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">those the (?)</td> + <td class="tdc">Tutulxiu</td> + <td class="tdc">to</td> + <td class="tdc">the West (of)</td> + <td class="tdc">Zuiua +</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="margin-top: 1.5em;" summary="interlinear translation line 4"> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">u</td> + <td class="tdc">luumil</td> + <td class="tdc">u</td> + <td class="tdc">talelob</td> + <td class="tdc">Tulapan</td> + <td class="tdc">chiconah</td> + <td class="tdc">than.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdc">their</td> + <td class="tdc">land (which)</td> + <td class="tdc">they</td> + <td class="tdc">came (from)</td> + <td class="tdc">was Tulapan</td> + <td class="tdc">acting in</td> + <td class="tdc">concert.</td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><i>Translation of Pio Perez.</i></p> + +<p>Esta es la serie de Katunes corridos desde que se quitaron de la tierra +y casa de Nonoual en que estaban los cuatro Tutulxiu al poniente de +Zuina; el pais de donde vinieron fué Tulapan.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><i>Translation of Brasseur.</i></p> + +<p>C’ est ici la série des epoques écoulées depuis que s’ enfuirent les +quatre Tutul Xiu de la maison de Nonoual etant a l’ouest de Zuinà, et +vinrent de la terre de Tulapan.</p> + + +<p class="sectionhead"><i>Free translation suggested.</i></p> + +<p>This is the order of the Katuns since the four Katuns during which the +Tutulxiu left their home and country Nonoual to the west of Zuiua, and +went from the land and city of Tula, having agreed together to this +effect.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>I have said nothing of the proper names in this paragraph. They are +remarkable for the fact that three out of the four are unquestionably +Nahuatl or Aztec, and hence they have given occasion for considerable +theorizing in favor of the “Toltec” origin of the Maya civilization, and +also of the Nahuatl descent of the princely family of the Tutulxiu.</p> + +<p>Their name is the only one in the paragraph with a distinctively Maya +physiognomy. It is a compound of <i>xiu</i>, the generic term for herb or +plant, and <i>tutul</i>, a reduplicated form of <i>tul</i>, an abundance, an +excess, as in the verb <i>tutulancil</i>, to overflow, etc. (<i>Diccionario de +Ticul</i>, MS.). It would appear therefore to be a local name, and to +signify a place where there was an abundance of herbage. The surname is +Xiu only, and as such is still in use in Yucatan.</p> + +<p>But it may also be claimed that even this is a Nahuatl name; for also in +that tongue <i>xiuitl</i> means a plant, as well as a turquoise, a comet, a +year, and in composition a greenish or bluish color; while <i>tototl</i> is a +bird or fowl. The Maya <i>xiu</i> and the Nahuatl <i>xiuitl</i> (in which <i>itl</i> is +a termination lost in composition) are undoubtedly the same word. Which +nation borrowed it from the other? It is certainly a loan-word, for +these two languages have no common origin, while, as we might expect +from neighbors, each does have a number of loan-words from the other.</p> + +<p>I answer that the Maya <i>xiu</i> is unquestionably a loan from the Nahuatl, +and my reason for the opinion is that while in Maya the root <i>xiu</i> is +sterile and has no relations to other words (unless perhaps to <i>xiitil</i>, +to open like a flower, to brood as a bird, to augment, to grow), in +Nahuatl it is a very fertile root, and nearly thirty compounds of it can +be found in the dictionaries (See Molina, <i>Vocabulario de la Lengua +Mexicana</i>, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>fol. 159, verso). But the composition of the name follows the +Maya and not the Nahuatl analogy.</p> + +<p>That in either language the name Tutulxiu can be translated “Bird-tree” +(Vogelbaum), as is argued by Dr. Carl Schultz-Sellack (<i>Archiv für +Ethnologie</i>, Band XI, 1879), and on which translation he bases a long +argument, is very doubtful. It certainly could not in Maya; and in +Nahuatl, <i>tototl</i> in composition would drop both its terminal +consonants.</p> + +<p>The remaining names, Nonoual, Zuiua, Tula-pan, clearly indicate their +Nahuatl origin. Zuiua, which was erroneously printed in Pio Perez’s +version as Zuina is Zuiva; Nonoual is Nonohual; Tulapan, literally “the +standard of Tula,” refers to the famous city of the Toltecs, presided +over by Quetzalcoatl. All these names are borrowed directly from the +myth of this hero-god.</p> + +<p><i>Zuiven</i> was the name of the uppermost heaven, the abode of the Creator +Hometeuctli, the father of Quetzalcoatl, and the place of his first +birth as a divinity. In later days, when the Quetzalcoatl myth had +extended to the Kiches and Cakchiquels, members of the Maya family in +Guatemala, “Tulan Zuiva” was identified with the Aztec Chicomoztoc, the +famous “Seven Caves,” “Seven Ravines,” or “Seven Cities,” from which so +many tribes of Mexico, wholly diverse in language and lineage, claimed +that their ancestors emerged in some remote past (compare the <i>Codex +Vaticanus</i>, Lam. I; <i>Codex Zumarraga</i>, chap. I, with the <i>Popol Vuh</i>, +pp. 214, 227). To this spot the ancestors of the Guatemalan tribes were +reported to have gone to receive their gods; from it issued the Aztec +god Huitzilopochtli; in it still were supposed to dwell his mother and +other mighty divinities; and Quetzalcoatl was again the youngest born of +Iztac Mixcohuatl, the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>mighty lord of the Seven Caves (Motolinia, +<i>Historia de los Indios de Nueva España</i> <a name="corr12" id="corr12"></a><ins class="correction" title="p.">p</ins> 10, etc.).</p> + +<p><i>Tula</i>, properly <i>Tollan</i>, a syncopated form of <i>Tonatlan</i>, which means +“the place of the Sun,” was a name applied to a number of towns in +Mexico, all named after that magnificent city inhabited by the Tolteca +(“dwellers in the place of the Sun”), servants and messengers of the +Light-God their ruler, the benign, the virgin-born Quetzalcoatl. The +common tradition ran that it was destroyed by the wiles of Tezcatlipoca, +the brother, yet the eternal enemy, of Quetzalcoatl, and that at its +destruction the Toltecs disappeared, no one knew whither, while +Quetzalcoatl, after reigning a score of years in Cholula, journeyed far +eastward to the home of the Sun, where he enjoyed everlasting life.</p> + +<p><i>Nonohual</i> also had a place in this myth. It was a mountain over against +Tulan. There it was that the eldest sister of Quetzalcoatl resided. When +he was made drunken by the insidious beverage handed him as a healing +draught by Tezcatlipoca, he sent for this sister, held to her lips the +intoxicating cup, and with her passed a night of debauch, the memory of +which filled him with such shame that nevermore dared he face his +subjects. Such is the story recited at length in the Aztec chronicle +called the <i>Codex Chimalpopoca</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Nonoalco</i> was also the name of a small village near the city of Mexico +which still appears on the maps. Sahagun tells us that some extreme +eastern tribes in Mexico called themselves <i>Nonoalca</i> (<i>Historia de la +Nueva España</i>, Lib. X, <a name="corr13" id="corr13"></a><ins class="correction" title="cap.">cap,</ins> XXIX, <a name="corr14" id="corr14"></a><ins class="correction" title="p.">p</ins> 12); and the licenciate +Diego Garcia de Palacio mentions “quatro lugares de Indios que llaman +los Nunualcos” as dwelling, in his time (1576), in the eastern part of +the province of San Salvador, of Aztec descent, and who had recently +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>come there. (<i>Carta al Rey de España</i>, p. 60, New York, 1860). It should +be mentioned in reference to these names and all others of similar +vocalization, that both in Maya and Nahuatl the Spanish constantly +confound the short ŏ and ŭ. As the Bachelor Don Antonio Vasquez +Gastelu observes: “usan de la <i>o</i> algunos tan obscuramente, que tira +algo à la pronunciacion de la <i>u</i> vocal” (<i>Arte de lengua Mexicana</i>, +fol. 1, verso, La Puebla de los Angeles, 1726).</p> + +<p>Señor Alfredo Chavero, in his Appendix to Duran’s <i>Historia de las +Indias de Nueva España</i> (p. 45, Mexico, 1880), claims that <i>Nonoalca</i> +was the name given to the Maya-Kiche tribes, or rather adopted by them, +when, at an extremely remote epoch, they penetrated to the central table +land of Mexico. He thinks that subsequently they became united with the +Toltecs, and were dispersed with that people at the destruction of the +city of Tula. The grounds for this theory he claims to find in certain +unpublished manuscripts, which unfortunately he does not give in +extracts, but only in general statements. Like much that this writer +presents, these assertions lack support. All the names he quotes as of +Nonoalca, that is, Maya origin, are distinctly not of the latter tongue, +but are Nahuatl. And the introduction of the mystical city of Tula is of +itself enough to invest the story with the garb of unreality.</p> + +<p>It is, in fact, nowhere in terrestrial geography that we need look for +the site of the Tula of Quetzalcoatl, nor at any time in human history +did the Tolteca ply their skillful hands, nor Tezcatlipoca spread his +snares to destroy them. All this is but a mythical conception of the +daily struggle of light and darkness, and those writers who seek in the +Toltecs the ancestors or instructors of any nation whatsoever, make the +once common <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>error of mistaking myth for history, fancy for fact. +Therefore, any notion that Yucatan was civilized by the Toltecs after +their dispersion, or owes anything to them, as so many, and I might say +almost all recent writers have maintained, is to me an absurdity.</p> + +<p>This reference to the Quetzalcoatl myth at the commencement of the Maya +chronicle needs not surprise us. We encounter it also in the Kiche +<i>Popol Vuh</i> and the Cakchiquel <i>Memorial de Tecpan Atitlan</i>. These +members of the Maya family also grafted that myth upon their own +traditions. As history, it is valueless; but as indicative of a long and +early intercourse between the Maya and Nahuatl speaking tribes, it is of +great interest. As this question will also recur in reference to various +later passages in the Maya chronicles, I will discuss it here.</p> + +<p>One of the earliest historians of Yucatan, the Doctor Don Pedro Sanchez +de Aguilar, states that six hundred years before the Spanish conquest +the Mayas were vassals of the Aztecs, and that they were taught or +forced by these to construct the extraordinary edifices in their +country, such as are found at Uxmal and Chichen Itza. His words are: +“Fueron tan politicos y justiciosos en Yucatan como los Mexicanos, cuyos +vasallos habian sido seis cientos años antes de la llegada de los +Españoles. De lo cual tan solamente hay tradicion y memoria entre ellos +por los famosos, grandes y espantosos edificios de cal y canto y +silleria y figuras y estatuas de piedra labrada que dejaron en Oxumual +[Uxmal] y en Chicheniza que hoy se veen y se pudieran habitar.” <i>Informe +contra Idolum Cultores del Obispado de Yucatan</i>, fol. 87 (Madrid, 1639).</p> + +<p>The vague tradition here referred to was made part of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>testimony in a +lawsuit at Valladolid, Yucatan, in 1618. These old documents were +brought to light by the late eminent Yucatecan historian Doctor Justo +Sierra, and Dr. Berendt took a copy in manuscript of the most important +points. I think it worth while to insert and translate this testimony.</p> + + +<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Villa de Valladolid—Año de 1618.</span></p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Documento 1º.</span> A la primera pregunta dijo este testigo que conoce al +dicho Don Juan Kahuil y à la dicha Doña Maria Quen su legitima muger y +que todos los contenidos en la pregunta, tuvo noticia muy larga de su +padre de este testigo, porque fue en su antiguedad <i>ahkin</i>, sacerdote +entre los naturales antiguos, antes que recibiesen agua de bautismo, +como los susodichos contenidos en la pregunta vinieron del reino de +Mexico y poblaron estas provincias, y que era gente bellicosa y valerosa +y Señores, y asi poblaron à Chichenica los unos, y otros se fueron hacia +el Sur que poblaron á Bacalar, y hacia el Norte que poblaron la costa; +porque eran tres ò cuatro Señores y uno que se llamo <i>Tumispolchicbul</i> +era deudo de Moctezuma, rey que fuè de los reinos de Mexico, y que +<i>Cuhuikakcamalcacalpuc</i> era deudo muy cercano de dicho Don Juan Kahuil +por parte de sus padres, y que dicha <i>Ixnahaucupul</i> hija de <i>Kukumcupul</i> +fue muger de su abuelo de dicho D. Juan Kahuil, todos los cuales fueron +los que vinieron de Mexico à poblar estas Provincias, gente principal y +Señores, pues poblaron y se señorearon de esta tierra, porque como dicho +tiene, le oyó decir al dicho su padre que eran tenidos, obedecidos y +respetados como à Señores de esta tierra, y de uno de ellos procede el +dicho D. Juan Kahuil, y de estos hay mucha noticia y dicho su padre le +dijo muchas veces, que <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>habia constancia entre ellos de lo sucedido por +estos Señores.</p> + +<p>“2º. A la segunda pregunta dice este testigo, que como dicho tiene, oyó +decir à su padre y otros Indios principales que los susodichos +contenidos en la primera pregunta vinieron de los reynos de Mejico à +poblar estàs provincias, los unos se quedaron en Chichinica que fueron +los que edificaron los edificios sontuosos que hay en el dicho asiento, +y otros se fueron à poblar à Bacalar, y otros fueron à poblar la costa +hacia el norte, y este que fué à poblar la costa, se llamaba <i>Cacalpuc</i>, +de donde procede el dicho D. Juan Kahuil, y estos que así se +repartieron, fueron à poblar las provincias susodichas, y las tuvieron +sugetas y en govierno, y que le cupo à un Cocom, el poblar en +Chichinica, y le obedecian todos por Señor, y los de la isla de cuzumel +le eran sugetos; y de alli (de Chicinica) se pasaron à la provincia de +Sotuta, donde estaban, cuando los conquistadores vinieron, y siempre +fueron tenidos, obedecidos y respetados como Señores.</p> + +<p>“3º. A la primera pregunta dijò este testigo que conoce al dicho D. Juan +Kahuil, y à la dicha Da Maria Quen, su muger, y que de todos los +contenidos en la pregunta, tuvo muy larga noticia de ellos, porque D. +Juan Camal, cacique è gobernador que fuè del pueblo de Sisal, de los +primeros que lo gobernaron por comision e titulo que le diò el Oidor +Tomas Lopez, oiendo como era de los antiguos caciques del dicho pueblo +en estas provincias, lo trataba en conversacion à sus principales y este +testigo, que siempre estaba en su casa, y fué alguacil mayor ordinario +en ella, como los contenidos habian venido de Mejico à poblar esta +tierra de Yucatan, y que los unos poblaron à Chichinica y hicieron los +edificiós que estan en dicho asiento muy suntuosos, y que habiendo sido +los que <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>vinieron de Mejico, cuatro deudos ò parientes con sus allegados +y gente que trajaron; el uno pobló como dicho tiene à Chichinica, y el +otro fué à poblar à Bacalar, y el otro hacia el Norte y pobló en la +costa, y el otro fué hacia Cozumel; è poblaron con gente, y fueron +Señores de estas provincias, y las gobernaron y señorearon muchos años; +y que oyó decir que uno de ellos llamado <i>Tanupolchicbul</i> era pariente +de Moctezuma, rey de Mejico.”</p> + + +<p class="titlepage">(<i>Translation.</i>)</p> + +<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Corporation of Valladolid—Year 1618.</span></p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Document No. 1.</span> To the first question the witness answered that he +knows the said Don Juan Kahuil and the said Dona Maria Quen his lawful +wife, and all those referred to in the question; that this witness had +full information from his father, who formerly was <i>ahkin</i> or priest +among the natives, before they had received the water of baptism, how +the parties above mentioned in the question came from the kingdom of +Mexico, and established <span class="nowrap">towns<a name="FNanchor_116-1_68" id="FNanchor_116-1_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_116-1_68" class="fnanchor">116-1</a></span> in these provinces, and that they +were a warlike and valiant people and lords, and thus some of them +established themselves at Chichen Itza, and others went to the south and +established towns at Bacalar, and toward the north and established towns +on the coast; because they were three or four lords, and one, who was +named <i>Tumispolchicbul</i>, was a kinsman of Montezuma, king of the kingdom +of Mexico, and that <i>Cuhuikakcamalcacalpuc</i> was a very near kinsman of +the said Don Juan Kahuil on his father’s side, and that the said +<i>Ixnahaucupul</i>, daughter of <i>Kukumcupul</i> was wife of the grandfather of +the said Don Juan <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>Kahuil, all of whom were those who came from Mexico to +found towns in these provinces, prominent people and lords; then they +founded towns and ruled this land, because as he said, he heard his said +father say that they were regarded, obeyed and respected as lords of +this land, and that from one of them proceeded the said Don Juan Kahuil; +and of these there is abundant information, and his said father often +said to him that there was unanimity among them as to what took place by +these lords.</p> + +<p>“<span class="smrom">2ND.</span> To the second question this witness answered that as he has said, +he heard his father and other leading Indians say that the parties above +mentioned in the first question came from the Kingdom of Mexico to found +towns in these provinces; some remained in Chichen Itza, who were those +who built the sumptuous edifices which are in the said locality; others +went to found towns at Bacalar, and others to found towns on the coast +to the north; and he who went to found towns on the coast was named +Cacalpuc, from whom proceeds the said Don Juan Kahuil and those who thus +made division went to found towns in the above mentioned provinces, and +held them under subjection and government; and he chose a certain Cocom +to rule in Chichen Itza, and they all obeyed him as lord, and those of +the island of Cozumel were subject to him; and from there (from Chichen +Itza) they passed to the province of Zotuta, where they were when the +conquerors came, and they were always regarded, obeyed and respected as +lords.</p> + +<p>“<span class="smrom">3RD.</span> To the first question this witness answered that he knew all the +parties mentioned in the question and had abundant information about +them, because Don Juan Carnal who was chief and governor of Sisal, one +of the first <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>who governed it by commission and brief given him by the +Auditor Tomas Lopez, being one of the ancient chiefs of the said town in +these provinces, spoke of the subject in conversation with his leading +men and with this witness, who was constantly in his house and was chief +clerk in ordinary in it, saying the parties mentioned had come from +Mexico to found towns in this land of Yucatan, and that some settled at +Chichen Itza, and erected the very stately edifices which are in the +said locality, and that those who came from Mexico were four kinsmen or +relatives with their friends and the people they brought with them; one +settled as heretofore said at Chichen Itza, one went to settle at +Bacalar, one went toward the north and settled on the coast, and the +other went toward Cozumel; and they founded towns with their people, and +were lords of these provinces, and governed them and ruled them many +years; and that he had heard it said that one of them named +<i>Tanupolchicbul</i> was a kinsman of Moctezuma, King of Mexico.”</p> + +<p>This legend is also related, with some variation, by Herrera, and as I +shall have occasion more than once to refer to his account, I shall +translate it.</p> + +<p>“At Chichen Itza, ten leagues from Itzamal, the ancients say there +reigned three lords, brothers, who came from the west, and gathered +together many people, and reigned some years in peace and justice; and +they constructed large and very beautiful edifices. It is said that they +lived unmarried and very chastely; and it is added that in time one of +them was missing, and that his absence worked such bad results that the +other two began to be unchaste and partial; and thus the people came to +hate them, and slew them, and scattered <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>abroad, and deserted the +edifices, especially the most stately one, which is ten leagues from the +sea.</p> + +<p>“Those who established themselves at Chichen Itza call themselves Itzas; +among these there is a tradition that there ruled a great lord called +Cuculcàn, and all agree that he came from the west; and the only +difference among them is as to whether he came before or after or with +the Itzas; but the name of the building at Chichen Itza, and what +happened after the death of the lords above mentioned, show that +Cuculcan ruled the country jointly with them. He was a man of good +disposition, was said not to have had either wife or children, and not +to have known woman; he was devoted to the interests of the people, and +for this reason was regarded as a god. In order to pacify the land he +agreed to found another city, where all business could be transacted. He +selected for this purpose a site eight leagues further inland from where +now stands the city of Merida, and fifteen leagues from the sea. There +they erected a circular wall of dry stone, about a half quarter of a +league in diameter, leaving in it only two gateways. They erected +temples, giving to the largest the name Cuculcàn, and also constructed +around the wall the houses of the lords among whom Cuculcàn had divided +the land, giving and assigning towns to each. To the city he gave the +name Mayapan, which means “the Standard of the Maya,” as Maya is the +name of their language.</p> + +<p>“By this means the country was quieted and they lived in peace for some +years under Cuculcan, who governed with justice, until, having arranged +for his departure, and recommending them to continue the wise rule he +had established, he left them and returned to Mexico by the same route +he had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>come, remaining in Champoton some time, where, in memory of his +journey, he erected a building in the sea, which remains to this +<span class="nowrap">day.”<a name="FNanchor_120-1_69" id="FNanchor_120-1_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_120-1_69" class="fnanchor">120-1</a></span></p> + +<p>Bishop Landa and some other early writers also give versions of this +tradition, but do not add any facts to those in the above quotations. +Evidently it was a widespread legend of the origin of the great +buildings of Chichen Itza. Is it a tradition of fact or is it a myth?</p> + +<p>I confess that to me it has a suspiciously mythical aspect. It is too +similar to what I may call the standard hero-myth of the American +Aborigines. Everywhere, both in North and South America, we find the +myth of the four brothers who divided the land between them, one of whom +is superior to the others and becomes the ruler and instructor of the +ancestors of the nation. He does not die, but disappears, or goes to +heaven, and is often expected to return. Just so in one of the Maya +myths, Cuculcan did not return to Mexico, but rose to heaven, whence +once every year he descended to his temple at Mayapan and received the +gifts which from far and wide pious pilgrims had brought to his shrine +(Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 302). All these myths relate to the worship of +the four cardinal points and to the Light-God, as I have shown in a +previous work (<i>The Myths of the New World</i>, chap. III. New York, 1876).</p> + +<p>The proper names in the legend have nothing of a Nahuatl appearance. +They are all pure Maya. The “kinsman of Moctezuma,” the second reading +of whose name is the correct one, is given as <i>tan u pol chicbul</i>, “in +front of the head of the jay-bird,” the <i>chicbul</i> being what the +Spaniards call the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span><i>mingo rey</i>, which I believe is a jay (Beltran, <i>Arte +del Idioma Maya</i>, p. 229). The other long name is a compound of <i>Zuhuy +kak camal cacal puc</i>. The historian Cogolludo informs us that <i>Zuhuy +Kak</i>, literally “virgin fire,” was the daughter of a king, afterwards +deified as goddess of female infants (<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, +cap. VIII). <i>Camal</i> was and is a common patronymic in Yucatan; +<i>cacalpuc</i> means “mountain <span class="nowrap">land,”<a name="FNanchor_121-1_70" id="FNanchor_121-1_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_121-1_70" class="fnanchor">121-1</a></span> and thus the whole name is +easily identified as Maya. Possibly the member of the family Camal who +bore the name was a priest of the goddess.</p> + +<p>It will be noticed that neither the legend nor the legal testimony +speaks of these foreigners as of a different language or lineage, but +leaves us to infer the contrary. Had they been of Aztec race it would +certainly have been noticed, for the Mayas had frequent mercantile +relations with these powerful neighbors, they borrowed many words from +the Nahuatl tongue, and single chiefs in Yucatan formed alliances with +the Aztec rulers, and introduced Aztec warriors even into Mayapan, as is +shown by the Chronicles I publish in this work, and also by the fact +that a small colony of Aztecs, descendants of these mercenaries, was +living in the province of Canul, west of Merida, when the Spaniards +conquered the country (Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 54). Therefore the Aztecs +were no strangers to the Mayas, and doubtless the learned members of the +priesthood and nobles in the fifteenth century were quite well aware of +the existence of the powerful empire of Anahuac.</p> + +<p>But regarding the legend I have quoted as, in part at least, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>based on +actual history, we may accept the fact that there was an important +emigration from Mexico, and yet not one of either Aztecs or “Toltecs.” +It must be remembered that the Huastecas, an important branch of the +Maya family, occupied from time immemorial the coast of the Mexican Gulf +north of Vera Cruz, and west to the mountains of Meztitlan, a province +inhabited by a Nahuatl speaking race, but not subject to the dynasty of +the Montezumas.</p> + +<p>I have already referred briefly to their history, and it is possible +that after their serious reverses, about 1450, they sent migratory +bodies to their relatives in Yucatan. At any rate, there seems a +consensus of testimony that the general trend of migration of the Maya +race, was from north to south, and in Central America, from west to +east.</p> + +<p>We have in this paragraph examples of the use of three of the “numeral +particles.” <i>Cante bin ti katun</i>, literally, “it (<i>i. e.</i> time) went on +for four katuns,” and a few lines later <i>hunpel haab</i>, one year, +<i>hunpiztun</i>, the first year.</p> + +<p>The correct translation of <i>peten</i> has been debated; it is from the root +<i>pet</i>, anything round, a circle, and usually means “island.” By a later +use it signifies any locality with definite boundaries, hence a +province, or kingdom. The following is the entry in the <i>Diccionario de +Motul</i>:</p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Peten</span>; isla, <i>item</i> provincia, region, comarca—<i>uay tu petenil +Yucatan</i>, aqui en la provincia de Yucatan.”</p> + +<p>The name of the first leader, Holon Chan Tepeuh, does not recur in the +Annals. Its signification is: <i>holon</i>, a generic name for large bees and +flies; <i>chan</i>, sufficient, powerful, still in use in Yucatan as a +surname; <i>tepeuh</i>, ruler, from <i>tepeual</i>, to rule. This last word is +marked in the <i>Diccionario de Motul</i> as a “vocablo antiquo.” It is of +Aztec origin, as in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>Nahuatl language <i>tepeuani</i> means “conqueror.” +The name we are considering should probably be rendered “Holon Chan, the +ruler.” The province ruled by the Chan family at the time of the +conquest was on the eastern coast, south of that of the Cupuls.</p> + +<p>The name <i>Chacnouitan</i> is elsewhere, as we shall see, spelled +<i>Chacnovitan</i> and <i>Chacnabiton</i>. I am inclined to believe the last +mentioned is nearest the correct form. By Pio Perez it was supposed to +be an ancient name of Yucatan, and he translates the phrase, <i>uay ti +petene Chacnouitan</i>, by “à esta isla de Chacnavitan (Yucatan).” Dr. +Valentini says: “the translation could as well stand for ‘that distant +island,’” and that “Chacnouitan was neither the whole nor the northern +part of Yucatan, but a district situated in the southwest of the +peninsula,” (<i>loc. cit.</i> p. 38).</p> + +<p>With this I cannot agree, as the adverb <i>uay</i> always refers to the place +(in no matter how wide an accepation) where the speaker is. Therefore I +translate it “here, (<i>i. e.</i> to this general country of Yucatan, and at +first) to the province Chacnouitan.” The province referred to was, I +doubt not, somewhere around Lake Peten. The word <i>chac</i> is often used in +local names in Yucatan, and usually means either “water” or “red,” as it +is a homonym with several significations.</p> + +<p>Several names similar to it are found in the Peten district. On Lake +Yaxta, are the ruins of the very ancient city Napeten, and that lake may +have once been called “Chac-napeten,” “the water of Napeten.” Again, on +the road from Peten to Bacalar is the town Chacnabil, and the compound +<i>Chacnabiltan</i> would mean “toward or in the direction of Chacnabil” (see +<i>Itinerarios y Leguarios que proceden de Merida, etc.</i>, p. 15, Merida, +1851). The Itzas always remembered the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>Peten district, and when they met +with reverses in northern Yucatan, they returned to it and established +an important State there, which was not destroyed until the last decade +of the seventeenth century.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_3">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_3">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_3" id="mani_notes_3"></a>3. <i>Hunpel haab minan ti hokal haab</i>, “one year lacking from five score +years.”</p> + +<p>The name Ahmekat is probably an old form for <i>ahmeknah</i> or <i>ahmektan</i>, +both of which are given in the <i>Diccionario de Motul</i> for chieftain, +leader, captain.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_4">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_4">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_4" id="mani_notes_4"></a>4. <i>Lai tun</i>, the relative <i>lai</i> with the particle <i>tun</i>, which is +called by Beltran a “particula adornativa.” <i>uchci</i> is the aorist of the +defective verb <i>uchul</i>, <i>uchi</i>, <i>uchuc</i>, to happen, to take place, come +to pass. <i>Emob</i> is the third plural of <i>emel</i>, to descend, to disembark, +arrive. Pio Perez translates the phrase <i>ca emob uay lae</i>, “luego +bajaron aqui.” As this was written in the province of Mani, the “here” +now refers in a narrower sense to the vicinity of the writer. The word +<i>chuulte</i> I take to be an error of transcription for <i>uchci</i>, as it is +so translated by Pio Perez. It is noteworthy that the word <i>chicpahci</i>, +“discovered,” conveys the sense that Chichen Itza was already in +existence when the migration here recorded reached <a name="corr15" id="corr15"></a><ins class="correction" title="northern">northen</ins> +Yucatan. It is from <i>chicul</i>, a sign or mark by which something is +recognized.</p> + +<p>Of the proper names in this section Bakhalal, “the canebrakes” (<i>halal</i>, +the cane, <i>bak</i>, a roll or enclosure), is the modern province of +Bacalar, on the east coast of the peninsula. <i>Ziyan caan</i> appears to be +used as a synonym of it, or else refers to a part of it. Its meaning is +a picturesque reference to the view from the sea shore, where the +horizon is clearly defined, and the sky seems to rise from the water, +“the birth of the sky;” <i>Ziyan</i>, birth, <i>caan</i>, sky.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span>The name Chi Cħeen Itza was that of one of the grandest ancient +cities of Yucatan. <i>Cħeen</i> is the name applied to a tract of +low-lying fertile land, especially suitable to the production of cacao +(Berendt); <i>chi</i> is edge or border. It is therefore a name referring to +a locality, “on the border of the <i>cħeen</i> of the Itzas.” <i>Cħeen</i> +also means well or cistern, and another derivation is “at the mouth of +the well,” as <i>chi</i> can also be rendered “mouth;” either of these is +appropriate to the features of the locality, as it is a fertile +low-lying tract with two large natural reservoirs near by.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_5">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_5">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_5" id="mani_notes_5"></a>5. <i>Paxi</i>, from <i>paaxal</i>, a neuter form of the active verb <i>pa</i>, to +break in pieces; it means “to go to pieces, to fall in ruins, to be +depopulated or deserted.” Applied to a city it is often translated “to +be destroyed,” but it does not convey quite so positive a meaning. +<i>Kuyan uincob</i>, “men of God,” from <i>Ku</i> the general name for Divinity. +Chichen Itza was one of the chief centres of religious life in Yucatan, +and its priests were esteemed among the most learned in the peninsula.</p> + +<p>The name Chanputun, Champoton, or, reversed, Potonchan, is derived by +Gomara from the Nahuatl <i>potonia</i>, to smell badly, and <i>chan</i>, house (in +composition). Elsewhere, however, we find it in the form Chakanputun, +and this is Maya. <i>Chakan</i> is the term applied to a grassy plain, a +savanna, and it was especially applied to the ancient province in which +the city of Ho, now Merida, was situated, as appears from the following +entry in the <i>Diccionario de Motul, MS.</i></p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Ahchakan</span>: el que es de Mérida, o de los pueblos de aquella comarca, que +se llama <i>Chakan</i>.”</p> + +<p>The correct form of the name is probably <i>Chakan peten</i>, the savanna +region.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_6">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_6" id="mani_notes_6"></a>6. The only obscure expression in this section is <i>yalan che, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>yalan +aban, yalan ak</i>. This often recurs in the ancient Maya manuscripts, and +was evidently a well-known formula, probably the refrain of one of their +ancient chants. In Mr. Stephens’ translation it is rendered “under the +uninhabited mountains” (!) which is an attempt to render Pio Perez’s +words “bajo los montes despoblados,” “in the uninhabited forests.” +<i>Aban</i> or <i>haban</i> is an obsolete word, only found in compounds, as +<i>yoxhaban</i>, huts made of branches. Both it and <i>ak</i> were the names of +various branches or twigs. The phrase is literally “under the trees, +under the branches, under the foliage,” and meant that those who thus +lived were homeless and houseless. It is a striking testimony to the +love of solid buildings and walled cities which characterized the Mayas.</p> + +<p>I will add a verse from a curious prophetic chant in one of the Books of +Chilan Balam, where this expression occurs, and which is an interesting +example of these strange songs.</p> + +<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Tzolah ti ahkin Chilam.</span></p> + +<p class="titlepage">(<i>Recital of the priest Chilam.</i>)</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">Uien, uien, a man uah;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Uken, uken, a man haa;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, puz lum pach,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, tzuch lum ich,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, naclah muyal,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, naclah uitz,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, chuc lum ɔiic,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, hubulhub,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, coɔ yol chelem,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, eɔeleɔ,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, ox ɔalab u nak yaxche,<br /></span> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span><span class="i0">Tu kin, ox chuilab xotem,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin, pan tzintzin<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Yetel banhob yalan che yalan haban.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation.</i></p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">Eat, eat, thou hast bread;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Drink, drink, thou hast water;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, dust possesses the earth,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, a blight is on the face of the earth,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, a cloud rises,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, a mountain rises,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, a strong man seizes the land,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, things fall to ruin,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, the tender leaf is destroyed,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, the dying eyes are closed,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, three signs are on the tree,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, three generations hang there,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">On that day, the battle flag is raised,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And they are scattered afar in the forests.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_7">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_7">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_7" id="mani_notes_7"></a>7. <i>Heɔob</i>, from <i>heɔ</i>, <i>heɔel</i> or <i>eɔ</i>, to fix firmly, to +settle, to found: <i>heɔel ca cah uaye</i>, let us settle here, “poblamos +aqui” (<i>Dicc. de San Francisco</i>, MS.).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_8">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_8">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_8" id="mani_notes_8"></a>8. The founding of Uxmal by Ahcuitok Tutulxiu is recorded in this +paragraph; <i>ahcui</i> is the name of a species of owl, <i>tok</i> is the flint +stone. By some old writers Uxmal is spelled Oxmal, which would give the +meaning “to pass thrice,” <i>ox</i>, three, <i>mal</i>, to pass. From <i>mal</i>, +preterite <i>mani</i>, also was derived the name of the chief city of the +Tutulxiu, with a peculiar signification explained in a note on a +previous page.</p> + +<p>Mr. Stephens has taken considerable pains to prove that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>Uxmal with its +astonishing edifices was inhabited at and after the conquest (<i>Incidents +of Travel in Yucatan</i>, Vol. II, p. 259); there may, indeed, have been an +Indian village there, but the first European traveler who has left us a +description of it, and who visited it in 1586, when many natives, born +before the conquest, were still living, describes the massive buildings +as even then in ruins, and very large trees growing upon them. An old +Indian told him that according to their traditions, these structures had +at that time been built nine hundred years, and that their builders had +left the country nearly that long ago. (<i>Relacion Breve y Verdadera de +algunas cosas de las muchas </i><a name="corr16" id="corr16"></a><ins class="correction" title="que"><i>qui</i></ins><i> sucedieron al Padre Fray Alonzo +Ponce</i>, in the <i>Coleccion de Documentos para la Historia de España</i>, +vol. LVIII, p. 461.)</p> + +<p>The phrase <i>u heɔicab Ahcuitok Tutulxiu Uxmal</i> is translated by Pio +Perez “se pobló en Uxmal,” <a name="corr17" id="corr17"></a><ins class="correction" title="“established">established</ins> himself in Uxmal,” +conveying the impression that he merely moved to that city. This is, +however, not the sense of the original. <i>Heɔicab</i> is an active verb +governing Uxmal as its direct object, and means to found firmly or +promptly.</p> + +<p>The expression <i>halach uinicil</i>, the real man, the true man, is a common +idiom for governor or ruler, he being the only “real man” in an +autocratic community (ante p. <a href="#Page_26">26</a>).</p> + +<p>The name of Mayapan is given in the form Mayalpan, which I think is +dialectic. It is spoken of as an established city under the joint rule +of several chiefs at the date of the founding of Uxmal.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_9">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_9">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_9" id="mani_notes_9"></a>9. This paragraph describes how the ruler of the Itzas lost his share in +the government of Mayapan. <i>Kebanthan</i>, literally a plot, or to plot to +do some injury—“concertar de hacer algun mal, y el tal concierto,” +<i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>MS. I have followed Pio Perez in translating +“against Hunac Eel,” although “by Hunac Eel” seems more correct. +Elsewhere the name is Hunac Ceel. Ancona argues that he was a member of +the Cocom family (<i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, I. p. 157.)</p> + +<p>Several of the names of the seven “men of Mayapan” have a Nahuatl +appearance. Kakaltecat=Cacaltecatl, He of the Crow; Ytzcuat=Itzcoatl, +Smirch-faced snake; Xuchueuet=Xochitl, the rose or flower; +Pantemit=Pantenamitl, the Conqueror of the city wall. These would seem +to bear out what Landa and Herrera say, to the effect that at one period +the rulers of Mayapan invited Aztec warriors from the province of +Tabasco to come and dwell in the city and aid them in controlling the +inhabitants.</p> + +<p>Both Dr. Valentini and Señor Pio Perez are of opinion the Katuns at the +commencement of this paragraph should read the 10th, 8th and 6th, +instead of the 11th, 9th and 6th, as it is necessary in order to +establish consistency with what follows.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_10">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_10">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_10" id="mani_notes_10"></a>10. This is one of the most obscure sections in the chronicle. The +phrase <i>tumenel u uahal uahob</i> is rendered by Pio Perez “because he made +war,” while Brasseur translates it “because of his great feasts.” The +meaning of the root <i>uah</i> is maize cakes, or, more generally, bread. The +<i>Diccionario de Motul</i> gives: “<span class="smcap">UAHIL</span>; banquete, convite ô comida,” which +is in favor of Brasseur’s translation.</p> + +<p><i>Oxlahun uuɔ</i>, “thirteen divisions;” <i>uuɔ</i> or <i>uuuɔ</i> means +literally a fold or double, and hence appears to have been applied to +ranks of men in double rows. I do not find, however, any such meaning +given in the dictionaries. As a numeral particle it is used to count +whatever occurs in folds or doubles.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>The number thirteen had a sacredness attached to it, from its frequent +use in the calendar. It appears from a passage in the <i>Popol Vuh</i> that +the Cakchiquels, Pokomams and Pokomchis also divided their tribes into +thirteen sections (<i>Popol Vuh</i>, p. 206). In the Maya language, 13 is +also used to signify a great but indefinite number: thus <i>oxlahun +cacab</i>, thirteen generations, is equivalent to “forever”; <i>oxlahun +pixan</i>, thirteen times happy, is to be happy in the supreme degree; more +remote from customary analogies is the phrase for “full moon,” <i>oxlhaun +caan u</i>, literally “the thirteen-sky moon,” the moon which fills with +its light the whole sky (<i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, MS.).</p> + +<p>The phrase <i>u ɔabal u natob</i> is not translated at all in the English +rendering in Stephens’ <i>Travels</i>, nor in that of Valentini. Brasseur +paraphrases it “by him who gives intelligence.”</p> + +<p>The proper names Ulmil and Ulil seem both to be derived from <i>ula</i>, +host, the master of the feast.</p> + +<p>Here, again, I shall give the originals of the two previous translators.</p> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation of Pio Perez.</i></p> + +<p>“En este mismo periodo ô <i>katun</i> del 8º ahau fueron á destruir al rey +Ulmil porque le hacia la guerra al rey de Izamal Ulil. Trece divisiones +de combatientes tenia cuando los dispersó Hunac-eel para escarmentarlos: +la guerra se concluyó en el 6º ahau á los 34 años.”</p> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation of Brasseur.</i></p> + +<p>“C’est dans la même période du Huit Ahau qu’ils allèrent attaquer le roi +Ulmil, à cause de ses grands festins avec Ulil, roi d’Ytzmal: ils +avaient treize divisions de troupes, lorsqu’ils furent défaits par +Hunac-Eel, par celui qui donne l’intelligence. Au Six Ahau, c’en etait +fait, après trente quatre ans.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>The name Hunac Eel should be Hunac Ceel, as it is given in the other +chronicles. It means “he who causes great fear,” <i>hunac</i> in composition +means much, great, and <i>ceel</i>, cold, also the fright and terror which +makes one shiver as with cold (“espanto, asombro ô turbacion que causa +frió.” <i>Dicc. de Motul</i>, <a name="corr18" id="corr18"></a><ins class="correction" title="MS.).">MS).</ins></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_11">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_11">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_11" id="mani_notes_11"></a>11. This important section describes the destruction of the great city +of Mayapan, which occurred somewhere between <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 1420-1450. The reasons +given for the act are not clear.</p> + +<p><i>Tumenel u pack tulum, tumenel multepal ich cah Mayalpan</i>, appears to me +to have the precise meaning I have given in the text; but Pio Perez +translates the passage thus “fué invadido por los hombres de Itza y su +rey Ulmil, el territorio fortificado de Mayalpan, porque tenia murallas, +y porque gobernaba en comun el pueblo de aquella ciudad.”</p> + +<p>The expression <i>multepal</i>, from <i>mul</i>, to do an act jointly, or in +common, and <i>tepal</i>, to govern, is interesting as showing that the +government of the country in its golden days of prosperity was not one +of an autocratic monarch, but a league or confederation of the principal +chiefs of the peninsula. This is also borne out by the descriptions of +the ancient government to be found in the pages of Landa and Herrera.</p> + +<p>The Itzas seized the territory in and around Mayapan, but they were not +the ones who destroyed the city. This was the work of <i>Ahuitzilɔul</i>, +foreign mountaineers. <i>Ɔul</i>, is the common term for a foreigner in +Maya, and is now-a-days applied especially to the whites. <i>Uitz</i>, +mountain, is used with reference to the high sierra which runs through +central Yucatan, and so Pio Perez understood <i>ahuitzil</i>, “los que tenian +sus ciudades en la parte montañosa.” This is probably correct, though <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>we +do not know to whom this appellation refers. Yet it may be added that +another meaning can be given to the phrase; <i>uitz</i> is the term applied +by the natives in some parts of the peninsula to the artificial mounds +or pyramids on which their temples were situated, which are usually +called <span class="nowrap"><i>muul</i>.<a name="FNanchor_132-1_71" id="FNanchor_132-1_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_132-1_71" class="fnanchor">132-1</a></span> In this sense <i>ahuitzil ɔul</i> should be rendered +“foreigners who had great pyramids.”</p> + +<p>The words <i>tan cah Mayapan</i> (not Mayalpan as before) are rendered by Pio +Perez and Brasseur as the name of a province or district; but as they +simply mean “in the middle of the city of Mayapan,” it appears to be +their signification here.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_12">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_12">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_12" id="mani_notes_12"></a>12. “After the fortress was depopulated” or destroyed. This no doubt +refers to the fortress of Mayapan, spoken of in the previous section. +Aguilar and his companions were wrecked on the coast of Yucatan, in +1511, and this is probably the earliest date of any actual landing of +Europeans, although in 1506, Pinzon had sighted the eastern shores.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_13">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_13">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_13" id="mani_notes_13"></a>13. <i>Mayacimil</i>, “the death of the Mayas,” a term applied to a general +and fatal pestilence. Such are referred to by Landa (<i>Relacion</i>, § X.) +and Cogolludo (<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, cap. <a name="corr19" id="corr19"></a><ins class="correction" title="VI).">VI),</ins> The +<i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, MS. has this entry:</p> + +<p>“<span class="smcap">Mayacimil</span>: una mortandad grande que fué en Yucatan. Y tomase por +qualquier mortandad y pestilencia que lleva mucha gente.”</p> + +<p><i>Noh kakil</i>, <i>noh</i>, great, <i>kak</i>, fire, is the usual word for the +smallpox.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>The reference to the death of Ahpula, who, as we learn from another +chronicle, was a member of the royal Xiu family, is especially valuable +as assigning a definite date in both the Maya and European calendars. It +is specified with great minuteness, and yet Pio Perez made the serious +error in his computations regarding the Maya calendar of reading “the +sixth year of the 13th ahau” instead of “six years from the close of the +13th ahau,” as, in fact, he himself elsewhere translated it.</p> + +<p>The expression <i>u xocol haab ti lakin cuchie</i>, “the reckoning of the +year was toward the East,” refers to the circle or wheel marked with the +four cardinal points by which the years were arranged with reference to +the four “year-bearers” Kan, Muluc, Ix and Cauac.</p> + +<p>The last words of this section, “sixty years after the fortress was +destroyed,” are an obvious error, as in the preceding section this date +is said to be that of the first arrival of the Spaniards.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_14">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_14">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_14" id="mani_notes_14"></a>14. <i>Kul uincob</i>, “mighty men,” from <i>kul</i>, strong, powerful, probably +akin to <i>ku</i>, god, but not with the religious signification which +<i>kuyen</i> has (see page <a href="#Page_125">125</a>). <i>Caputzihil</i>, literally “to be born a second +time.” Bishop Landa assures us positively that a rite of baptism was +known to the Mayas before the arrival of the whites, and that this name +was applied to it (<i>Relacion</i>, p. 144). As will be seen on a later page, +Maya writers usually employed another term to express Christian baptism.</p> + +<p>The year in which Bishop Francisco Toral first came to Yucatan was 1562 +(Cogolludo, <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, Lib. VI, cap. VI). He died in Mexico in +1571.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>The remainder of this chronicle has never been translated or published. +It refers to facts after the Conquest, but I think it of interest to +give it completely, as its manner of dealing with known dates will throw +light on its general accuracy.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_15">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_15">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_15" id="mani_notes_15"></a>15. Bishop Diego de Landa, second bishop of the diocese of Merida, died +at that city in 1579, aged fifty-four years. The first missionaries that +came to Mani were Fathers Villalpando and Benavente, in 1547 (Cogolludo, +<i>Hist.</i>, Lib. V, cap. VII). The convent there was established in 1549.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_16">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_16">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_16" id="mani_notes_16"></a>16. No town of the name Yokhaa is now known. But I find on the ancient +native map of Mani, dating from 1557, given by Stephens (<i>Travels in +Yucatan</i>, Vol. II, p. 264), a locality marked <i>Yokha</i>, marked with a +cross. This is no doubt the reference in the text.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_17">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_17">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_17" id="mani_notes_17"></a>17. The Auditor Don Tŏmas Lopez came to Yucatan from Guatemala. He +was in Yucatan as early as 1552, and published laws in that year +(Cogolludo, Lib. V, cap. XIX, Lib. VII, cap. XI). A hospital was founded +very early in Mani, according to Cogolludo, but he does not give the +exact date (<i>ibid.</i>, Lib. IV, cap. XX).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_18">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_18">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_18" id="mani_notes_18"></a>18. Doctor Don Diego Quijada arrived in Yucatan in 1562, and remained +until 1565.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_19">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_19">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_19" id="mani_notes_19"></a>19. When Landa was provincial, 1562-65, various Indians were hanged on +account of the prevalence of suicide.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_20">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_20">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_20" id="mani_notes_20"></a>20. What Marshall is referred to is uncertain, <i>thulub</i> should probably +be <i>chulub</i>, and so I have translated it. Berendt suggested <i>ca botab +chulub</i>, “when they paid for water,” the reference being to a great +drought.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_21">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_21">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_21" id="mani_notes_21"></a>21. An epidemic of measles and smallpox, in 1609, is referred to by +Cogolludo (Lib. IX, cap. I).</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_22">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_22">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_22" id="mani_notes_22"></a>22. In 1610 three Indians of Tekax were hanged for having killed their +chief Don Pedro Xiu (Cogolludo, Lib. IX, cap. I).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#mani_maya_23">Maya</a><br /><a href="#mani_english_23">English</a></span><a name="mani_notes_23" id="mani_notes_23"></a>23. The reference is to a census or assessment of the town. None is +mentioned in this year by Cogolludo, nor does he speak of the Judge +Diego Pareja.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_89-1_57" id="Footnote_89-1_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89-1_57"><span class="label">89-1</span></a> “No lo pudiendo sufrir los otros Señores, se conjuraron +con el Señor de los Tutuxius, i acudiendo en Dia señalado à la Casa del +Señor Cocom, le mataron con sus Hijos, salvo uno, que estaba ausente, i +le saquearon la Casa, i le tomaron sus Heredades, i desamparon la Ciudad +[de Mayapan], deseando cada Señor vivir en libertad en sus Pueblos, al +cabo de quinientos Años, que se fundò, en la qual havian vivido con +mucha Policia; i havria que se despoblò, segun la cuenta de los Indios, +hasta que llegaron los Castellanos à Yucatàn, setenta Años. Cada Señor +procurò de llevar los mas Libros de sus Ciencias, que pudò, à su Tierra, +adonde hicieron Templos; i esta es la principal causa de los muchos +Edificios, que hai en Yucatan. Siguiò toda su gente Ahxiui, Señor de los +Tutuxius, i poblò en Mani, que quiere decir, ià pasò; como si dixese, +hagamos Libro nuevo; i de tal manera poblaron sus Pueblos, que hicieron +una gran Provincia, que se llama oi dia, Tutuxiù.” Herrera, <i>Historia de +las Indias Occidentales</i>, Dec. <span class="smcap">IV</span>, Lib. <span class="smcap">X</span>, caps. <span class="smcap">II, III.</span></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_90-1_58" id="Footnote_90-1_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90-1_58"><span class="label">90-1</span></a> <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. <span class="smcap">III</span>, cap. <span class="smcap">VI.</span></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_91-1_59" id="Footnote_91-1_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91-1_59"><span class="label">91-1</span></a> I quote Dr. Berendt’s words. “Los datos historicós que +publicò Stephens en el Apendice de su obra fueron extractados de tal +libro de Chilam Balam en poder de un Indio de Mani, maestro de escuela, +que por tener el mismo apelido Balam pretendió ser descendiente del +sacerdote de los Mayas que llegó à padrinar esta clase de escritos.” +<i>Chilam Balam, Articulos y Fragmentos en Lengua Maya</i> MSS., Advertencia, +p. vii.</p> + +<p>I have also in my collection a manuscript copy of what Yucatecan +scholars call the <i>Codice Perez</i>, a mass of materials copied by Señor +Pio Perez, among them this chronicle. The following is his own note at +its close:—</p> + +<p>“Hasta aqui termina el libro titulado Chilambalam que se conserva en el +Pueblo de Mani en poder del maestro de Capilla.”</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92-1_60" id="Footnote_92-1_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92-1_60"><span class="label">92-1</span></a> <i>The Katunes of Maya History</i>, A Chapter in the Early +Chronology of Central America, with special reference to the Pio Perez +Manuscripts. By Philip J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. <i>Proceedings of the +American Antiquarian Society</i>, 1879. (Worcester, Mass. Press of Charles +Hamilton, 1880). The reprint is 60 pages, octavo.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92-2_61" id="Footnote_92-2_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92-2_61"><span class="label">92-2</span></a> Crescencio Carrillo, <i>Manual de Historia y Geografia de +la Peninsula de Yucatan</i>, pp. 16-27. (12mo: Merida de Yucatan; imprenta +de J. D. Espinosa e Hijos.)</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_95-1_62" id="Footnote_95-1_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95-1_62"><span class="label">95-1</span></a> chichcunahthan.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96-1_63" id="Footnote_96-1_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96-1_63"><span class="label">96-1</span></a> uchuc.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96-2_64" id="Footnote_96-2_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96-2_64"><span class="label">96-2</span></a> haban.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96-3_65" id="Footnote_96-3_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96-3_65"><span class="label">96-3</span></a> ximbal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_97-1_66" id="Footnote_97-1_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97-1_66"><span class="label">97-1</span></a> ximbal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_99-1_67" id="Footnote_99-1_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99-1_67"><span class="label">99-1</span></a> chulub.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_116-1_68" id="Footnote_116-1_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116-1_68"><span class="label">116-1</span></a> The Spanish word “poblar” does not mean to people an +uninhabited country, but to found villages and gather the people into +communities.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_120-1_69" id="Footnote_120-1_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120-1_69"><span class="label">120-1</span></a> <i>Historia de las Indias Occidentales Dec.</i> IV, Lib. X, +cap. II.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_121-1_70" id="Footnote_121-1_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_121-1_70"><span class="label">121-1</span></a> <i>Cacal</i> is reduplicated from <i>cab</i>, land, province, +town. The change from <i>b</i> to <i>l</i> is also seen in <i>cacalluum</i>, “tierra +buena para sembrar,” <i>Diccionario de Motul</i>; also in the town names +Tixcacal, Xcacal, etc.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_132-1_71" id="Footnote_132-1_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_132-1_71"><span class="label">132-1</span></a> “En toda la Peninsula existen unos cerros á mano ô +monticulos artificiales, que comunmente llaman los naturales en idioma +Maya <i>Muul</i> en algunos lugares, y en otros <i>Uitz</i>.” Don Jose T. Cervera +in the <i>Revista de Merida</i>, Dec. 3, 1871.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="II_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS" id="II_THE_SERIES_OF_THE_KATUNS"></a><span class="smcap">II.</span> THE SERIES OF THE KATUNS.</h2> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Tizimin.</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p>Tizimin is a town of some importance, in the district of Valladolid, +about a hundred miles east of Merida. The “Book of Chilan Balam” which +was found there is one of the most ancient known, and appears to have +been written about the close of the sixteenth century. It is now in the +possession of the eminent antiquary, the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y +Ancona, of Merida, who has described it in his work on Maya +<span class="nowrap">literature.<a name="FNanchor_136-1_72" id="FNanchor_136-1_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_136-1_72" class="fnanchor">136-1</a></span> It contains 26 leaves, without numeration, and on the +17th this chronicle is inserted without title or prefatory remarks. It +is evidently a version of that previously given from the Book of Mani, +although a few additional particulars are stated, and there seems to +have been an attempt to arrange the epochs in more completeness.</p> + +<p>This has led to the insertion of a number of katuns which I think it +evident do not properly come into the count. To correct the list the +ka<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>tuns 8th, 6th, and 4th, mentioned in §2, should be considered the same +as 8th, 6th, and 4th, repeated in §3 and §4. Again, in section 11, the +8th katun, on which the attack on Mayapan occurs, is to be considered +the same as the 8th with which §12 begins, and the whole of the 25 +katuns which are either stated to have intervened, or must be added in +order to make the series correct, are to be omitted. Finally, the 8th +katun at the close of §10 should immediately follow the 10th at the +close of §8.</p> + +<hr /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_1" id="tizimin_maya_1"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_1">1.</a> Uaxac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac <a name="corr20" id="corr20"></a><ins class="correction" title="ahau.">ahau</ins></p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil <span class="nowrap">ahau—<a name="FNanchor_138-1_73" id="FNanchor_138-1_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_138-1_73" class="fnanchor">138-1</a>cakal</span> hab catac humppel hab tu humpiztun +ahoxlahunahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_2" id="tizimin_maya_2"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_2">2.</a> Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ca ahau; kuchci chacnabiton mekat tutul xiu, humppel hab mati hokal +hab.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_3" id="tizimin_maya_3"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_3">3.</a> Uaxac ahau; uch cuchi <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_138-2_74" id="FNanchor_138-2_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_138-2_74" class="fnanchor">138-2</a>canpahal</span> chicħen Ytza; uch cu +chicpahal tzucubte Zian can lae.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_4" id="tizimin_maya_4"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_4">4.</a> Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau; lai tzolci pop.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_5" id="tizimin_maya_5"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_5">5.</a> Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau; lahunkal hab cu tepal chicħen Ytza, ca paxi ca binob t +cahtal chakanputun ti yanhi yotochob ahYtzaob kuyan uinicobi.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_6" id="tizimin_maya_6"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_6">6.</a> Uac ahau; chuccu lumil chakanputun.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau; paxci chakanputun; oxlahunkal hab cu tepal chacanputun +tumen Ytza <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_139-1_75" id="FNanchor_139-1_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_139-1_75" class="fnanchor">139-1</a>unincob;</span> ca talob u tzaclob yotochob tucaten; ca u +zatahob be chakanputun; lay u katunil <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_139-2_76" id="FNanchor_139-2_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_139-2_76" class="fnanchor">139-2</a>biciob</span> ahYtzaob yalan che, +yalan haban, yalan ak ti numyaob.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_7" id="tizimin_maya_7"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_7">7.</a> Vac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau; cakal hab ca talob u heɔ yotochob tu caten; ca u zatahob +be chankanputun.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Vuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_8" id="tizimin_maya_8"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_8">8.</a> Lahun ahau; u heɔcicab ahzuitok tutulxiu uxmal; lahunkal hab cuchi +ca heɔiob lum Uxmal.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_9" id="tizimin_maya_9"></a> <a href="#tizimin_english_9">9, 10.</a> Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau; paxci u halach vinicil chicħen Ytza tu kebanthan hunac +ceel, ah zinte yut chan, tzumte cum, taxal, pantemit, xuchvevet, +Itzcoat, kakal cat, lai u kaba u uinicilob lae uuctulob tumen u uahal +uahob y ytzmal ulil ahau: oxlahun uuɔ u katunilob ca paxob tumen hunac +ceel, tumen u ɔabal u natob.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_11" id="tizimin_maya_11"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_11">11.</a> Uac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau; cakal hab ca chuci u lumil ahau, tumen u kebanthan hunac +ceel.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau; uchci puchtun ich paa Mayapan tumen u pach tulum, tu tumen +multepal ich cah mayapan.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau; oxlahun tun mani ɔulob u yaxil cob u lumil Yucatan +tzucubte; cankal hab catac oxlahun pizi.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ho ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>Lahun <a name="corr21" id="corr21"></a><ins class="correction" title="ahau.">ahau,</ins></p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_12" id="tizimin_maya_12"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_12">12.</a> Uaxac ahau; paxci cah mayapan tumenel vitzil ɔul; lahunkal hab +catac cankal habi.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_maya_13" id="tizimin_maya_13"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_13">13.</a> Can ahau; uchi maya cimlal ocnalkuchil ych paa.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau; uchci nohkakil.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau; <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_142-1_77" id="FNanchor_142-1_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_142-1_77" class="fnanchor">142-1</a>uchci</span> cimil ahpulha, uacppel hab u binel ca +ɔococ u xol oxlahun ahau cuchie, ti yan u xocol hab ti lakin cuchie, +canil kan, cumlahi pop hool han, tu holhun zip catac oxppeli, bolon imix +u kinil cimci ahpulha laitun hab=1536 cuchi.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_14" id="tizimin_maya_14"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_14">14.</a> Buluc ahau; ulci ɔulob——kul uincob ti lakin u talob ca ulob uai +tac lumile.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau; hopci xptianoil; uchci caputzihil; lai li ichil u katunil +ulci yax obispo toral heix hab cu <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_142-2_78" id="FNanchor_142-2_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_142-2_78" class="fnanchor">142-2</a>xinbal</span> cuchie—1544.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_15" id="tizimin_maya_15"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_15">15.</a> Vuc ahau; cimci obispo Landa ichil u katunil.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_16" id="tizimin_maya_16"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_16">16.</a> Ho ahau, ca yum cahi padre mani lai hab cu <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>ximbal cuchi la—1550; +lai hab cu ximbal ca cahiob yok ha, 1552 cuchi.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_17" id="tizimin_maya_17"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_17">17.</a> 1559, hab ca uli oydor ca paki spital.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_18" id="tizimin_maya_18"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_18">18.</a> 1560, u habil ca uli Doctor quixada yax halach uinic uai ti lume.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_19" id="tizimin_maya_19"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_19">19.</a> 1562, hab ca uchci chuitab.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_20" id="tizimin_maya_20"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_20">20.</a> 1563, hab ca uli mariscal.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_21" id="tizimin_maya_21"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_21">21.</a> 1569, hab ca uchi kakil.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_22" id="tizimin_maya_22"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_22">22.</a> 1619, u habil ca hichi u cal <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_143-1_79" id="FNanchor_143-1_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_143-1_79" class="fnanchor">143-1</a>ahkaxob.</span></p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_maya_23" id="tizimin_maya_23"></a><a href="#tizimin_english_23">23.</a> 1611, hab ca ɔibtabi cah tumenel Jues.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TRANSLATION.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_1" id="tizimin_english_1"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_1">1.</a> The eighth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau; four score years and one year to the first year of the +thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_2" id="tizimin_english_2"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_2">2.</a> The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eighth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau; Mekat Tutulxiu arrived at Chacnabiton; five score years +lacking one year.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_3" id="tizimin_english_3"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_3">3.</a> The eighth ahau; it occurred that Chichen Itza was learned about; the +discovery of the province of Zian can took place.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_4" id="tizimin_english_4"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_4">4.</a> The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau; then Pop was counted in order.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_5" id="tizimin_english_5"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_5">5.</a> The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span>The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau; ten score years they ruled Chichen Itza, then it was +destroyed and they went to live at Chakanputun, where were the houses of +those of Itza, holy men.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_6" id="tizimin_english_6"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_6">6.</a> The sixth ahau; the land of Chakanputun was seized.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eighth ahau; Chakanputun was abandoned; for thirteen score years +Chakanputun was ruled by the men of Itza; then they came in search of +their houses a second time; and they lost the road to Chakanputun; in +this katun those of Itza were under the trees, under the boughs, under +the branches, to their sorrow.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_7" id="tizimin_english_7"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_7">7.</a> The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau: two score years, and they came and established their +houses a second time; when they lost the road to Chakanputun.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_8" id="tizimin_english_8"></a> <a href="#tizimin_maya_8">8.</a> The tenth ahau; Ahzuitok Tutulxiu founded Uxmal: ten score years had +passed when they established the territory of Uxmal.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_9" id="tizimin_english_9"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_9">9, 10.</a> The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eighth ahau; the ruler deserted (depopulated) Chichen Itza, on +account of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>plot of Hunac Ceel; Ahzinteyut Chan, Tzumtecum, Taxal, +Pantemit, Xuchueuet, Itzcoat, Kakalcat, these were the names of the +seven men; on account of the banquet with Ulil, ruler of Itzmal; there +were thirteen divisions of warriors when they were driven out by Hunac +Ceel, in order that they might know what was to be given.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_11" id="tizimin_english_11"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_11">11.</a> The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau: two score years; then the ruler seized the land on +account of the plot of Hunac Ceel.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eighth ahau; fighting took place in the fortress Mayapan, on +account of the seizure of the castle, and on account of the joint +government in the city of Mayapan.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span>The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau; on the thirteenth foreigners passed, they say for +the first time, to this land, the province Yucatan; four score years and +thirteen.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The first ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eighth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_12" id="tizimin_english_12"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_12">12.</a> The eighth ahau; Mayapan was depopulated by foreigners from the +mountains; ten score years and four score years.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="tizimin_english_13" id="tizimin_english_13"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_13">13.</a> The fourth ahau; the pestilence, the general death, took place in +the fortress.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The second ahau; the smallpox took place.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The thirteenth ahau; the death of Ahpulha took place; it was the sixth +year when ended <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>the count of the thirteenth ahau; the count of the year +was from the east, (the month) Pop passed on the fifth kan; on the +eighteenth of (the month) Zip, 9 Imix, was the day Ahpulha died; it was +the year 1536.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_14" id="tizimin_english_14"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_14">14.</a> The eleventh ahau; foreigners arrived—mighty men from the east; +they came, they arrived here in this land.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">The ninth ahau; Christianity began; baptism took place; also in this +katun came the first bishop Toral; the year which was passing was—1544.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_15" id="tizimin_english_15"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_15">15.</a> The seventh ahau; bishop Landa died in this katun.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_16" id="tizimin_english_16"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_16">16.</a> The fifth ahau; the Fathers settled at Mani; the year that was +passing was 1550; in the year 1552 they settled upon the water.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_17" id="tizimin_english_17"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_17">17.</a> 1559; this year came the auditor and built the Hospital.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_18" id="tizimin_english_18"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_18">18.</a> 1560; this year arrived Doctor Quixada, the first governor here in +this land.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_19" id="tizimin_english_19"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_19">19.</a> 1562; this year took place the hanging.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_20" id="tizimin_english_20"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_20">20.</a> 1563; this year came Mariscal.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_21" id="tizimin_english_21"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_21">21.</a> 1569; this year smallpox occurred.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_22" id="tizimin_english_22"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_22">22.</a> 1610; this year those of Tekax were hanged.</p> + +<p class="noindent"><a name="tizimin_english_23" id="tizimin_english_23"></a><a href="#tizimin_maya_23">23.</a> 1611; this year the towns were written down by the Judge.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p>The entire omission of the introductory paragraph of the Mani chronicle, +with its references to the Quetzalcoatl myth, is noteworthy.</p> + +<p>As neither chronicle begins with the beginning of an Ahau Katun, it is +obvious that some era was fixed upon in later days from which to count +the Katuns backward in time to the dawn of tradition, as well as +forward.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_maya_2">Maya</a><br /><a href="#tizimin_english_2">English</a></span><a name="tizimin_notes_2" id="tizimin_notes_2"></a>2. On the name <i>Chacnabiton</i> see page <a href="#Page_123">123</a>.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_maya_3">Maya</a><br /><a href="#tizimin_english_3">English</a></span><a name="tizimin_notes_3" id="tizimin_notes_3"></a>3. <i>Canpahal</i> I take to be an old form of <i>canchahal</i> or <i>canlaahal</i>, +both of which mean to learn or learn about. On <i>Zian can</i> see page <a href="#Page_124">124</a>.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_maya_4">Maya</a><br /><a href="#tizimin_english_4">English</a></span><a name="tizimin_notes_4" id="tizimin_notes_4"></a>4. I am at a loss for the exact bearing of the expression <i>lai tzolci +Pop</i>. Pop is the first month in the Maya year; <i>tzoolol</i> is “to be +counted in order” (<i>Dicc. Motul</i>); the preterite in <i>ci</i> would seem to +justify the rendering “since then Pop was counted in regular +succession;” (see remarks on the effect of <i>ci</i>, on page <a href="#Page_106">106</a>); in other +words, that the calendar was adopted at that time, which was also at the +beginning of an Ahau Katun, and, by the count given (supplying the +katuns not mentioned by the writer) thirty katuns, 600 years, since +their traditions began.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#tizimin_english_6">English</a></span><a name="tizimin_notes_6" id="tizimin_notes_6"></a>6. <i>Chuccu</i>, passive of <i>chucah</i>, to seize, take possession of.</p> + +<p><i>Zatahob be</i>, “they lost the road,” probably meant, in a figurative +sense, that they were prevented by intervening unfriendly tribes from +continuing their intercourse with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span>western coast. <i>Biciob</i>, evidently +for <i>binciob</i>. The expression <i>yalan che</i>, <i>yalan haban</i>, <i>yalan ak</i>, +has already been explained (page <a href="#Page_126">126</a>).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#tizimin_maya_13">Maya</a><br /><a href="#tizimin_english_13">English</a></span><a name="tizimin_notes_13" id="tizimin_notes_13"></a>13. <i>Ocnakuchil.</i> The derivation of this word is stated to be from +<i>ocol</i>, to enter, <i>na</i>, the houses, <i>kuch</i>, the crow or buzzard, the +number of the dead being so great that the carrion birds entered the +dwellings to prey upon the bodies.</p> + +<p>In the account of Ahpula’s death <i>ca ɔococ</i> should, I think, read <i>ca +ma ɔococ</i>, “when not yet was ended.”</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_136-1_72" id="Footnote_136-1_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_136-1_72"><span class="label">136-1</span></a> <i>Disertacion sobre la Historia de la Lengua Maya ò +Yucateca</i>, in the <i>Revista de Merida</i>, 1870, p. 128.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_138-1_73" id="Footnote_138-1_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_138-1_73"><span class="label">138-1</span></a> cankal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_138-2_74" id="Footnote_138-2_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_138-2_74"><span class="label">138-2</span></a> canlaahal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_139-1_75" id="Footnote_139-1_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_139-1_75"><span class="label">139-1</span></a> uinicob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_139-2_76" id="Footnote_139-2_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_139-2_76"><span class="label">139-2</span></a> binciob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_142-1_77" id="Footnote_142-1_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_142-1_77"><span class="label">142-1</span></a> uchuc.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_142-2_78" id="Footnote_142-2_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_142-2_78"><span class="label">142-2</span></a> ximbal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_143-1_79" id="Footnote_143-1_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_143-1_79"><span class="label">143-1</span></a> tikaxob.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="III_THE_RECORD_OF_THE_COUNT_OF_THE_KATUNS" id="III_THE_RECORD_OF_THE_COUNT_OF_THE_KATUNS"></a><span class="smcap">III.</span> THE RECORD OF THE COUNT OF THE KATUNS.</h2> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel.</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p>The village of Chumayel is about six leagues east of Mani, and within +the boundaries of the province anciently ruled by the Xiu family.</p> + +<p>The copy of the Book of Chilan Balam which was found there was a +redaction made by an Indian, Don Juan Josef Hoil, in 1782. Like all +these volumes it is a sort of common place book, in which were copied +miscellaneous articles from much older manuscripts. One of these bears +the date 1689, but most of them have no date attached. Hoil’s original +is, I believe, in the possession of the Canon Crescencio Carrillo y +Ancona, of Merida. A fac-simile copy, by the hand of the late Dr. +Berendt, is in my possession.</p> + +<p>At the close of the volume, ff. 40-44, are found three summaries of the +ancient history of Yucatan, which are those I am about to give. They +have never been translated from the original, nor published in any form, +and they contain details of interest. They are evidently from different +sources, and are also different from those previously given.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_intro">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_maya_intro" id="chumayel_maya_intro"></a>U kahlay u xocan katunob uchi u chictahal u Chicħeen Ytza uchi lae +lay ɔiban ti cab lae uchebal yoheltabal tumen hijmac yolah yohel te ti +xocol katun lae.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<table class="tableft" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Chumayel Maya 1"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_maya_1" id="chumayel_maya_1"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_1">1.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>Uac ahau uchci u chictahal u chicħeen Ytza.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>Can ahau lae.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>Cabil ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>Oxlahun ahau tzolci pop.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>Buluc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>Bolon ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>Uuc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>Ho ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>Ox ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>Hun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>Lahca ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>Lahun ahau; paxci u chicħeen Ytza; uchi oxlahun uuɔ katun +cacahi chakanputun ti yotochob u katunil.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span></p> + +<div class="bt"><div class="bt" style="margin-top: 3px;"> </div></div> + +<table class="tableft" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Chumayel Maya 2"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_maya_2" id="chumayel_maya_2"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_2">2.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>Uac ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>Can ahau; chucci u lumil tumenob Chakanputun.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>Cabil ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>Oxlahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>Buluc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>Bolon ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>Uuc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>Ho ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>Ox ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>Hun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>Lahca ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>Lahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>Uaxac ahau; paxci chakan putunob tumenob ah Ytza uinicob ca taliob +u tzacle u yotochob tu caten; oxlahun uuɔ u katunil; cahanob chakan +putunob tic yotochob; layli u katunil binciob ah Ytzaob yalan che, yalan +haban, yalan ak, ti numyaob lae.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_maya_3" id="chumayel_maya_3"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_3">3.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>Uac ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>Can ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>Cabil ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>Oxlahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>Buluc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>Bolon ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>Uuc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>Ho ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>Ox ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>Hun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>Lahca ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>Lahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>Uaxac ahau; paxci ahYtza uinicob ti yotochob tu caten, tumen u +kebanthan hun nac ceel, tumen u uahal uahob <i>y</i> ahYtzmal; oxlahunuuɔ u +katunil cahanobi ca paxiob tumen hun nac ceel, tumen a ɔabal u natob +ahYtzaob lae.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_maya_4" id="chumayel_maya_4"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_4">4.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>Uac ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>Can ahau: chucci u luumil ichpaa Mayapan tumen AhYtza uinicob, +likulob ti yotoche tumenel ahYtzmalob, tumen u kebanthan - - - -hun nac +ceel lae.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_maya_5" id="chumayel_maya_5"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_5">5.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>Cabil ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>Oxlahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>Buluc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>Bolon ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>Uuc <a name="corr22" id="corr22"></a><ins class="correction" title="ahau.">ahau,</ins></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>Ho ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>Ox ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>Hun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>Lahca ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>Lahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>Uaxac ahau: uchci pucħtun ychpaa Mayapan tumen u pach paa, u +pach tulum, tumen multepal ych cah Mayapan lal lae.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_maya_6" id="chumayel_maya_6"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_6">6.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>Uac ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>Can ahau: uchci mayacimlal; uchci ocnakuchil ych paa.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>Cabil ahau: uchci kakil nohkakile.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_maya_7" id="chumayel_maya_7"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_7">7.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>Oxlahun ahau; cimci Ahpula uacppel haab; u binel u xocol haab +ti lakin cuchie; <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_156-1_80" id="FNanchor_156-1_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_156-1_80" class="fnanchor">156-1</a>caanil</span> kan cumlahci pop ti lakin he tunte na +cici pahool katun haab; hun hix cip catac oxppeli Bolon ymix hi; u kinil +lay cimci Ahpula lae napotxiu tu habil <i>D<sup class="supera">o</sup>.</i> 158 años.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_maya_8" id="chumayel_maya_8"></a><a href="#chumayel_english_8">8.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>Buluc ahau: hulciob kul uinicob ti lakin; u yah talzah; ulob u +yaxchun uay lae luumil coon maya uinice tu habil <i>D<sup class="supera">o</sup>.</i> 1523 años.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>Bolon ahau: hoppci <i>xpnoil</i>; uchci ca<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>putzihil; laytal ychil u +katunil hulci <i>obispo</i> tora <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_157-1_81" id="FNanchor_157-1_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_157-1_81" class="fnanchor">157-1</a>ua;</span> xane hauci <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_157-2_82" id="FNanchor_157-2_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_157-2_82" class="fnanchor">157-2</a>huytabe</span> tu +habil <i>D<sup class="supera">o</sup>.</i> 1546 años.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>Uuc ahau: cimci <i>obispo de Landa</i>.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>Hoo ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>Ox ahau.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TRANSLATION.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_intro">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_english_intro" id="chumayel_english_intro"></a>This is the Record of the count of the katuns from when took place the +discovery of Chichen Itza; this is written for the town in order that it +may be known by whoever wishes to know as to the counting of the katuns.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<table class="tableft" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Chumayel English 1"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_english_1" id="chumayel_english_1"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_1">1.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>In the sixth ahau took place the discovery of Chichen Itza.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>This is the fourth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The second ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>The thirteenth ahau; Pop was set in order.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>The eleventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>The ninth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>The seventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The fifth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The third ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>The first ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>The twelfth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>The tenth ahau; Chichen Itza was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>abandoned; at this time it took +place that thirteen divisions of warriors went to Chakanputun for +houses.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<div class="bt"><div class="bt" style="margin-top: 3px;"> </div></div> + +<table class="tableft" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Chumayel English 2"> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_english_2" id="chumayel_english_2"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_2">2.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>The sixth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>The fourth ahau; the land was taken in possession by those of +Chakanputun.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The second ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>The thirteenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>The eleventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>The ninth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>The seventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The fifth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The third ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>The first ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>The twelfth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>The tenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>The eighth ahau: Chakanputun was deserted by the men of Itza when +they came in search of their houses for the second time; thirteen +divisions of warriors dwelt in the houses at Chakanputun; in this katun +those of Itza were under the trees, under <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>the boughs, under the +branches, to their misery.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_english_3" id="chumayel_english_3"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_3">3.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>The sixth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IV.</td> + <td>The fourth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The second ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>The thirteenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>The eleventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>The ninth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>The seventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The fifth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The third ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>The first ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>The twelfth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>The tenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>The eighth ahau: the men of Itza were driven out of their houses a +second time because of the plot of Hunac Ceel, because of the +festivities with those of Itzmal; thirteen divisions of warriors dwelt +there when they were driven out by Hunnac Ceel in order that those of +Itza might know what was to be given.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_english_4" id="chumayel_english_4"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_4">4.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>The sixth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IIII.</td> + <td>The fourth ahau; the territory of the fortress of Mayapan was +seized by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span>the men of Itza as also the houses by those of Itzamal because +of the plotting - - - - of Hunnac Ceel.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_english_5" id="chumayel_english_5"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_5">5.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The second ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>The thirteenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>The eleventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>The ninth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>The seventh ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The fifth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The third ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">I.</td> + <td>The first ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">XII.</td> + <td>The twelfth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">X.</td> + <td>The tenth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> + <td>The eighth ahau: there was fighting in the fortress of Mayapan +because of the seizure of the fortress and the fortified town by the +joint government in the city of Mayapan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_english_6" id="chumayel_english_6"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_6">6.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">VI.</td> + <td>The sixth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IV.</td> + <td>The fourth ahau: the pestilence took place, the general death took +place in the fortress.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">II.</td> + <td>The second ahau; the smallpox broke out.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="chumayel_english_7" id="chumayel_english_7"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_7">7.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> + <td>The thirteenth ahau; Ahpula died the sixth year; the count of +the years <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>was toward the east: (the month) Pop began on 4 Kan to the +east * * * * * 9 Imix was the day on which Ahpula NapotXiu died in the +year of the Lord 158.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="tdr"><a name="chumayel_english_8" id="chumayel_english_8"></a><a href="#chumayel_maya_8">8.</a></td> + <td class="tdr">XI.</td> + <td>The eleventh ahau: the mighty men came from the East, they +brought the sickness; they arrived for the first time in this country we +Maya men say in the year 1513.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">IX.</td> + <td>The ninth ahau: Christianity began; baptism took place; also in this +katun arrived bishop Toral here; also the hanging ceased in the year +1546.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">VII.</td> + <td>The seventh ahau; bishop Landa died.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">V.</td> + <td>The fifth ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="tdr">III.</td> + <td>The third ahau.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_maya_intro">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chumayel_english_intro">English</a></span><a name="chumayel_notes_intro" id="chumayel_notes_intro"></a>The writer states, in a brief introduction, the nature and purpose of +his composition.</p> + +<p><i>U kahlay</i>, the record, or the memoir, from <i>kahal</i>, to remember. The +concrete meaning of the root is “to know by sight, to recognize.” +<i>ɔiban</i>, past participle, passive voice, of <i>ɔib</i> to write: the +original signification of the word is “to paint.” <i>Yoheltabal</i>, passive +form of <i>ohel</i>, to know, which is always conjugated with the pronominal +prefixes, <i>u</i>, <i>a</i>, <i>y</i>. <i>Yolah</i>, syncopated form of <i>u uolah</i>, he +wills, wishes, <i>uol=volo</i>, <i>uolah=voluntas</i>.</p> + +<p>It will be noticed that this chronicle is not called an “arrangement” of +the katuns, <i>tzolan katun</i>, but a count or reckoning of them, <i>xocan</i> or +<i>xocol</i>, from <i>xoc</i>, to count.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_maya_1">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chumayel_english_1">English</a></span><a name="chumayel_notes_1" id="chumayel_notes_1"></a>1. The count begins with the discovery of Chichen Itza, mentions that +Pop was “counted in order” at the beginning of the next following Ahau +Katun, and having stated the desertion of Chichen Itza and the migration +to Chakanputun, the chronicler draws a line, as if to separate broadly +these occurrences from those which followed.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_maya_5">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chumayel_english_5">English</a></span><a name="chumayel_notes_5" id="chumayel_notes_5"></a>5. The distinction between <i>paa</i> and <i>tulum</i> appears to be that <i>tulum</i> +is an enclosure surrounded by a defensive wall, and this wall itself; +while <i>paa</i> is a castle, or, in Maya land, a mound or pyramid with +buildings on it erected for purposes of defence.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chumayel_english_6">English</a></span><a name="chumayel_notes_6" id="chumayel_notes_6"></a>6. <i>Kakil nohkakil</i>, the fire, the great fire, but here in the sense of +a contagious febrile disease, probably the smallpox.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chumayel_maya_7">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chumayel_english_7">English</a></span><a name="chumayel_notes_7" id="chumayel_notes_7"></a>7. The text in this section is corrupt, and I leave a line untranslated. +The writer informs us, what was omitted in the previous chronicles, that +the Ahpula whose death is so carefully mentioned by all, was a member of +the Xiu family which reigned over the province of Mani. They were almost +the first of the powerful Maya nobles to make friends with the +Spaniards. The date 158 is apparently intended for 1538, or perhaps +1508, which is more consistent with the following section, but less so +with the previous chronicles.</p> + +<p><i>Kul uinicob</i>, as remarked on page <a href="#Page_133">133</a>, means “the mighty men,” not the +“holy men,” as generally translated. The term was applied to the +Spaniards. The <i>Dicc. de Motul</i> MS. says:—“<span class="smcap">KULVINIC</span>: muy hombre, hombre +de respeto y de hecho, y llaman así los Indios á los Españoles.” <i>U yah +talzah</i>, they bring the sickness, probably the smallpox. <i>Coon</i> or +<i>con</i>, 1st pers. pl. pres. indic. of the irregular verb <i>cen</i> (<i>cihi</i>, +<i>ciac</i>), to say, to tell.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_156-1_80" id="Footnote_156-1_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_156-1_80"><span class="label">156-1</span></a> Canil.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_157-1_81" id="Footnote_157-1_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_157-1_81"><span class="label">157-1</span></a> uay.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_157-2_82" id="Footnote_157-2_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_157-2_82"><span class="label">157-2</span></a> chuytabe.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="IV_THE_MAYA_KATUNS" id="IV_THE_MAYA_KATUNS"></a>IV. THE MAYA KATUNS.</h2> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel,</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p>The following chronicle is stated by its writer to be distinctively +called the “Maya Katuns,” and to be written for (or by) the Itzas. We +have, therefore, no longer to do with the reckoning of the subjects of +the Xiu family who ruled at Mani, but with one which emanates from the +priests of the Cocomes, who were hereditary masters of Chichen Itza. It +is evidently of different origin, although many of the same facts are +referred to in it.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<p>U kahlay katunob utial ahYtzaob mayakatun u kaba lae.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_1" id="itza_maya_1"></a><a href="#itza_english_1">1.</a> Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uaxac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau; paxciob ahoni.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hoo ahau; paxci u cah yahau ahYtzmal kinich kakmo <i>y</i> pop hol chan +tumenel hun nac ceel.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_2" id="itza_maya_2"></a><a href="#itza_english_2">2.</a> Hun ahau: paxci yala ahYtza tu cħicheen, tu yoxpiztun ychil hun +ahau paxci u chicħeen.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahca ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_3" id="itza_maya_3"></a><a href="#itza_english_3">3.</a> Uaxac ahau: u katunil heɔci cah yala ahYtza likul yan che yalan +haban tan xuluc mul u kaba ti likulob ca u heɔahob luum Zaclactun +Mayapan u kaba tu uucpiztun uaxac ahau u katunil; laix u katunil cimci +Chakanputun tumen kak u pa cal yetel tec uilue.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_4" id="itza_maya_4"></a><a href="#itza_english_4">4.</a> Uac ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Can ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Buluc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Bolon ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uuc ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hoo ahau: ulci ɔul ti chibil uinic, yxma pic ɔul u kaba; ma paxci +peten tumenelobi.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_5" id="itza_maya_5"></a><a href="#itza_english_5">5.</a> Hun ahau: paxci peten tan cah mayapan u kaba tu hunpiztun ychil hun +ahau u katunile; lukci halach uinic tutul <i>y</i> u Batabilob cabe <i>y</i> +cantzuc culcahobe; lay u katunil paxi uincob tan cah <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_167-1_83" id="FNanchor_167-1_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_167-1_83" class="fnanchor">167-1</a>cauec</span> +<span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_167-2_84" id="FNanchor_167-2_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_167-2_84" class="fnanchor">167-2</a>chahiob</span> u Batabilob cabe.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_6" id="itza_maya_6"></a><a href="#itza_english_6">6.</a> Lahca ahau te cħabi Otzmal u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Lahun ahau, te cħabi Zizal u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging3"><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>Uaxac ahau, te cħabi Kancaba u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau, te cħabi hunnacthi u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><a name="itza_maya_7" id="itza_maya_7"></a><a href="#itza_english_7">7.</a> Can ahau, te cħabi atikuhe u tunilae; lay u katunil uchci +mayacimlal tu hopiztun ychil can ahau u katunil lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Cabil ahau, te cħabi chacalna u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Oxlahun ahau, te cħabi euan u tunile.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_maya_8" id="itza_maya_8"></a><a href="#itza_english_8">8.</a> Buluc ahau, u yaxchun kin coloxpeten cħabi u tunile; laix u +katunil cimci Ahpula Napotxiu u kaba tu hunpiztun Buluc ahau. Laix u +katunil yax hulciob españolesob uay tac lumil lae tu uucpiztun Buluc +ahau u katunil tiix hoppi xpnoil lae tu habil quinientos diez y nueve +años D<sup class="supera">o</sup> 1519 a<sup class="supera">s</sup>.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><a name="itza_maya_9" id="itza_maya_9"></a><a href="#itza_english_9">9.</a> Bolon ahau ma cħabi u tunil lae; lay katun yax ulci obispo Fray +Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_168-1_85" id="FNanchor_168-1_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_168-1_85" class="fnanchor">168-1</a>to</span> Ral, huli tu uacpiztun ychil ahBolon ahau katun lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Uac ahau, ma cħabi u tunil lae; lay u katunil cimci Obispo e landa +lae, tii xuli uhel Obispo xani.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Hoo ahau.</p> + +<p class="hanging3">Ox ahau.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TRANSLATION.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p>The Record of the Katuns by the men of Itza called the Maya Katuns.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_1" id="itza_english_1"></a><a href="#itza_maya_1">1.</a> The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The eighth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The sixth ahau; the well dressed ones were driven out.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The fifth ahau; the town was destroyed by Kinich kakmo, ruler of Itzmal, +and Pop Hol Chan on account of Hunnac Ceel.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_2" id="itza_english_2"></a><a href="#itza_maya_2">2.</a> The first ahau; the remainder of the Itzas at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span>Chichen were driven +out; on the third year in the first ahau Chichen was depopulated.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The twelfth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The tenth ahau.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_3" id="itza_english_3"></a><a href="#itza_maya_3">3.</a> The eighth ahau; in this katun was founded a city by the remainder of +the Itzas coming out of the woods from under the branches, from the +midst of Xuluc Mul as it is called; they came from there and established +the land called Zaclactun Mayapan, in the seventh year of the eighth +Ahau katun; in this katun perished Chakanputun by fire, which destroyed +it quickly, and suddenly consumed it.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_4" id="itza_english_4"></a><a href="#itza_maya_4">4.</a> The sixth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The fourth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The second ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The thirteenth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The eleventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The ninth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The seventh ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The fifth ahau; foreigners came seeking men to eat; “breechless +foreigners” they were called; the country was not depopulated by them.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The third ahau.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_5" id="itza_english_5"></a><a href="#itza_maya_5">5.</a> The first ahau; the district in the middle of Mayapan (or Tancah +Mayapan) was depopulated <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span>in the first year of the first ahau katun; +there went forth the governor Tutul, with the chiefs of the country and +four divisions from the towns; in this katun the men in the centre of +the town (or of Tancah) were driven out, and the chiefs of the country +lost their power.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_6" id="itza_english_6"></a><a href="#itza_maya_6">6.</a> The twelfth ahau: the stone of Otzmal was taken.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The tenth ahau; the stone of Zizal was taken.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The eighth ahau; the stone of Kancaba was taken.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The sixth ahau; the stone of Hunnacthi was taken.</p> + +<p><a name="itza_english_7" id="itza_english_7"></a><a href="#itza_maya_7">7.</a> The fourth ahau; the stone of Ahtiku was taken; in this katun took +place the pestilence, in the fifth year in the fourth ahau katun.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The second ahau; the stone of Chacalna was taken.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The thirteenth ahau; the stone of Euan was taken.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="itza_english_8" id="itza_english_8"></a><a href="#itza_maya_8">8.</a> The eleventh ahau: in the time of its beginning, the stone of +Coloxpeten was taken; in this katun died Ahpula Napotxiu, in the first +year of the eleventh ahau; it was also in this katun that the Spaniards +first arrived here in this land, in the seventh year of the eleventh +ahau katun; also Chris<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>tianity began in the year fifteen hundred and +nineteen, the year of our Lord 1519.</p> + +<p><a name="itza_english_9" id="itza_english_9"></a><a href="#itza_maya_9">9.</a> The ninth ahau; no stone was taken at this time; in this katun first +came the bishop Brother Francisco Toral; he arrived in the sixth year of +the ninth ahau katun.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The seventh ahau; no stone was taken: in this katun died Bishop Landa; +then also ended the bishop his successor.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The fifth ahau.</p> + +<p class="indent3">The third ahau.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_1">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_1">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_1" id="itza_notes_1"></a>1. The writer begins with the 12th ahau, although nothing is noted until +the 6th. Here we have the brief entry <i>paxciob ahoni</i>. This might be +translated “those of Oni were driven out or scattered.” But no such +locality is known or mentioned elsewhere. The <i>Diccionario de Motul, +MS.</i> gives the meaning of <i>ahoni</i> as “pulido, galan, muy bien vestido,” +<i>ahoni a talel ex</i>, “you come very well dressed.” I suppose, therefore, +that it was a term applied to some early tribe who distinguished +themselves in comparison with their ruder neighbors by elegance of +costume. Later we shall find a similar term, “breechless foreigners,” +applied to another tribe whose condition of nudity suggested their +appellation.</p> + +<p>The name Kinich Kakmo is mentioned by Cogolludo as that of an idol +worshiped at Itzamal. He says:—“They had another temple on another +mound in the northern part of the city, and this, from the name of an +idol which they worshiped here, they called <i>Kinich Kakmó</i>, which means +the sun with a face. They say that the rays were of fire and descended +at mid-day to consume the sacrifice, as the vacamaya flies through the +air (which is a bird something like a parrot, though larger in size, and +with finely colored feathers). They resorted to this idol in time of +mortality, pestilence or much sickness, both men and women, and brought +many offerings. They said that at mid-day a fire descended and consumed +the sacrifice in the sight of all. After this the priests replied to +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>their inquiries about the sickness, famine or pestilence, and thus they +learned their fate; although it often turned out quite the contrary of +what he predicted.” (<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, cap. VIII.)</p> + +<p>The title given by Cogolludo to the divinity appears to have also been +adopted by the ruling chief, who may also have been the high priest. It +is both imperfectly and incorrectly translated by the historian. Its +components are <i>kin</i>, the sun, day; <i>ich</i>, the eye, the face; <i>kak</i>, +fire; <i>moo</i>, the macaw, <i>Psittacus Macao</i>, deemed sacred throughout +Mexico and Central America, on account of its beautiful plumage. The +full translation of the name is “the Eye of Day, the Sacred Bird of +Fire,” a symbolic name of a solar deity.</p> + +<p>The Chan family is mentioned by Sanchez Aguilar (<i>Informe contra Idolum +Cultores</i>, etc.), as among the princely houses of Yucatan at the date of +the Conquest.</p> + +<p><i>Paxci u cah</i>, “the town,” that is, Chichen Itza. The writer composed +his chronicle at that place, so he does not think it necessary to name +it specifically. The distance in a straight line from Chichen Itza to +Itzamal is 40 geographical miles.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_2">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_2">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_2" id="itza_notes_2"></a>2. <i>Yala</i>, the remainder, from <i>ala</i>, above, over. A portion of the +Itzas remained in Chichen after the attack by Kinich Kakmo; these also +now leave it.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_3">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_3">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_3" id="itza_notes_3"></a>3. The place <i>Xuluc mul</i> is unknown in the present geography of the +peninsula. It means “the completed mounds,” <i>mul</i> being, as I have +before remarked, the name given to the artificial pyramids and tumuli of +stone so common in the peninsula, probably so called from the joint +labor of many in their construction.</p> + +<p>The province of Zaclactun-Mayapan is also unknown, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>although there is a +hacienda Zaclactun within the boundaries of the modern district of +Itzamal (Berendt, <i>Nombres geograficos en Lengua Maya</i>, MS.). The name +apparently means “the place where white pottery is made.”</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_4">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_4">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_4" id="itza_notes_4"></a>4. <i>Ti chibil uinic</i> “for men to be eaten;” <i>chibil</i>, the passive of +<i>chii</i>, to eat. The <i>Diccionario de Motul</i> gives <i>chibil bak</i>, flesh to +be eaten. <i>Pic</i> was the breech cloth or waist cloth, fastened around the +waist and falling to the knees, which was the common dress of the women. +The Dictionary just quoted translates the word, “naguas de Indias que se +sirven de saya ó faldellin ordinario, para cubrir desde la cintura +abajo; y son las blancas sin color ni bordado.” The phrase <i>ixma pic +ɔul</i>, foreigners without a breech cloth, intimates that they were +nude.</p> + +<p>Who were these naked cannibals, who raided the provinces in order to +obtain their unnatural food? Those daring navigators, those naked +man-eaters, the Caribs, from whose name our word <i>cannibal</i> is derived, +at once suggest themselves. Curiously enough, the Abbe Brasseur has +argued for the probability of their invasions upon other (though I think +insufficient) grounds (see his <i>Informe acerca de las Ruinas de Mayapan +y de Uxmal</i>). This passage of the chronicle renders his theory probable.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_5">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_5">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_5" id="itza_notes_5"></a>5. <i>Peten tan cah Mayapan</i> could also be rendered, “the district Tancah +Mayapan.”</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_6">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_6" id="itza_notes_6"></a>6. <i>Cħabi Otzmal u tunile</i>, “the stone of Otzmal was taken.” Otzmal +was a locality under the rule of the Cocomes. (Cogolludo, <i>Historia</i>, +Lib. III, cap. VI.) Other versions read Itzmal and Uxmal. The reference +is to the <i>u heɔ katun</i>, the setting up of the Katun-stone as a +memorial at the end of each period of twenty years. Incomplete +descrip<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>tions of this ceremony are given by Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, § IX, and +Cogolludo, <i>Historia</i>, Lib. IV, cap. IV. I propose a more extended +examination of this question in a future volume of this series, devoted +to documents relating to the calendars and chronology of the Central +American nations.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#itza_maya_8">Maya</a><br /><a href="#itza_english_8">English</a></span><a name="itza_notes_8" id="itza_notes_8"></a>8. The death of Ahpula Napot Xiu is given with minuteness but not in +accordance with previous chronicles. In 1519 Cortes touched at the +Island of Cozumel, and that might have been assumed as the date of the +commencement of Christianity.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_167-1_83" id="Footnote_167-1_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_167-1_83"><span class="label">167-1</span></a> caua.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_167-2_84" id="Footnote_167-2_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_167-2_84"><span class="label">167-2</span></a> cahiob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_168-1_85" id="Footnote_168-1_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_168-1_85"><span class="label">168-1</span></a> Toral.</p></div> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="V_THE_CHIEF_KATUNS" id="V_THE_CHIEF_KATUNS"></a>V. THE CHIEF KATUNS.</h2> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>From the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel.</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + + +<p>The document which follows is brief, but of peculiar interest. It does +not appear to aim at a connected history of events, but in the form of a +chant to refer certain incidents to the katuns in which they occurred. +It has more of a mythological character, and the repetitions remind one +of the refrain of a song.</p> + +<p>It is also found in the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel, and is +inserted without explanation or introduction, copied, no doubt, from +some ancient writing.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_1" id="katuns_maya_1"></a><a href="#katuns_english_1">1.</a> Can ahau u kaba katun; uchci u <span class="nowrap">zihilob——<a name="FNanchor_178-1_86" id="FNanchor_178-1_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-1_86" class="fnanchor">178-1</a>pauaha</span> en cuh u +yahauob.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_2" id="katuns_maya_2"></a><a href="#katuns_english_2">2.</a> <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-2_87" id="FNanchor_178-2_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-2_87" class="fnanchor">178-2</a>Oxhunte</span> ti katun lic u tepalob, lay u kabaob tamuk u tepalob +lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_3" id="katuns_maya_3"></a><a href="#katuns_english_3">3.</a> Can ahau u kaba katun; emciob <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-3_88" id="FNanchor_178-3_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-3_88" class="fnanchor">178-3</a>noh</span> hemal, <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-4_89" id="FNanchor_178-4_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-4_89" class="fnanchor">178-4</a></span>ɔeemal, u +kabaob lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_4" id="katuns_maya_4"></a><a href="#katuns_english_4">4.</a> Oxlahunte ti katun, lic u tepalob, lic u kabaticob, ti i ualac u +cutob. Oxlahun cuthi, u cutob lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_5" id="katuns_maya_5"></a><a href="#katuns_english_5">5.</a> Can ahau u katunil; uchci u caxanticob u chicħeen Ytzua; tii +utzcinnahi mactzil tiob tumen u yumoobe. Cantzuc lukciob cantzucul cab u +kabaob; likul ti likin kin colah peten bini huntzuci; <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-5_90" id="FNanchor_178-5_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-5_90" class="fnanchor">178-5</a>kul</span> xaman +naco cob <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-6_91" id="FNanchor_178-6_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-6_91" class="fnanchor">178-6</a>hok</span> huntzucci; heix hoki huntzucci holtun çuyuua ti +chikin; hoki huntzuccie canhek uitz, bolonte uitz u kaba u luumil lae.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_6" id="katuns_maya_6"></a><a href="#katuns_english_6">6.</a> Can ahau u katunil <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_178-7_92" id="FNanchor_178-7_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_178-7_92" class="fnanchor">178-7</a>uhci</span> u payalob tu cantzuccilob can tzuccul +cab u kabaob, ca emiob tu chicħeen Ytzae ahYtza tun u kabaob. +Ox<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>lahunte ti katun, lic u tepalob; ca oci u kebanthanobi tumen hunnac +ceeli. Ca paxci u calob. Ca biniob tan yol che tan xuluc mul, u kaba. +Can ahau u katunil; uchci yauat pixanobi. Oxlahunte ti katun lic u +tepalobi y u numyaobi.</p> + +<p class="hanging4"><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_maya_7" id="katuns_maya_7"></a><a href="#katuns_english_7">7.</a> Uaxac ahau u katunil; uchci yulelob yalaob ahYtza u kabaob. Ca ulob +tii ca ualac u tepalob Chakanputun. Oxlahun ahau u katunii u heɔob cah +mayapan mayauinic u kabaob. Uaxac ahau paxci u cahobi; ca uacchabi ti +peten tulacal. Uac katuni paxiob, ca haui u Maya kabaob. Buluc ahau u +kaba u katunil hauci u maya kabaob; Maya uinicob Christiano u kabaob +tulacal u cuchcabal tzo ma Sanc Pedro y Rey ahtepale.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TRANSLATION.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_1" id="katuns_english_1"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_1">1.</a> The fourth ahau was the name of the katun; the births took place;—; +the towns were taken possession of by the rulers.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_2" id="katuns_english_2"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_2">2.</a> It was the thirteenth katun in which they ruled; these were their +names while they ruled.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_3" id="katuns_english_3"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_3">3.</a> The fourth ahau was the name of the katun; in it they arrived, the +Great Arrival, the Less Arrival, as they are called.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_4" id="katuns_english_4"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_4">4.</a> It was the thirteenth katun in which they ruled, in which they took +names, at that time, while they resided here; in the thirteenth the +residence was continued, they resided here.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_5" id="katuns_english_5"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_5">5.</a> The fourth ahau katun; then took place the search for Chichen Itza; +at that time they were marvelously improved by the fathers. They went +forth in four divisions which were called the four territories. One +division came forth from the east of Kin Colah Peten; one division came +forth from the north of Nacocob; one division came forth from the gate +of Zuyuua to the west; one division came forth from the mountains of +Canhek, the Nine Mountains, as the land is called.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_6" id="katuns_english_6"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_6">6.</a> The fourth ahau katun; then took place the calling together of the +four divisions, the four territories as they were called, and they +arrived at Chichen Itza and were called the men of Itza. It was the +thirteenth katun in which they ruled; then the plottings were introduced +by Hunnac Ceel, and the territories were destroyed. Then they went into +the midst of the forests, into the midst of Xuluc Mul, so called. The +fourth ahau katun; then singing for their happiness took place. It was +the thirteenth katun in which they governed and had heavy labor.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="katuns_english_7" id="katuns_english_7"></a><a href="#katuns_maya_7">7.</a> The eighth ahau katun; thus it took place that there arrived the +remainder of the Itza men as they were called; then they arrived; and +about that time they governed Chakanputun. In the thirteenth ahau katun +those called the Maya men founded the city Mayapan. In the eighth ahau +the towns were destroyed; then they were driven wholly out of the +province. In the sixth katun they were destroyed, and it was ended with +those called Mayas. It was the eleventh ahau katun in which it ended +with those called Mayas. The Maya men were all called Christians and +came under the control of Saint Peter and the King, the rulers.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_1">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_1">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_1" id="katuns_notes_1"></a>1. <i>U zihilob</i>, the births, probably meaning the beginning of things. +<i>Pauaha en cuh</i> has no meaning that I can make out; I therefore suppose +it an error for <i>pachah u cah</i>, and translate in accordance with this +emendation. The phrase seems to refer to the first settlement of the +country, or to the first time the scattered inhabitants were gathered +together in towns by their chiefs.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_2">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_2">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_2" id="katuns_notes_2"></a>2. “These were their names”; but no names are given. They seem to have +been omitted by the copyist.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_3">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_3">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_3" id="katuns_notes_3"></a>3. <i>Emciob noh hemal ɔeemal</i>, faulty orthography for <i>noh emel, +ɔeemel</i>, the latter syncopated from <i>ɔeɔemel</i>. Literally, “since +they descended; the Great Descent, the Little Descent.”</p> + +<p>The tradition here referred to is given at more length by Father Lizana, +in his <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, and is discussed also by Cogolludo +(<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, cap. III). As the work of the former is +wholly inaccessible, I quote from the reprint of a portion of it in +Brasseur’s edition of Diego de Landa’s <i>Relacion</i> p. 354. “In former +times they called the East <i>Cen-ial</i>, the Little Descent, and the West +<i>Nohen-ial</i>, the Great Descent. The reason they give for this is that on +the east of this land a few people descended, and on the west a great +many; and with that syllable they understand little or much, to the east +and the west; and that few people came from one direction and many from +the other.” Father Liz<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span>ana goes on to express his opinion that the few +who came from the East were the Carthaginians, and the many from the +West were the Mexicans.</p> + +<p>The very corrupt form in which he has given the words has led Señor +Eligio Ancona to suppose they belonged to the archaic and secret +language of the priests (<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Tomo I, p. 24), and Dr. +Carl Schultz-Sellack to imagine that they referred to East and West, +right and left, as he adopted the misreading <i>ɔiic</i>, left, for +<i>ɔeɔ</i>, little (<i>Die Amerikanischen Götter der Vier Weltgegenden</i>, in +the <i>Archiv für Ethnologie</i>, Band XI, 1879). But they are readily +analyzed when we have their correct orthography, as given above. The +reference to them in this place shows that the author of the chant was +dealing with the most ancient legends of his race.</p> + +<p>The Itzas who resided in the Peten district left the region around +Chichen Itza some time in the fifteenth century, probably after the fall +of Mayapan. They were ruled by an hereditary chieftain, called by the +Spaniards “the great king, Canek.” Under him the territory was divided +into four districts, each with its own chief, with whom the Canek +consulted about important undertakings.</p> + +<p>Evidently in removing to Peten the Itzas were retracing their steps on +the line of their first entrance to the peninsula. They even attempted +to go further west, and guided, probably, by ancient memories, a large +number set out for Tabasco and the banks of the <a name="corr23" id="corr23"></a><ins class="correction" title="Usumacinta,">Usumaciuta,</ins> where +repose the ruins of Palenque, possibly the home of their ancestors. But +they were attacked and driven back by the natives of Tabasco, with the +loss of their leader, a brother-in-law of the great Canek. These and +other particulars about them are repeated <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>by Villagutierre Sotomayor, +<i>Historia de la Conquista de la Provincia de el Itza</i>, folio, Madrid, +1701.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_4">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_4">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_4" id="katuns_notes_4"></a>4. The elliptical form of expression here renders the translation +difficult. The verb <i>cutal</i> (old form <i>cultal</i>), pret. <i>culhi</i> or +<i>cuthi</i>, fut. <i>culac</i>, means to sit down, to remain in a place, to be at +home there, to reside, etc. Perhaps the translation both here and in § 2 +should be, “for thirteen katuns they ruled, etc.”</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_5">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_5">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_5" id="katuns_notes_5"></a>5. The word <i>yum</i>, plural <i>yumob</i>, means father and also chief, leader, +ruler, etc. In modern Maya it is the translation of Sir, Mister, Señor.</p> + +<p>The proper names of the localities whence the four divisions are said to +have come, have a mythological cast. I cannot find any of them in the +present geography of Yucatan. Kin Colah Peten is mentioned in a “katun +wheel” in this same Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel, as the name of one +of the towns which furnished a katun stone. Zuiva I have already +referred to as appearing in the Quetzalcoatl myth (see page <a href="#Page_110">110</a>).</p> + +<p>The mountains of Canhek and the Nine Mountains take us to the Itzas +around Lake Peten, in the extreme south of the peninsula, this last +mentioned division being, in fact, that from the south.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_6">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_6" id="katuns_notes_6"></a>6. <i>U payalob</i>, plural passive of <i>pay</i>, to call, to summon.</p> + +<p><i>Tan yol che</i>, <i>ol</i> or <i>yol</i> is the heart or centre of the leaf or +plant; <i>tan xuluc mul</i>, see page <a href="#Page_174">174</a>. <i>Yauat pixanobi</i>, they were happy +in singing, or, they gained favor by singing. The expression is obscure. +The verb <i>auat</i> is applied to the singing of birds, the crowing of +cocks, and generally to the natural sound made by any animal, and, in +composition, to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span>the sound of musical instruments, as, <i>auatzah</i>, to play +on the flute, to blow a trumpet.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#katuns_maya_7">Maya</a><br /><a href="#katuns_english_7">English</a></span><a name="katuns_notes_7" id="katuns_notes_7"></a>7. <i>Uacchahi</i> from <i>uacchahal</i>, appears to be a strongly figurative +expression. It is explained in Pio Perez’ Dictionary, “salirse con +esfuerzo de su cubierta ó encaje, saltarse de ella <i>como tripa por el +ano</i>.”</p> + +<p><i>Hauic</i>, from <i>haual</i>, to end, finish, cease to exist. Thus the +chronicler closes his recital, repeating the to him no doubt bitter fact +that the Maya nation and the Maya name had passed away.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-1_86" id="Footnote_178-1_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-1_86"><span class="label">178-1</span></a> pachah u cah.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-2_87" id="Footnote_178-2_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-2_87"><span class="label">178-2</span></a> oxlahunte.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-3_88" id="Footnote_178-3_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-3_88"><span class="label">178-3</span></a> nohemel.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-4_89" id="Footnote_178-4_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-4_89"><span class="label">178-4</span></a> ɔeɔemel.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-5_90" id="Footnote_178-5_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-5_90"><span class="label">178-5</span></a> likul.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-6_91" id="Footnote_178-6_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-6_91"><span class="label">178-6</span></a> hoki.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_178-7_92" id="Footnote_178-7_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_178-7_92"><span class="label">178-7</span></a> uchci.</p></div> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span></p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 150%;"><a name="THE_CHRONICLE" id="THE_CHRONICLE"></a>THE CHRONICLE</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 90%;">OF</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 200%;"><span class="smcap">Chac Xulub Chen</span>.</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 90%;">BY</p> + +<p class="titlepage" style="font-size: 120%;">NAKUK PECH.</p> + +<p class="titlepage">1562.</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="CHRONICLE_OF_CHICXULUB" id="CHRONICLE_OF_CHICXULUB"></a>CHRONICLE OF CHICXULUB.</h2> + + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p>Among the ancient documents collected by Pio Perez was a series relating +to the town of Chicxulub, about six leagues north of Merida. They are +entitled <i>Documentos de Tierras de Chicxulub, 1542</i>. They consist of a +history of the town and of the conquest of the country, written by Nakuk +Pech, about 1562; a survey of the town lands by several members of the +Pech family, testified to Feb. 7, 1542; a partial list of the Spanish +conquerors; a portion of an account by another member of the Pech +family, and a further statement by Nakuk Pech.</p> + +<p>The longest and the most interesting of these is the history of the +Conquest, or, as the writer calls it, “the history and the chronicle of +Chacxulubchen”—<i>u belil u kahlail Cħac Xulub Cħen</i>—this being +one of the native forms of the name of the town. It is headed “Conquest +and Map,” but the map has disappeared. Usually such “maps” accompanying +the title papers of towns in Yucatan have as a central figure the +outlines of a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>church with the name of the town; around this is drawn the +figure of the town lands, with the names of the wells, trees, stones and +other landmarks mentioned in the titles.</p> + +<p>The writer, Nakuk Pech, baptized Pablo Pech, must have been between +sixty and seventy years of age when he drew up his statement, inasmuch +as he mentions occurrences, as late as 1562, and also speaks of himself +as an adult in 1519. He belonged to a noble family, the Pechs of Cumkal, +who are mentioned by Sanchez Aguilar as hereditary <i>batabs</i>, or +independent chiefs. They appear to have given their names to the +province on the west coast called Kin Pech, or Campech, known to the +English as Campeachy, and to that of Ceh Pech, in which the city of Ho, +afterwards called Merida, was situated. The <a name="corr24" id="corr24"></a><ins class="correction" title="Abbé Brasseur,">Abbe Brasséur,</ins> on very +slight grounds, surmised that they were not originally of Maya stock, +but probably descendants of the <span class="nowrap">Caribs.<a name="FNanchor_190-1_93" id="FNanchor_190-1_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_190-1_93" class="fnanchor">190-1</a></span></p> + +<p>He states that he was the son of Ak Kom Pech, in baptism Martin Pech, +and the grandson of Ah Tunal Pech, while the head of the house of Pech +seems to have been Ah Naum Pech, baptized Don Francisco de Montejo Pech.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span>Pech always uses as the name of his town <i>Chac Xulub Chen</i>, which means +“the well of the great horns,” probably because some huge antlers were +found there, or were set up to mark the spot. The modern name <i>Chic +Xulub</i> was probably applied to it as a parody, or a play on words. It +means to cuckold one, to put horns on <span class="nowrap">him.<a name="FNanchor_191-1_94" id="FNanchor_191-1_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_191-1_94" class="fnanchor">191-1</a></span></p> + +<p>A literal translation of the document was made by Don Manuel Encarnacion +Avila, of Merida, about 1860, and this has been of service to me in +completing the present rendering. But Señor Avila, though familiar with +the Maya of to-day, was evidently not at all acquainted with the ancient +terms with reference to the calendar, and the usages of the natives +before the Conquest. He therefore made serious errors wherever such +occurred.</p> + +<p>Moreover, as it was his purpose to give an extremely literal +translation, he often sacrificed to this both clearness and correctness, +and in various passages his sentences are unintelligible.</p> + +<p>The Abbé Brasseur (de Bourbourg) commenced to copy the original when in +Merida, but completed only the first two paragraphs. He applied for a +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>copy of the remainder; but by an error he received instead of this an +unfinished transcript of another paper by the Pech family. These +fragments he inserted, with a translation of his own, in the second +volume of the Reports of the <i>Mission Scientifique au Mexique et à +l’Amérique Centrale</i>, pp. 110-120 (4 to, Paris, Imprimerie Impériale: +1870). As his lexicographic resources were, by his own statement, quite +deficient (<i>id.</i>, note to p. 116), he is scarcely to be criticised if, +as is the case, much of his translation but faintly presents the meaning +of the original.</p> + +<p>It will be seen that I have sacrificed every attempt at elegance in the +English translation to an endeavor to preserve faithfully the style of +the original, even to its needless repetitions and awkward sentences.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">TEXT.</p> + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Concixta yetel Mapa.</i></p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_1" id="chronicle_maya_1"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_1">1.</a> U hotzuc ca culhi ah buluc ahau lai katun ca uli Españolesob ca +cahiob te ti noh cah te ti Ho; lae te ix ah bolon ahaue ti tun cahi +cristianoili; lae he hab yax ulci ca yum Españolesob uay ti lum lae tu +habil 1511 años.</p> + +<div class="bt center" style="width: 50%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"><div class="bt" style="margin-top: 3px;"> </div></div> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_2" id="chronicle_maya_2"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_2">2.</a> Ten cen yn Nakuk Pech yax hidalgos concixtadoren, uay ti lum lae tu +cacabil Maxtunil cin ɔabal ti yax cah tu cacabil cħacxulub Cħen. +Bai bic ɔaa nen in canante tumen in yumob Ah Naum Pech lic utzcinic +utz olal u belil u kahlail uay ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen in yax +mekthantah lai cah lae capel cacab Chichinica <i>y</i> uay Cħaac Xulub +Cħen.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_3" id="chronicle_maya_3"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_3">3.</a> Cen Nakuk Pech in kaba cuchi ti ma ococ haa tin pol cuchi u mehenen +Tahkom Pech D<sup class="supera">on</sup> Martin Pech ti cah Xulkum Cheel; bai bic ɔaanoon +canan hol cacabob tumen in yum Ah Naum Pech likul tu cah Mutul ca tah +culcintaben in canante cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen lae ti manan to u +manac <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>u talel ca yum Españolesob uay tac lumi Yucatan lae ten tun halach +uinic uai ti cah uai ti luum Cħac Xulub Cħen lae ca tun uli ca yum +Sr. Adelantado uai ti peten lae ichil yabil 1519 años cuchi lae ten ix +yax batab; ca uli Españolesob tu lumil uai Maxtunil lae toonix kame tu +yabal ɔaolalobe toonix yax ɔaic patan yetel ɔicil tiob <i>y</i> ca +ɔaic hanalob tiob capitanob Españolesob; hek Adelantado u kabae lai +uli uai Maxtunil tu tancabal Nachi May; ti yanob ca binon cilob uchebal +ca ɔaic cicioltiob; mayto ococob ti cah cuchi chenbel zutucahob paibe +uai ti lume oxppel u ɔanlob uai tu cacabil Maxtunile uai tun likulob +cu binelob tu holpai ɔunul tu hol u payil Ɔilam tancoch yoxpel hab +cahanobi.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_4" id="chronicle_maya_4"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_4">4.</a> Tiob yan cuchi ca bini u kubulte in yumob tiob; lai Adelantado u kaba +lai zutui uai ti lum; lae Ixkakuk u kaba u ɔa in yum tiob lai u kaba +lai xcħuplal u ɔah tiob menyahticob <i>y</i> tzenticob tiob tan yan +cuchi ca tal katuntabilob tumen Cupulob ca tun lukobi ca biniob ti +cahtalob ti Ecab kantanenkin u kaba u lumil cahlahciob; tix yanob cuchi +ca katuntabiob tumen Ah Ecabob ca lukobie ca cuchob Cauaca ti tun ocobi +te maniob ti cah <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_194-1_95" id="FNanchor_194-1_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_194-1_95" class="fnanchor">194-1</a></span>Ɔekom ti u kaba cuhe manciob ca cuchiob ti cah +TixcuumcuUuc u kaba cah kuchciob ti liculob ca kuchoob <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>Tinuum u kaba cah +kuchciob caix u tzaclahob u Chicħen Ytza u kaba ti tun u katahob u +Rey cah u lahanobi ca alab tiobi: “Yan ahau, yume,” ci yalalob, “ye yan +Ahau Cocom Aun Pech Ahau Pech, Namox Cheel Ahau Cheel Ɔiɔan tun; +Katun ɔul, te xebnae,” ci yalalob tumen <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_195-1_96" id="FNanchor_195-1_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_195-1_96" class="fnanchor">195-1</a>naob</span> Bon Cupul; u +lukulob tu Chicħeen Ytza lae catun cuchiob yicnal Ahau Ixcuat Cocom +te Akee: “Yume, matab a binelex te lae; bin zatacex,” cibin yalablob +tumen Ahau Ixcuat Cocom ca ualkahiob tutulpachob, ca binob ca cuchob +Cauaca tu caaten, caix kuchob tu holpayal Catzim u kaba tix nakob ti +kankabe, ca biniob ti cahtalob tuyulpachob tet Ɔelebnae u kabae lai +yax cahicob ca ulob uai ti luum lae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_5" id="chronicle_maya_5"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_5">5.</a> Lai ye tan Chanpatune uacppel hab cahanobi caix u hokzahubaob te +Campeche; lai Adelantado u kaba yax ɔule lai mani uai ti lum; lae tiob +tun yan Campech cuchi ca u katahob patan caix u yabi u thanob tumen +batabob tu cahalcahobe tulacal bini patan; tiob te maaniob ti kaknabe +yahpulul patanob; lae ca tun binen <i>y</i> in lakob Ah MaCamPech <i>y</i> u yit +ɔin Ixkil Ytzam Pech in yahaulil cah Cumkale <i>y</i> in yum yan ti cah +Xulcum Cheele; lai in lakob cat binen tu pach patan, laix ca yilahob, +laix <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>ca alak Nachi May, yoklal yohel maa yohel ma u thanob yoklal u yax +ulob ichil yotoch, ca uliob lae laitah oklal u thanahob u lakintob, ca +binob tu pach patan yoklal yettail tahiob Españolesob ti tun kubiob +tumenel capitanobe; tiix c <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_196-1_97" id="FNanchor_196-1_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_196-1_97" class="fnanchor">196-1</a>matanok</span> zayo <i>y</i> capote <i>y</i> zapato <i>y</i> +u <i>y</i> ppoc cicialtabion tumen te capitanob; caix lukon ca ɔoci ca +ɔaic zililob Españolesob yan tacix ca buc ca ulon lay zayo <i>y</i> capote, +lay Ixkil Ytzam Pech yan Conkale laix ca lakah Macan Pech yan Yaxkukule +<i>y</i> in yum Ahkom Pech u noxibal ca binon.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_6" id="chronicle_maya_6"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_6">6.</a> Cen ix Nakuk Pech lae in kaba ten yax batab yax kubob patan ca binon +Campech ca kubob patan, caix uloon tutul pache tamuk u talel Españolesob +tu bel Campech talel u cahob ti cahtal Ich can zi hoo ti nohcah ti Hoe; +tuchi ix ca yubah u talelob Españolesob tu bel Campech, ca binon ca +ɔab ziltiob tolo ten caix binon tu caaten cat kube patan. Cen ix Nakuk +Pech uai tu cabil Cħac Xulub Chen <i>y</i> Ah Macan Pech yan tu cabil Yax +Kukul <i>y</i> Ixkil Ytzam Pech u noh batabil Conkale <i>y</i> ten cen Ixnakuk +Pech batab uai ti cah Cħac Xulub Cħen teix oci ca ziltiob tucaaten +te <span class="nowrap">Ɔibkale<a name="FNanchor_196-2_98" id="FNanchor_196-2_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_196-2_98" class="fnanchor">196-2</a></span> ix u chucan u nahubaob tucaaten ca kube ziltiob u +lum y cab y u cħahucil hanalob u kamciob te Ɔibil<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span>kale ti tamuk u +talel yocolob ti cahtal ti Hoo lay D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Montejo, yax capitan +General yax uli uai tu peten ti Hoo lae <i>y</i> D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Bracamonte y +Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> Tamayo <i>y</i> Juan de Pacheco <i>y</i> Perarberes lai capitanesob uliob +ichil habil 1541 años.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_7" id="chronicle_maya_7"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_7">7.</a> Lai hab ca uliob ti Hoo ti cahtalob lay capitanob mektanmail +Españolesob, ca uliob ti Ho lae tenili batab cen Ix Nakuk Pech, ca uli +Españolesob te ti Hooe tenix kubi patan ti concixtadoresob ti Hoo, tenix +batab uai ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen lae tamuk u escribanoil +Roderigo Alvares ichil yabil 1542 años.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_8" id="chronicle_maya_8"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_8">8.</a> U tan u toxol cahob ti concixtadoresob tumen capitanob adelantado lay +yax Españolesob <i>y</i> escribano Roderigo Alvares lai ɔibtic u xocaan +patanob ti yulel hun huntzuc ti cahob, baix tamuk u kubic patan in lakob +tulacal lai in cħibalob lae ti tamuk ban patane yoklal toxbil patan +tiob Españolesob tumen capitanob adelantado <i>y</i> escribano Rodrigo +Alvarez ichil hun hunteel hab uli Españolesob ti Hoo; tulacal ca ix +cħaben cen Ix Nakuk Pech ca ɔaben ti Don Julian Doncel encomendero +lai u yax yumil cah uay Cħaac Xulub Cħen lae lai yax encomendero, +caix machi in kab <i>y</i> tu tan capitan Don Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Montejo adelantado +ten tun ɔabi ti batabil ti D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Julian Donsel tu kab, ca hoppi in tan +lic u patan u yumil kul uinicilob.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_9">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_9" id="chronicle_maya_9"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_9">9.</a> Cen Ix Nakuk Pech lae ten tan lic in batabil cuchi ca uli Albares yax +alcalde mayor uai tu petenil Yucatan ti Hoo lae, caix uli Alvara de +Carvayor alcalde Mayor, li xan caix uli Oidor D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Tomas Lopez tenili +batab cuchie heix in kabatah cen ix Nakuk Pech ca oci ha tin pole <i>y</i> ca +tin kama bautismo D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech lay in kaba ca <span class="nowrap">hau<a name="FNanchor_198-1_99" id="FNanchor_198-1_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_198-1_99" class="fnanchor">198-1</a></span> in kabatic +Nakuk Pechil; hidalgoson yax batabon tumen capitanob cat yax chuca uai +ti peten lae ton ix yax kubob patan ti ɔulob cat ɔab u chucil toon +tumen Dios <i>y</i> Rey ahtepal; lae ton u cħibalon hidalgos tu yalomal in +mehenob tulacal tu tan kinil cu binel tu nak u hayalcab; lae ton batabon +<a name="corr25" id="corr25"></a><ins class="correction" title="yahaubil">yahaubiI</ins> uai ti luum ti ma yanac Santa Yglesiaob ti cacabob, tan +to u ximbal tabal lumob tumen Españolesob uatub ci tan u moltalob utial +u kulteob ti yoklal piz uinicob cuchi ti ma christianacobi tulacal in +mektan cahil uinicob tumen in kamci in Cristianoil, cen Nakuk Pech cuchi +laili batab en cuchi ca in kamah Santo Oleos <i>y</i> Santo ocolal, utial in +camzic in mektan cahilob tulacal tenix yax mache vara utial justiciail, +tumen t binen in nant u than Dios <i>y</i> ca noh Ahau Rey Ahtepal; laitun ca +yum ti Oidor D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Tomas Lopes ca uchi lae yax ɔai u xicin patan ti +batabob ti cahal cahob; lai temes ti ca yatan ɔooc<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span>tun yahaubil Oidor +D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Tomas Lopes ca tun tin kubah in bara ti in mehen D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pedro Pech +ichil habil 152 a<sup class="supera">s</sup>.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_10">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_10" id="chronicle_maya_10"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_10">10.</a> Lai cu xocol yabil cuchi lae ca in kamah u bara in yum Nakuk Pech +D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech Ursula Pech ixan uai ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen, +lae utial in meyactic Dios <i>y</i> ca noh ahau Rey ahtepal utial in +mektantic lai cah lae uai ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen lae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_11">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_11" id="chronicle_maya_11"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_11">11.</a> La tun ulicob tu cahalob yetel u yahkulelob <i>y</i> u holpopob bay tu +cahal Yaxkukul, bay tu cahal Xulkum Cheel, bai tu cahal Maxtunil +yaxcħibal Macan Pech yaxcħibal Tahkom Pech Xulkum Cheel, yet ulcob +ix yahkinob yaxcħibal Macan Pech yaxcħibal Tahkom Pech Xulkum +Cheel, yet ulcobix u cuchulob tu pachob, ca uliob uai ti cahtale yet +ulcobix yahkinob u holpopob <i>y</i> yahkulelob tu pachob u halach uinicob, +ca uliob tu cacabil Yaxkukul baix toon xan cat uloon uai tu cacabil +Cħac Xulub Cħen lae, ca cahiob uai lae lai culcinaben Tah Nakuk +Pech, tumen in yum Tah Koon Pech u mehen Tah Tunal Pech yaxcħibal +Maxtunile mektantic cah.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_12">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_12" id="chronicle_maya_12"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_12">12.</a> Lae cat uli ɔulob uai tu lumil cacabob lae manan Maya uinicob ti +kuchi yolob u kube patan ti yax ɔulob cuchi, lae lai u yax cantahob +ɔulob <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>Españolesob ɔocan ili tun u ɔabal cah canante. Cen tah Nakuk +Pech in yax kamici cah uai ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen, ca uliob u +chun u thanob tu pachob <i>y</i> yahkulel <i>y</i> u holpopob <i>y</i> yahkinob lae, +lai u kaba Ah Kul Matu <i>y</i> Kulche <i>y</i> ulcob ix yax kinob Ahkin Cocom +Ahkin Tacu <i>y</i> ulcob ix u holpop Nachan Cen <i>y</i> holpop Xuluc, lai u +kaba, holpop lai mektanmailob ca ulob uai tii u lum Maxtunil <i>y</i> Ah Kul +Chuc <i>y</i> u holpop tu pachob; lai u heɔahob u cacabil uai Cħac Xulub +Cħen caix uliob u holcanob u nacomob, nacom Kan, nacom Xuluc, nacom +Pot, nacom May, nacom Ek, lai u kaba nacomob, layobi u kab nacomob yah +mektanul batab tah Nakuk Pech ca ulen uai ti cah Cħac Xulub Cħen; +lai chiccunic yol lai in cu uchulob cat ulen uai ti cahtah uai ti luum +uai tu cacabil Cħac Xulub Cħen.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_13" id="chronicle_maya_13"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_13">13.</a> Cen tah Nakuk Pech lae ca ulen tumen u halach uinic tenob ca chichi +cah uai ti Cħac Xulub Cħen; lae tumen u nucteelob cuchi lae manan +u manak u talel Españolesob uai ti luum, lae minan u yana cah chicunic +cah uai Cħac Xulub Cħen; lai yobi t ubahilob lae ti xocan ili, +yulel Españolesob ti noh cah ti Ho, <i>y</i> u kamal cristianoil tumen +uinicob uai Tah Ceh Peche ɔocan ili ix in molic cah uai tulacahal +Cħac Xulub Cħen, cen D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span><i>y</i> in yum D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Martin +Pech, conquixtador, Xulkum Cheel.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_14">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_14" id="chronicle_maya_14"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_14">14.</a> Lae ti tum lae ti hoppi u licil u katun Españolesob ich mul +<span class="nowrap">cochleah<a name="FNanchor_201-1_100" id="FNanchor_201-1_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_201-1_100" class="fnanchor">201-1</a></span> ca binon, <i>y</i> in yum Ah Macan Pech yaxcħibal +Yaxkukul, y Yxkil Yɔam Pech yaxcħibal Cumkal, <i>y</i> ti binen tu pach +katun; ca oci u patan kooch uahobe lai tun mektanmai u yumil kul +uiniclob cah, ca ti binon ti katun yah, yukul kah <i>y</i> tuce tumenel u +kuxilob ti kul uinicob; ichil uacpe u yanonie <i>y</i> in lakob tu pach kul +uinicob ti numia; mektanan tun in yum tumen u chunthanob, lay yobi hach +ilaob yuchul tulacal tu banalob tin cantah ichil in informacion tulacal +lae uchebal yoheltabal tumen in cħibalob in mehenob tin pach ti uchen +cimic uai <span class="nowrap">okolcab<a name="FNanchor_201-2_101" id="FNanchor_201-2_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_201-2_101" class="fnanchor">201-2</a></span> lae yoklal in titulo in probanza ɔaan ten +tumen ca yumil ti Dios <i>y</i> ca noh Ahau Rey ahtepal; manan in patan maix +uchac in botic patan maix in mehenob maix in u ixmehenob bin u bote +patan yoklal tu lukzah ten ca yumil ti Dios ichil u zahacil in puczical; +ti mato in uilal u uich Españolesob cuchi tu ɔahten ich ich olal utial +in kubic inba tu kab Españolesob <i>y</i> in cahalob tulacal utial u cahal +cahob tumenel capitanob Adelantado yax concixtadoresob; uliob uai ti <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span>u +lumil Yucatane; he hab yax ulci ɔulob tu lumil uai ti Cupule lae 1511 +años.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_15" id="chronicle_maya_15"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_15">15.</a> Cuchi mahun ilabac ɔulob Españolesob ca chuci Jeronimo de Aguilar +tumenob a Cusamilob; lai lae u chun yohelabal peten tulacal lae yoklal +ɔoci u xinbaltabal uchi lumob tulacal, lai tah oklal ma talan uchi +lumob peten tulacal lai tun cin <span class="nowrap">ɔolic<a name="FNanchor_202-1_102" id="FNanchor_202-1_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_202-1_102" class="fnanchor">202-1</a></span> tu tan Ahau ca tu cuchi +tu tan Ahau Ah Macan Pech D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pedro Pech <i>y</i> u cuchteelob yax +cħibalob u nacomob tu pachob tulacal binob tu pach yoklal utzilob +Ahau ylal u uichob u maseual uinicob; caix tu te ta lahun cakal u nucil +uinicob u bines tu pach ti Ahau Rey ahtepal u tzicob ti messa nachi ti +España, heix mac <span class="nowrap">xenahi<a name="FNanchor_202-2_103" id="FNanchor_202-2_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_202-2_103" class="fnanchor">202-2</a></span> tu tzicile tu tan Rey ahtepale; lai tun +tu yala Ahau ca u bote patanob tulacal, yal u mehenob tulacal, heix ton +Ah Pechob yaxcħibal uai ti lum <i>y</i> yaxcħibal tal ti Cupul, ca bin +tu yalah yabil peten <i>y</i> yabil maya uinicob u bal lum, caix bin tu +tzolah u xocan tu tanil ca noh Ahau ca <span class="nowrap">uɔac<a name="FNanchor_202-3_104" id="FNanchor_202-3_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_202-3_104" class="fnanchor">202-3</a></span> u talel heɔbil u +chi lum u Chinante Ahau; bay tun chacanhic ca lumil lae lai Aguilar, lae +te hantabi tumen ah Naum Ah Pot Cusamile tu yabil 1517 años; lai yabil +hauic cħa katun, lae lai hauic u uacuntabal u tunil balcah, yoklal +hunhunkal tun u talel uaatal u tunil balcah <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span>cuchi ti man uluc ɔul +Españolesobe Cusamil cuchi uaital petenil; tumen ulic Españolesob ca t +haui u betabal.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_16">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_16" id="chronicle_maya_16"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_16">16.</a> 1519 años lai yabil yax ulcob Españolesob uai Cusamil tu yox mal, +Fernando de Cortes <i>y</i> Espoblaco Lara. A 28 de Febrero cuchi ca uliob +Cusamilob u yax mal ahohelilob hahal u cibel than. Lai yabil cuchcob tu +Chicħen tah mak opile ti tun yax oheltabi u Chicħeen Ytza tumen +noh Españolesob D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Montejo Adelantado, u halach uinicob +ca ɔanob tu Chicħen Ytza.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_17" id="chronicle_maya_17"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_17">17.</a> 1521 años tu yoxlahunpiz u kinil agosto chucic u lumil Mexico tumen +Españolesob; uchci u yox katun <span class="nowrap">tabalob<a name="FNanchor_203-1_105" id="FNanchor_203-1_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_203-1_105" class="fnanchor">203-1</a></span> Españolesob tumen cah +tulacal uai tu cahal Cupule; cauthi katahob Ah Ceh Pech tu cimil Zalibna +<i>y</i> etahau Lenpot Tixkocħoh tu provinciail Ticanto <i>y</i> yicnal ah +Kinichkakmo Ytzmal u nup u than holtun Ake; lai yabil lae uchic u kuchul +Españolesob tu Chicħeen Ytza tu caten u heɔob u Chicħen Ytza, ti +ca uli Capitan D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Montejo yahtohil yahtochil Naocom +Cupul kuchal u cah. Hunkal hab yax kuchcob tu Chicħen Ytza ti u +kabahob ah makopilobe ah ɔuɔopob.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_18">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_18" id="chronicle_maya_18"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_18">18.</a> 1542 años lai hab ca u heɔahob lum Espan<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>olesob ti Hich can Ziho +chuncan u nup u than Kinich Kakmo ahkin <i>y</i> Ahtutul Xiu yahaulil +cabecera Mani u pol u meta u heɔahob yaxcħibalob, lai yax hoppic +yocol patan tiob lae tu yoxten tun yulelob ta lumil, ca tun hunkul +culhob, lae heklai culicob; helelae u hunten, ulcobe tu Chicħen Ytzae +ti u yax makahob oop, matech u makal lai oop, ca u makahop Espanolesob u +kabatcob ahmakoopilob; u caten ulcobi tu Chicħene ca <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_204-1_106" id="FNanchor_204-1_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_204-1_106" class="fnanchor">204-1</a>u</span> tocahob +naobon Cupul; tu yoxten yulelobe ca tun hunkul culhiob lae lai yabil lae +1542 años lai tun hunkul culhiob uai ti lum Ychcanzi hoo—yanilob, +helelae oxlahun Kan ahcuchhab ti Maya xoclae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_19">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_19" id="chronicle_maya_19"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_19">19.</a> 1543 anos lai yabil binci Españolesob tet xaman Cheile u xachete +Mayab uinicob u maseualtobe yoklal manan maseual uinic u palilob ti Ho; +lai talob ti xache uinicob u maseualtob tu chi tun, ca kuchob ti Popce +ti uch ban patan tiobi likulob ti Ho, cat kuchob ti Popce tu chi, ca +ulob ca biniob Tikom, man ti kin yanhicobe te Tixkome ti humkal u kinil +yanob ca lukabi lai Españolesob.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_20">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_20" id="chronicle_maya_20"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_20">20.</a> Lae 1544 años lai hab ca ɔan ɔul Cauaca Asiesa u capitanil, ca +ɔanoob te Cauacae ti u chi pach yumili <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_204-2_107" id="FNanchor_204-2_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_204-2_107" class="fnanchor">204-2</a>ti</span> oki patan tiobi cab +ulum ixim ɔabtiob tiob yan Cauacae, catun ca tu kalahob ti mas<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>cab +ahkul Caamal tal Sisal ca tu kata u xocal cah tulacal, hun hab tialan ti +mazcab tumenob, lai paye u bel Españolesob ca taliob ti cahtal Sachi, +heclai Ahkul Kamal lae lai oci ti batabil Saci Sisale D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Juan Caamal +de la Cruz u kabatah yoklal hach hahal u than, lai yax utzcit Cruz +Cauacae, u yabi u than tumen ɔulob, lae lai tumen lai ti oci ti +batabil Sisal, ontkin ac u batabil cat cimil; lai ti pay u bel +Españolesob ca binob ti katun yah Tixkochnah; xane he ɔulob lae +hunppel hab ɔananob Cauaca, lukob cat talob Saci hunkul hi u kal +uinicob ti mazcab yilab batab Caamal.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_21">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_21" id="chronicle_maya_21"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_21">21.</a> Lae 1545 años ɔani ɔulob Saci laix yabil hopp ti cristianoil +tumen padresob orden de San Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup>, te tu holhaa Champotone hali yax +ulcob padresob u machmaob cahlohil ti Jehucristo tu kabob lai lic yezic +ti maseual uinicob, cat yax ulob tu tu holhaa Chanpoton, lae te chikin +uai tu cuchcabal u than uai Ichcansihoo, ti Hoo tu cahal Ichcansihoo lai +u kaba; lai padresob hoppez Cristianoil uai ti cah peten Yucatan lae lai +u kabaobe Fr. Juan de la Puerta <i>y</i> Fr. Luis de Villarpando <i>y</i> Fr. +Diego de Becal <i>y</i> Fr. Juan de Guerrero y Fr. Merchol de Benavente layob +hoppes Cristianoil uai ti peten chikin lae ti mato tac Cristianoil uai +Cupul; pachal hom to tac Cristianoil, baito bin cantic, ca bin hoppoc +toon uai ti Cupule.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_22">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_22" id="chronicle_maya_22"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_22">22.</a> 1546 años, lai hab ca uchi <span class="nowrap">ahetzil<a name="FNanchor_206-1_108" id="FNanchor_206-1_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_206-1_108" class="fnanchor">206-1</a></span> lae altose la tierra: 9 de +Noviembre bol ulo de pasen 4 meses ca uchi tu bolonpis u kinil noviembre +ti yabil de 1546 años canppel u cinanil katun; lae ca zihi lae kuchi +hunppel hab yalcab uinicob; ca tali u molicubaob tu caten ocol u cibal +patan, ca zihi katune ulel u cibahob ahezobob tali chikin tabsic uinicob +ca yutzcinah katun lae Etz Cunul <i>y</i> Ah Camal talob chikin he ɔul +cimsabiobe catul mehen ɔulob u camzah palil Mena ti cimob Chamaxe, +ppatal u cibahob; ca talob Saci tohyol tulacal ɔulob ca liki katun +yokolob <span class="nowrap">lae<a name="FNanchor_206-2_109" id="FNanchor_206-2_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_206-2_109" class="fnanchor">206-2</a></span> tihi t tun u cimsabal; Ah Etz Camal Tipakan Ah Pakam +tu cimilhi Surusano yokol Nicte; tumen u cahalobe hunppel akab hi u +cimil ɔul tumen uinicob lae kohan yooc <i>y</i> u kaboob, ca bini tu kinil +katun ti akab ti cah tulacal.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_23" id="chronicle_maya_23"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_23">23.</a> 1547 años lai hab ca paxi u chem Exboxe Ecabe; ca bini Espanolesob +bakzahticob u ɔahob katun yok Boxte Ecabe ual Ekboxil.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_24" id="chronicle_maya_24"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_24">24.</a> Lae 1548 años ulci padre Emitanyo Saci <span class="nowrap">chumes<a name="FNanchor_206-3_110" id="FNanchor_206-3_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_206-3_110" class="fnanchor">206-3</a></span> Cristianoil.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_25" id="chronicle_maya_25"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_25">25.</a> Lae 1550 años mol ci cah tulacal tabal tal Manii.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_26" id="chronicle_maya_26"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_26">26.</a> 1551 años ulci padre Guadian Fr. Fernando <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span>Guererro Saci Sisal lai +oces haa tu hol uinicob lai chunbezob cristianoil uay tu cuch cabal Saci +tulacal, tal chikin Cheel, tali Ecab, tali Cusamil, tali ti xaman, tali +ti nohol, xan lai <span class="nowrap">chunmes<a name="FNanchor_207-1_111" id="FNanchor_207-1_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_207-1_111" class="fnanchor">207-1</a></span> u pakal monisterio Saci Sisal.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_27">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_27" id="chronicle_maya_27"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_27">27.</a> Lae 1552 años lai hab cahciob padresob yokab cuchi; lai yabil ulcob +ah canbesah <i>y</i> kayob uai Zisale, talob chikin laobi canbez u kayob +missa y bisperas ti canto de organo <i>y</i> chul y cantolano ti hunkul ma +ohelon uai cuchi.</p> + +<p>Lae 1553 años lai hab ca uli Oidor D. Tomas Lopes uai tal lumil Yucatan +lae tali Castella ca uli tu <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_207-2_112" id="FNanchor_207-2_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_207-2_112" class="fnanchor">207-2</a>chibil</span> tumen ca noh ahau Rey ahtepal +de Castilla u yanton tu kab Españolesob uaye, lai haues ca tocabal tumen +Españolesob, laix haues u chi on pek, laix ti chunmes u yanhal batabob +ti cahal cah, ca tu ɔa u barail, laix ti ɔai u takail patan xan +oxppel u yocol patan ti Españolesob yub te cib uluum ixim cħoyche y +sulbiltab <i>y</i> yic, buul, yib cuum, xamach, ppuul, ca muc yoklal patan ta +c yumil ɔulil c beta ti matac oidor ɔaic u nucul bahunbal; lai uchci +u cħabal kul chuuc tumen AhMacan Pech ca lukon Sisal yoklal u katci +ah chucil kulchuc, lae tumen lai toci u chucil Ah Ceh Pech uay Cupul, +lae lai talic uai tu pach Ah kin <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>Pech Macan Pech u palil Ahmacan Pech +yetel u nacomob ti cab Yaxkukul lae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_28">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_28" id="chronicle_maya_28"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_28">28.</a> De 1519 años lai hab ca uli Españolesob uai tac cahal Con ah Ytza +uai ti lum Yucatan, lae lai cin chicilbesah u kinil, yuil <i>y</i> yabil yan +canal, Cen D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech, u mehen en D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Martin Pech, ti Xulcum Cheel, +concixtadoren, uai lae Maxtunil yetel Cħac Xulub Cħen, tal kamah +ix ɔulob tu uolol ca puczikal, maix ca ɔaab katun yah tiob laob lae +D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Juan de Montejo Adelantado y u chayanil capitanob bay yanil u kabaob +ti libro; ton ix yax kamah Cristianoil concixtadores D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Martin Pech u +mehen D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fernando Pech, D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech u mehen en D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Martin Pech, hel +tu yoxlahunpis u kinil u de Octubre de 1518, ocic ha tu holob in mektan +cahilob ti hunmolhob Maxtunile, ti ocol ha tu polob tumen yax obispo D<sup class="supera">n</sup> +Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> Toral ti Maya uinicob; ca <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_208-1_113" id="FNanchor_208-1_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_208-1_113" class="fnanchor">208-1</a>oha</span> tu polob men ca yum obispo +lae cat <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_208-2_114" id="FNanchor_208-2_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_208-2_114" class="fnanchor">208-2</a>es</span> sabi u uinbail santo tiob cahob tulacal u uinbail S. +Pedro <i>y</i> S. Pablo y S. Juan, y S. Luis <i>y</i> S. Antonio <i>y</i> S. Miguel <i>y</i> +S. Francisco <i>y</i> S. Alonso y S. Agustin y S. Sebastian y S. Diego, ca u +<span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_208-3_115" id="FNanchor_208-3_115"></a><a href="#Footnote_208-3_115" class="fnanchor">208-3</a>ɔibotahob</span> oleos ca u kabatah P<sup class="supera">o</sup> yan cħa oleos.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_29">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_29" id="chronicle_maya_29"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_29">29.</a> Lay u kahlail tulacal lae tin hun molcinzah <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>uay ti librose uchebal u +nuctic uba uinicob himac bin oltic yohelto u ɔoc lukanil yanomal ca +noh ahau Dios uchac tumen tusinile.—U patanil hibic ulci Españolesob +uay tac lumil lae tumen u yolat ca yumil ti Dios ahtepal uay ti peten; +lae baix u than ca yum Señor D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Juan de Montejo y D. Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Monte +lay yax ulob uai tac lumil lae laix tu ɔah u thanil u cumtal iglesia +ti ɔucenɔucil cahob u hol cababob y yotoch cah u kuna ca yum noh +ahau bay u cah mensone u yotoch ah na <span class="nowrap">mulbeobe<a name="FNanchor_209-1_116" id="FNanchor_209-1_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_209-1_116" class="fnanchor">209-1</a></span>.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_30">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_30" id="chronicle_maya_30"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_30">30.</a> Bay xan cu yalic ca noh yum Ah Naum Pech D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de Montejo Pech +y D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Juan Pech lai u kabaob ca oci haa tu holob tumen padresob y +adelantado lay capitan hi layob ulob uai ti lume Yocolpeten, hek lai +kabanzabi ti Yucatanil tumen ca yax yumob Españolesob lae baix bin u +patcantic ca yum Españolesob, hebic u beltahob, caxtu yalah binil hunkul +cuxlacon tumen Dios, caix ti yubah Maya uinicob heklay u kabaob lae, ca +tu yalah Naum Pech ti u mektan cahil ti ɔuɔucencil:—“Oheltex, talel +u cah hunabku, ti peten heklai hahal Diose, u chicul hahal Dios; binex +cuxlac, ca cici kamex, ma a ɔaicex katun yokolob ca pas ma u hanalob +<i>y</i> yukalob ixim, cax, uluum, cab, buul u <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>hanalob yoklal <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_210-1_117" id="FNanchor_210-1_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_210-1_117" class="fnanchor">210-1</a>u</span> colcah +ti Cristianoil lai u palil ton Dios;” bay tun cibahob mamac ɔai katun +caix tu likzahubaob ca bin u yan teob Españolesob tu concixtob tu yet +xinbal tahob ɔulob.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_31">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_31" id="chronicle_maya_31"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_31">31.</a> Bay xan he Nachi Cocom ti cahan tu holcacab Sutuytae tu chuccabal +Chicħen Ytzae heklay kabansabi Chicħen Ytzaile he Ah Cohuot Cocome +tu yantah u than Dios <i>y</i> ca noh ahau tu luksah u <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_210-2_118" id="FNanchor_210-2_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_210-2_118" class="fnanchor">210-2</a>ponob</span> u +banderasob, utia ca noh ahau utial conquixta <i>y</i> adelantado <i>y</i> yum +padre clerigo tu cuch cahil xan maix u ɔa yah katun u lukzahubaob +ichilob kaxahob kunal <i>y</i> yotoch cah tu cuchteelob.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_32">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_32" id="chronicle_maya_32"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_32">32.</a> Hex Naɔi Mabun Chane culhi tu ca cabil u natatah bicil talel u cah +hunkul cuxtal yoltah u kububaob ti Dios tu hahil Ah Catzimob <i>y</i> +AhChulimob tu chuccabil Manil, <i>y</i> Ah Tutul Yiu hex uay ti lakin Chel +<i>y</i> Tan Cupulob hex ti Campeche Naɔacab Canul; bay ɔa lukanhi u tan +hahil Dios uay ti peten uay tu lumil Sacuholpatal Sacmutix tun, Ah +Mutule, Tunal Pech culhi uay ti cah lae.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_33">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_33" id="chronicle_maya_33"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_33">33.</a> He Ah Naum Peche uay u payahe mehenob caix ti yalah:—“Oheltex, hun +ynix u kaba kin ahbalcab bin uluk ahlikin cabob hun mexob Ahpul tu +chicul hunabku ti peten ca xicex ti kam <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span>bu hahil <span class="nowrap">asilex<a name="FNanchor_211-1_119" id="FNanchor_211-1_119"></a><a href="#Footnote_211-1_119" class="fnanchor">211-1</a></span>:” bay tan +binciob tu xinbalob yalan che yalan haban, ca kuchiob tu tancabal +Naɔaycab Canule Campech, ca yalahob:—“Hele tac u yulel a uula, Ah +Naɔacab Canule, caxti kam tuzebal la umen;” yalab lae ca tipp u chemob +tu hol u kaknabil Campech, caix ti <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_211-2_120" id="FNanchor_211-2_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_211-2_120" class="fnanchor">211-2</a>yalahob</span> ca yumtah banderasob +sasacpon, ca ulon pixtahob Adelantado caix katabitiob tumen lai +Cristianoob Adelantado uatub ocahalob ichil Castellano than, matan u +natob ca uchen nucahob than:—“matan c ubah than;” ci u thanob caix +alabi Yucatanilob uay tu lumil cutz tu lumil ceh.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_34">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_34" id="chronicle_maya_34"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_34">34.</a> Bay tun binciob capitanesob <i>y</i> ca yum Adelantado D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Fran<sup class="supera">co</sup> de +Montejo lay tu beltah u yabal ppis <i>y</i> kuuch utial muse utial bucoh +<span class="nowrap">ɔimin<a name="FNanchor_211-3_121" id="FNanchor_211-3_121"></a><a href="#Footnote_211-3_121" class="fnanchor">211-3</a></span> tumen binel u cibahob tu cahal Manii yicnal Ahtutul Xiu: +ca kuchob Yiba caniob Yibae, kuchob Nohcacab likul tal Becal, bay tun +manciob Españolesob ca kuchob Mani yicnal Tutul Xiu caix ti uacuntabic +nacon Ikeb nacon Caixicum nacon Chuc lay bin xic u paye Ah Cuat Cocom; +lay tun u chun u culcintabal <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_211-4_122" id="FNanchor_211-4_122"></a><a href="#Footnote_211-4_122" class="fnanchor">211-4</a>ahactan</span> ob tumen u cuchulob ca +lukzabi u uichob yalan nohoch <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_211-5_123" id="FNanchor_211-5_123"></a><a href="#Footnote_211-5_123" class="fnanchor">211-5</a>yacatun</span> sa bin tal pulbil huntul +lay ma lukzabi u uich ti yacatun <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>sabin, luksabi u uich ca ɔa be ti ca +bin nacpalancal ti yicnal Adelantado Manii, caix ualkahi yah pululob tu +cahal Cuuat Cocom; catun liki Ah Naum Pech <i>y</i> tu catulilob xic u talez +Ah Cuat Cocom; cu kuchulob, ca yalah ti Naun Pech bicil ma yilahi maix +yabahi ca yalah bicil ti binan tu Chicħen Ytzae tuzebal tal ci tu +cail tumen Ahpechob, ca kuchob Manil kube u cħasahob tusebal u yalci +Ah Cocom ma yilah bal uch tu cahal caix ɔab u chucil ti cabin u chucob +mac u beltahlobe.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_35">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_35" id="chronicle_maya_35"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_35">35.</a> Baix tun tal ci Ahpech tu cahalob yila u mektan cahilob uinicilobe +baytun talciob hex cat tal ɔulob tumen bin uchci u cimsabal ɔuul ti +cah tumen u cuchulob, catun manobca biniob yicnal Ah Batun Pech Cay +Chel, lay tun yilahobe ca manob ca binob Maxtunil yicnal Machi May <i>y</i> +tun Ah Macan Pech; bai tun ualkahciob tu lumilob tu mektan cahilob tu +Yaxkukule; lai D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech Ah Macan Cam Pech tumenel halach uinic +lai mektanmail tulacal lai uay ti chi kin lae yoklal maix u lukul yol +nacomob, tulacal bayxan lay tumen culcinaben in canant lay cacab Cħac +Xubub Cħen lae tumenel maseneal uinicob lae tan u <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_212-1_124" id="FNanchor_212-1_124"></a><a href="#Footnote_212-1_124" class="fnanchor">212-1</a>sa</span> uinolabob +lai tumen <span class="nowrap"><a name="FNanchor_212-2_125" id="FNanchor_212-2_125"></a><a href="#Footnote_212-2_125" class="fnanchor">212-2</a>chic</span> u nakci u yolah Dios ti cahob.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_36">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_36" id="chronicle_maya_36"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_36">36.</a> Lae hex lay ytoria lae tulacal tux manel S<sup class="supera">r</sup> Españolesob <i>y</i> +kubabaob yax padresob, <i>y</i> u kaba yax ɔulob bin <span class="nowrap">ɔoloc<a name="FNanchor_213-1_126" id="FNanchor_213-1_126"></a><a href="#Footnote_213-1_126" class="fnanchor">213-1</a></span> tumen +lai u ɔilibal, lae yoklal mentahan utial yoheltabal bic uchic +concixta, uabic numya tu mansahob uay yalan chee yalan aak yalan haban, +ichil lay hab lae <i>y</i> u cha yan yax uinicob mehentzilob hancabob yoklal +manal cappel oxppel hab cahanob ta muktun u ɔablahal cahob tumen ca +yumil ɔulilob, lae ta muktun u ppizil cahob u ppizil u kaxilob cahob +tumen Oidor Tomas Lopes yan sedula tu kabob tumen ca noh Ahau utial tun +xotlahal kaxob ti mac cu cahtalob, ti ma yanac cahob cuchi tumen te +zihnalon be nae tulacalob, ti cu halach uinicil Naum Pech cuchi, ti ma +uluc ɔulob heɔic Cristianoil uay ti lum cuchi, he tun cat kuchi u +kinil u yulah uay ti peten, lae cat ul ɔulob uai ti lum Yucatan lae, +ca binon kameob tumen u zahacil ca puczikal, cat ɔoci Cristianoil uay +ti lum lae cat ɔablahon canante cacabob, ti ma yanac S<sup class="supera">a</sup> Yglesia +cuchi, cat hau u cahil lay bena lae ma cah.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_37" id="chronicle_maya_37"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_37">37.</a> Helelae lay u chun in patcantic hen cex bin uchic u yuchul concixta +bahun numya t mansah <i>y</i> S<sup class="supera">r</sup> Españolesob yoklal maya uinicob cuchi +matan yolte ukuubaob ti Dios, ten tun cen D. Pablo Pech tin tzolah u +xicinob ti cacab Maxtunil.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_38" id="chronicle_maya_38"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_38">38.</a> Bay tan matan culhani catun emon ti cacab Cħac Xulub Cħen, +ɔoci tun u Cumtal S<sup class="supera">a</sup> iglesia, lae ca tun ppisah ca ppisbi tu +ɔutpach cahlahbal yanumal in mehenob u chen cimic yokolcab, tumen ma u +macan tu <span class="nowrap">baltiob<a name="FNanchor_214-1_127" id="FNanchor_214-1_127"></a><a href="#Footnote_214-1_127" class="fnanchor">214-1</a></span> tumen Maya uinicob, ma u manbal cuntabalob u +cħinal hen cex bax tu ɔahton ca yumil ti Dios tumen u zahacil +puczikale, lay tumen ɔab u chucil ton tumen ca noh ahau Rey Ahtepal +<i>y</i> catun cumcintah S<sup class="supera">a</sup> iglesia utial kultic ca yumil ti Dios <i>y</i> yotoch +cah tu lakin iglesia u kuna ca noh Ahau yetel meson.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_39">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_maya_39" id="chronicle_maya_39"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_39">39.</a> Bay xan licix in betic in uotoch pakil na tu xaman iglesia; ma u +yalic Maya uinicob ua utialtob tu kinil, lay tumen ci chicilbezic hebix +in mentah mailobe <i>y</i> yum D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech Ah Macan Pech, y in yum D<sup class="supera">n</sup> +Martin Pech Ah kom Pech, <i>y</i> in yum D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Ambrosio Pech Op Pech ix u +Maya kaba y Yxkil Ytzam Pech y D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Estevan Pech Ahkulul Pech.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_40" id="chronicle_maya_40"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_40">40.</a> Tac kamah u noh comisionil u ppiz kaxob, tu ɔah u licenciail ca +noh Ahau Rey ahtepal ti ca yumil yax Oidor Tomas Lopes utial ca u ɔa +nucte u than ton utial ca ppizic u pach ca tocoynail he tux cahantacob +uay uay tu pach cahal utial ca utzac oheltic tux cu manel u ppizil ca +luumil utial kilacabob utial u tzenticubaob u ɔaic u hanalob ca +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>encomenderosob, lay oklal cin ɔaic u juramentoil tu tanil tulacal +uinicob lay informacion lae u hahil cu yilicob u tocoynailob tu xma +yocol u yanal tocoynail, lay oklal ɔaic u hahil.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_maya_41" id="chronicle_maya_41"></a><a href="#chronicle_english_41">41.</a> Heix macx yax encomendero uay ti cacab Cħaac Xulub Cħen lae +D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Julian Donsel encomendero hi uay ti cacah lae ca tu yalah ti batab +caxicob u ɔabob u chicul chi kax u luumob uay tu pach u mektan cahil; +yoklal tan u ppizil u chi lumob u chi kaxob ti lakin, ti nohol, ti +chikin, tulacal hen cex max cu cahtalob, tumen ɔoctun u heɔel +Cristianoil uay ti lume Cħaac Xulub Cħeen, <i>y</i> lix cacilech u yum +Santiago patron ah canan cah utial D<sup class="supera">n</sup> Pablo Pech.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">CONQUEST AND MAP.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_1">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_1" id="chronicle_english_1"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_1">1.</a> The fifth division of the 11th Ahau Katun was placed when the +Spaniards arrived and settled the city of Merida; it was during the 9th +Ahau that Christianity was introduced; the year in which first came our +lords the Spaniards here to this land was the</p> + +<p class="titlepage">year 1511.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_2">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_2" id="chronicle_english_2"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_2">2.</a> I, who am Nakuk Pech, of the first hidalgos conquistadores here in +this land in the district Maxtunil, I am placed in the first town in the +district Chac Xulub Chen. As thus it is given me to guard by my lord Ah +Naum Pech, I wish to compose carefully the history and chronicle of the +district of Chac Xulub Chen here, my first command, the town having two +districts, Chichinica and, here, Chac Xulub Chen.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_3">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_3" id="chronicle_english_3"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_3">3.</a> My name was Nakuk Pech before I was baptized, son of Ah Kom Pech, Don +Martin Pech, of the town of Xul Kum Chel; thus we were given the +districts to guard by our lord Ah Naum Pech from the town Mutul, and I +was promoted to guard the district Chac Xulub Chen; when our <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span>lords, the +Spaniards, did not pass nor come here to this land Yucatan, I was then +governor here in this town, here in this land, Chac Xulub Chen. When our +lord, the Señor Adelantado came here to this province in the year 1519, +I was head chief; when the Spaniards came here to the land of Maxtunil +we received them with loving attention; we also first gave them tribute +and respect, and then we gave to eat to the Spanish captains; he who was +called Adelantado came here to Maxtunil to the dwelling of Nachi May; +then we went to see that they should be given pleasures; they did not +even enter the towns, not even visited the towns; they were here in this +land for three months, being placed here in the district of Maxtunil; +then they departed and went to begin a seaport, the seaport Ɔilam, and +remained there three years and a half.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_4">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_4" id="chronicle_english_4"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_4">4.</a> They were there when my father went to make delivery to them; he +called the Adelantado returned here to this land; the maid servant named +Ixkakuk was presented to them by my father to give them food and wait +upon them; and they were there when they were attacked by the Cupuls; +and they departed, and went to live at Ecab Kantanenkin, as is called +the land where <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>they settled; they were there when they were attacked by +those of Ecab, and they departed and arrived at Cauaca, which they +entered, and passed to the town Ɔekom, as the town is called; they +passed it and arrived at the town Tixcuumcuuc, so-called; and they +departed from there and arrived at the town called Tinuum; and then they +all set out in search of Chichen Itza, so-called; there they asked the +King of the town to meet them, and the people said to them; “There is a +King, O Lord,” they said, “there is a King, Cocom Aun Pech, King Pech, +Namox Chel, King Chel, of Ɔiɔantun; foreign warrior, rest in these +houses,” they said to them, by the Captain Cupul. They departed from +Chichen Itza and arrived with King Ixcuat Cocom of Ake; “Lords, you +cannot go, you will lose yourselves,” was said to them by the King +Ixcuat Cocom, and they turned back again, and went and arrived at Cauaca +for the second time, and they reached the seaport called Catzun, where +they marched by the sea, and went and returned to Ɔelebnae, as it is +called, where they first settled when they first came to this land.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_5">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_5" id="chronicle_english_5"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_5">5.</a> They remained in Chanpatun six years, when they went forth to +Campeche; he, called the Adelantado, the first Spaniard, passed here to +this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>land; they were at Campeche when they asked tribute; according to +orders by the chiefs to all the villages there was tribute. They passed +on by the sea (asking) for tribute to be brought to them. Then I went +with my companions Ah Macan Pech and his younger brother Ixkil Ytzam +Pech, the king of the town Cumkal, and my father, who was in the town +Xulcumcheel; these were my companions when I went back for the tribute; +they saw it; also Nachi May accompanied us, because he knew that he (the +Adelantado), did not know the language; because they first stayed at his +house when they came, and for this reason they spoke to him to accompany +them when they went after the tribute, because he was a friend to the +Spaniards when it (the tribute) was delivered to the captains; from them +we received coats and cloaks and shoes and rosaries and hats, and had +much pleasure from the captains; we left when the Spaniards had ended +giving these gifts; already we had our clothes when we arrived, the +coats and cloaks (we) Ixkil Ytzam Pech of Conkal, our companions Ah +Macan Pech of YaxKukul, and my father Ah Kom Pech, who were the greatest +of us.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_6">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_6" id="chronicle_english_6"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_6">6.</a> And I Nakuk Pech by name was head chief when they first delivered +tribute, when we went to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>Campech to deliver tribute, and we came back +when the Spaniards coming on the road from Campech came to the towns to +dwell at Ichcanzihoo, the city of Merida; and when it was heard that the +Spaniards were coming on the road from Campech we went to give them +gifts, and I went the second time to deliver tribute. And I Nakuk Pech +of this district of Chac Xulub Chen, and Ah Macom Pech of the district +Yan Kukul, and Ixkil Ytzam Pech the head chief of Conkal, and also I +Nakuk Pech, chief here in the town Chac Xulub Chen, entered into giving +gifts to them a second time at Ɔibikal, and they wished an abundance a +second time, and they were given gifts, pheasants, and honey, and sweet +food at Ɔibilkal, when they came to settle at Merida; Don Francisco de +Montejo, first Captain General, first came here to this land, to Merida, +with Don Francisco de Bracamonte and Francisco Tamayo and Juan de +Pacheco and Perarberes; these captains came in the year 1541.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_7">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_7" id="chronicle_english_7"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_7">7.</a> In the year when these captains who commanded came to Merida to +settle, then I, Ix Nakuk Pech, was chief, and when the Spaniards came to +Merida, I paid tribute to the conquerors at Merida, as I was then chief +here in the district <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span>Chac Xulub Chen, Roderigo Alvarez being Secretary +in the year 1542.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_8">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_8" id="chronicle_english_8"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_8">8.</a> When the Adelantado made the distribution of towns to the conquerors +by the captains, and the Secretary Roderigo Alvarez wrote out the list +of tributes according to each division of the towns, all my companions +and kinsmen paid tribute, sufficient tribute according to the division +of tribute to the Spaniards which the Adelantado made by the captains, +and the Secretary Roderigo Alvarez, in the first year the Spaniards came +to Merida; and I, Nakuk Pech, was taken and given to Don Julian Doncel +the Encomendero, the first lord of the town Chac Xulub Chen, the first +Encomendero, and my hand was given him by the captain Don Francisco de +Montejo, and I was given for a chief to Don Julian Doncel, in his hand, +and I began to take tribute for the holy fathers.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_9">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_9" id="chronicle_english_9"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_9">9.</a> And I, Nakuk Pech, was thus chief when Alvarez, the first Alcalde +Mayor, came to this province Yucatan, to Merida, and when Alvara de +Carvayor was Alcalde Mayor; and when the Auditor Thomas Lopez came I was +chief, and I was called Ix Nakuk Pech, and when I entered the water and +received baptism, I was called Don Pablo Pech; and I ceased to be called +Nakuk Pech; we first <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span>chiefs were created hidalgos by the captains when +possession was first taken of this province, and we first paid tribute +to the foreigners, and possession was given to us by God and the ruling +king; and our descendants are hidalgos, and all our sons, until the time +shall come when the world shall end; and we chiefs were rulers in this +land when there was no Holy Church in the districts, and before the +Spaniards began to march over the country, or to congregate together in +order to worship; and formerly, when the men were not Christians, I +ruled wholly the men, and when I received Christianity I, Nakuk Pech, I +was a chief; and I received the Holy Oils and the Holy Faith in order +that I might teach it to all my subjects; and I was also the first to +receive the rod of the justicia, because I went to aid the Word of God +and our great Lord the ruling king; then our Lord, the Auditor Don +Thomas Lopez, was the first who divided the tribute of the chiefs +according to the towns they occupied; and when the tribute was +satisfactorily finished by the governorship of the Auditor Don Thomas +Lopez, I gave my rod to my son Don Pedro Pech, in the year 1552.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_10">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_10" id="chronicle_english_10"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_10">10.</a> This was the number of the year when I received the rod from my +father, Nakuk Pech, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span>Don Pablo Pech and of Ursula Pech, here in this town +of Chac Xulub Chen, to serve God and our great ruler, the reigning king, +in order that I may govern the town at this place Chac Xulub Chen.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_11">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_11" id="chronicle_english_11"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_11">11.</a> The first descendants of Macan Pech and of Ah Kom Pech, of Xulkum +Chel, came to their towns with their priests and chiefs, to the town of +Yaxkukul, to Xulkum Chel and to Maxtunil; they came back with their +companions to this town; they came also with their priests and chiefs +and ministers back to their rulers, when they came to the town Yaxkukul; +and we, also, when we arrived at this town of Chac Xulub Chen. When we +settled here they appointed me, Nakuk Pech, by my father, Ah Kom Pech, +son of Ah Tunal Pech, first descendant of Maxtunil, to govern this town.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_12">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_12" id="chronicle_english_12"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_12">12.</a> When the Spaniards came to the towns of this land there were no +Indians who had a will to pay tribute to the first Spaniards; therefore +the first Spaniards made an account of what towns were to be given to be +governed. I, Nakuk Pech, I first received the town here, in the district +Chac Xulub Chen, when first they came with orders to take it, with the +chiefs, and captains and priests, whose names are Ah Kul Matu and (Ah) +Kul Che; and the first priests arrived, the priest Cocom, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>the priest +Tacu; and the captains arrived, the captain Nachan Cen and the captain +Xuluc, as their names were, the captains who commanded when they came to +this land Maxtunil, with the priest Chuc and his captains, to take +possession; thus they found the town here, Chac Xulub Chen, when came +the soldiers and ensigns, Ensign Kan, Ensign Xuluc, Ensign Pot, Ensign +May, Ensign Ek, such were the names of the ensigns, the names of those I +commanded as chief when I, Nakuk Pech, came to this town Chac Xulub +Chen; thus my mind was strengthened when these things happened, and when +I came here to settle here in the land and district Chac Xulub Chen.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_13">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_13" id="chronicle_english_13"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_13">13.</a> I, Nakuk Pech, came here by (order of) the governor that I should +strengthen the town Chac Xulub Chen; then among old men there was no +sign that the Spaniards would come here to this land, nor was the +village of Chac Xulub Chen strengthened then; it was when they heard the +account, when the Spaniards came to the city of Merida and Christianity +was received by the men of the province of Ceh Pech. I finished by +gathering together all the town of Chac Xulub Chen, I, Don Pablo Pech, +and my father, Don Martin Pech, Conquistador of Xulkum Cheel.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_14">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_14" id="chronicle_english_14"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_14">14.</a> When the war against the Spaniards began we spread out our forces +together with them, and went with my father, Ah Macan Pech, of the first +lineage of Yaxkukul, and Ixkil Yɔam Pech, of the first lineage of +Cumkal, and I went after them to the war; then began the obligation of +tribute to our rulers for the Spanish governors in the town; when we +went to the war there was <i>pinole</i> and <i>tuce</i> to drink, because they +were disgusted with the Christians; for six months we and my companions +followed the Christians in their misfortunes; my father was then +governed by the regidors, who saw that all that I write in my +information truly happened, everything, in order that it may be known by +my family, my sons, in the hereafter, until the end of the world, for my +title and evidence given me by our Lord God and our great lord, the +reigning king; I have no tribute nor do I pay tribute, nor will my sons +nor my daughters pay tribute, because our Lord God released me from it +in the fear of my heart; before I had seen the face of the Spaniards I +had been given willingness that I should deliver myself and all my town +into the hands of the Spaniards, in order that they might be inhabited +by the captains, the Adelantado and the first conquistadores who came +here to this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>land, Yucatan; and the year the first foreigners came here +to the land of the Cupuls was the year 1511.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_15" id="chronicle_english_15"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_15">15.</a> In former times no one saw Spanish foreigners, not until Jeronimo de +Aguilar was captured by the natives of Cozumel; then first the whole of +the country became known, because all the country was marched over; but +because the whole of the land was not made use of I spoke of it before +the king, when there went before the king Ah Macan Pech, Don Pedro Pech, +and his followers, and the first of his lineage, and all his chiefs +after him; they went after him to honor the king, that he might see the +faces of his servants; then fifty of the principal men went afterwards +to the lord the ruling king, to obey him at table, far off in Spain, and +those remained to obey before the ruling King; then the ruler said that +all should pay tribute and all their sons, even we the Pechs of the +first lineage in this land, and the first lineage of the Cupuls; then it +was said, there is a great province, and many men and things in the +land, and an account shall be made of it before our great king, and now +they shall come to fix the limits of the land for our beloved king. Thus +the land was discovered by Aguilar, who was eaten by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span>Ah Naum Ah Pat at +Cuzamil in the year 1517. In this year the katun ended, and then ended +the placing of the town stone, for at each twentieth stone they came to +place the town stones, formerly, when the Spaniards had not yet come to +Cuzamil, to this land; since the Spaniards came, it has ceased to be +done.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_16">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_16" id="chronicle_english_16"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_16">16.</a> In the year 1519 first came the Spaniards here to Cuzamil, for the +third time, Fernando de Cortes and Espoblaco Lara. On the 28th of +February, there came to Cuzamil for the first time those who knew to +speak the true words. In this year the eaters of anonas first arrived at +Chichen, and then for the first time Chichen Itza became known to the +great Spaniards, (and) to Don Francisco de Montejo, Adelantado, the +governor, when they were posted at Chichen Ytza.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_17" id="chronicle_english_17"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_17">17.</a> In the year 1521, on the 13th day of August, the territory of Mexico +was taken by the Spaniards. The third attack on the same Spaniards took +place by all the towns here in the town of Cupul, when they asked Ah Ceh +Pech about the killing at Zalibna, and his companion-king Cen Pot of +Tixkokhoch of the province of Ticanto, with the priest Ich Kak Mo of +Itzmal the companion of Holtun Ake. The year in which the Span<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span>iards +arrived at Chichen Itza for the second time to settle at Chichen Itza +was that when arrived the captain Don Francisco de Montejo, the just +one, leader of the Cupuls. They arrived at the town twenty years after +they arrived at Chichen Ytza (the first time), where they were called +eaters of anonas, biters of anonas.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_18">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_18" id="chronicle_english_18"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_18">18.</a> In the year 1542, the Spaniards settled the territory of Merida; the +first speaker, the companion priest Kinich Kakmo and the king of the +Tutulxiu of the capital Mani humbled their heads, and the first families +were settled; then first they came under tribute the third time (the +Spaniards) came to this land, and they established themselves +permanently, and stopped here. The first time when they came here to +Chichen Itza they began to eat anonas; never before had anonas been +eaten, and when the Spaniards ate them they were called anona-eaters; +the second time they came to Chichen they stopped at the house of the +Captain Cupul; the third time they arrived they settled permanently, in +the year 1542 they settled permanently in the territory of Merida, the +13th Kan being the year-bearer, according to the Maya reckoning.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_19">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_19" id="chronicle_english_19"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_19">19.</a> In the year 1543 the Spaniards went north of the Chels to procure +Maya men for servants <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span>because there were no men for servants at Merida; +they came to procure men for servants for their bidding; when they +reached Popce the tribute was increased by those from Merida, when those +who command arrived at Popce, and they went on to Tikom, and the +Spaniards remained at that time in Tikom more than twenty days before +they departed.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_20">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_20" id="chronicle_english_20"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_20">20.</a> In the year 1544 the Spanish Captain Asiesa was posted in Cauaca, +and the chiefs were gathered together from Cauaca for the tribute, and +they gave in Cauca honey, pheasants and maize; then they placed in +prison the priest Caamal from Sisal, and asked for an account of all the +towns; one year he was kept by them in prison; he then served as guide +to the Spaniards when they came to Valladolid, and this priest Kamal of +Sisal entered as chief at Valladolid, and was called Don Juan Caamal de +la Cruz, because he spoke very truthfully; he first introduced the cross +in Cauaca, and he was listened to by the Spaniards, and for this he +entered as chief at Sisal, and being chief a long time he died. He was +also guide to the Spaniards when they went to war with Tixkochnah; and +when the Spaniards had been posted one year in Cauaca, they went forth +and came to Vallado<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>lid on purpose to see the men the chief Kamal had +placed in prison.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_21">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_21" id="chronicle_english_21"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_21">21.</a> In the year 1545 the Spaniards were posted at Valladolid, and in +this year Christianity began by the fathers of the order of San +Francisco in the port of Champoton; there first came the fathers having +in their hands the Redeemer Jesus Christ by name, that they might teach +the serving men; and first they came to the port of Champutun to the +west of this province called here Ichcansiho, then to Merida, the town +Ichcansiho as it is called. These are the names of the fathers who began +Christianity in this country Yucatan, Fr. Juan de la Puerta, and Fr. +Luis de Villarpando, and Fr. Diego de Becal, and Fr. Juan de Guerrero, +and Fr. Merchol de Benavente, these began Christianity in the west of +this country, before Christianity came here to Cupul; afterwards the +trumpet of Christianity came here, as I was saying, and it began here at +Cupul.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_22">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_22" id="chronicle_english_22"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_22">22.</a> In the year 1546 there was a conjuration in the highlands of the +country; on the 9th of November there had been peace for four months, +and it occurred on the 9th day of November of the year 1546 that there +was war after four months: it began and continued for one <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>year among the +men, when they were gathered together for the second time for the +tribute of wax; when the war began it took place that the conjurors came +from the west to deceive the people and to set in order the war; the +conjuror Cunul and Ah Camal came from the west and killed the Spaniards +and two sons of the Spaniards, scholars at Mena; they died at Chamax, +where they wished to remain; then came to Valladolid all the Spaniards +who were well when the war broke out, and then began the massacre; the +conjuror Camal Tipakan, of Pakam, killed Surusano over against Nicte; at +the towns one night the Spaniards were slain because the people fell +sick in their hands and feet; there was then for a day and a night war +in all the towns.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_23" id="chronicle_english_23"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_23">23.</a> In the year 1547 a ship was destroyed by Ex Box at Ecab; then the +Spaniards went to make him fear, and made war against Box of Ecab, son +of Ek Box.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_24" id="chronicle_english_24"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_24">24.</a> In the year 1548 the father Ermitanyo came to Valladolid to begin +Christianity.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_25" id="chronicle_english_25"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_25">25.</a> In the year 1550 there was a general reunion of the towns and their +dependencies at Mani.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_26" id="chronicle_english_26"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_26">26.</a> In the year 1551 the father guardian, Fr. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>Fernando Guerrero, came +from Valladolid to Sisal and he baptized the people and introduced +Christianity here into all the territory of Valladolid west of the +Chels; they came from Ecab, they came from Cozumel, they came from the +north, they came from the south, and also he began the building of the +monastery Valladolid-Sisal.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_27">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_27" id="chronicle_english_27"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_27">27.</a> In the year 1552 the fathers settled here; in this year they came to +teach and sing here at Sisal, they came from the west to teach and sing +mass vespers with the singing of the organ and flute, and the canto +llano, which never before did we know here.</p> + +<p>In the year 1553 the Auditor, Don Thomas Lopez arrived here in this land +of Yucatan from Castilla, and he arrived as a messenger from our great +ruler, the reigning king of Castilla, to protect us against the hand of +the Spaniards here. He put a stop to our being burned by the Spaniards, +he put a stop to our being bitten by dogs, he introduced the appointing +of chiefs in each village by the giving of the baton; he also adjusted +the tribute for the third time, the tribute introduced by the Spaniards, +mantles, wax, pheasants, maize, buckets, salt, peppers, broad beans, +narrow beans, jars, pots, vases, all for tribute to our Spanish <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span>rulers, +which we paid before the Auditor had given his attention to these +things. At this time occurred the capture of the priest Chuuc by Ah +Macan Pech when we left Sisal, because he wished the priest Chuc to be +captured, as he had prevented the capture of Ah Ceh Pech here in Cupul; +afterwards the priest Pech, Macan Pech with the servants of Macan Pech +and his captains, came here to this town of Yaxkukul.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_28">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_28" id="chronicle_english_28"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_28">28.</a> From the year 1519 when the Spaniards came here to the town of Conah +Itza, here in this land, Yucatan, I have set forth the days, the months +and the years as above stated, I, Don Pablo Pech, the son of Don Martin +Pech of Xul Kum Cheel, conquistador, here at Maxtunil and Chac Xulub +Chen; since we received the Spaniards with good will and heart, nor did +we make war upon them, Don Juan de Montejo, Adelantado, and the rest of +the captains, as their names are in the book; we also first received +Christianity, we the conquistadores, Don Martin son of Don Fernando +Pech, Don Pablo Pech son of Don Martin Pech, on the 13th day of the +month of October, 1518; all my subjects received baptism in Maxtunil; +they were baptized by the first bishop to the Maya people, Don Francisco +Toral; and when he baptized us <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span>our father the bishop showed the images +of the saints to all the villages, images of Saint Peter and St. Paul, +and St. John and St. Louis, and St. Antony, and St. Michael, and St. +Francis, and St. Alonzo, and St. Augustin and St. Sebastian, and St. +Diego; and they desired the oils, and he who was called Peter took the +oils.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_29">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_29" id="chronicle_english_29"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_29">29.</a> Such is the chronicle of everything I have collected for the books, +in order that the people might know it, whoever wished to know it, as +had decreed it from the beginning our great lord God who governs the +universe. It is the declaration of how the Spaniards came to this land, +here to this country; by the will of the lord, the ruling God, also by +the orders of our lord Don Juan de Montejo, and Don Francisco de +Montejo, who first came here to this land, and gave orders that churches +should be built in the plastered villages, in the outlying districts, +and a town house and a temple for our great ruler, and also a public +house for travelers.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_30">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_30" id="chronicle_english_30"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_30">30.</a> Thus also said our great father, Ah Naum Pech, Don Francisco de +Montejo Pech, and Don Juan Pech, as were their names when they were +baptized by the fathers; and as the Adelantado, the Captain, those who +came here to this land Yocol Peten, but called Yucatan by the first +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span>Spaniards, as they the Spaniards, clearly relate. When our lord the +Spaniards said that we are to live eternally with God, and when the Maya +men heard the names, then spoke Naum Pech to those he commanded, with +suavity:—“Know ye, there comes to the town the one God, to the country +the true God, the sign of the true God; go ye to live with Him, joyfully +receive Him, do not war against Him, and if they have not to eat or +drink give them maize, fowls, pheasants, honey, beans to eat, that +Christianity may enter and that we may be servants of God;” thus they +wished it, and they did not make war, but rose up and went to aid the +Spaniards in the conquest and marched together with the foreigners.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_31">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_31" id="chronicle_english_31"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_31">31.</a> Thus also Nachi Cocom, who dwelt in the chief town of Zututa in the +province Chichen Itza, that called Chichen Itza, and Ah Cahuot Cocom, +aiding the word of God and our great King, delivered up their standards +and banners for the sake of our great King, for the conquest, and +received the Adelantado and the father the priest in their towns, nor +did they make war, but abstained from all injury, and laid out churches +and town-houses for their followers.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_32">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_32" id="chronicle_english_32"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_32">32.</a> And Naɔi Mabun Chan settled in the district, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>and understood that +the eternal life had come to his village, and wished that to God truly +would be delivered the Catzins and Chuls in the district of Mani, and +the Tutulxiu, and the Chels in the East, and the (middle) Tan Cupuls and +in Campeche Naɔacab Canul; thus this earth was given by God to be +redeemed, this land Zacuholpatal Zacmutixtun; and Tunal Pech of Mutul +settled here in this town.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_33">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_33" id="chronicle_english_33"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_33">33.</a> And Ah Naum Pech called the youths and said to him—“Know ye, that +on the day called 1 Ymix it will dawn, there will come from the eastern +lands bearded men with the sign of the only God to this land; go to +receive them with true pleasure;” therefore they went and marched under +the trees, under the branches, and they arrived at the house of Naɔay +Cab, of Canul at Campech and said:—“He, your guest, is now coming, Ah +Naɔa Cab of Canul, receive him promptly.” Thus they said when the +ships appeared in the port of Campeche, when they saw the banners +waving, the white standard, and they came, when he had cast anchor, to +the Adelantado, and were asked in Castilian by the Christians, and the +Adelantado, whether they had been baptized; but they did not know his +language, and replied: “We do not understand the words;” so they said, +and thus they named this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span>land here Yucatan, (which was known to us as) +the land of the wild turkey, the land of the deer.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_34">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_34" id="chronicle_english_34"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_34">34.</a> Thus then the captains and our lord the Adelantado Don Francisco de +Montejo went on; and they made much cloth and thread to cut into +clothing for the horses, as they wished to go to the town of Mani, to +the Tutulxiu. When they came to Yiba they held a talk in Yiba; they +arrived at Nohcacab coming out of Becal; thus the Spaniards passed and +arrived at Mani, to Tutulxiu, and then were appointed the chief Ikeb, +the chief Caixicum and the chief Chuc to go to invite Ah Cuat Cocom. +They were at first taken and placed in a cave by his followers: then +their eyes were put out in that great cave of weasels, and there was not +one who did not have his eyes put out in the cave of weasels; their eyes +were put out and they were given the road to go groping to the +Adelantado at Mani; and thus returned those who were cast out of the +town of Cuat Cocom. Then Ah Naum Pech rose up with both of them and came +to Ah Cuat Cocom; when they arrived, he said to Ah Naum Pech that he had +not seen nor heard of it; he said he had gone to Chichen Itza, and he +came promptly to the towns with the Pechs, and they arrived at Mani to +deliver up promptly (the offenders); <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>and the Cocom said he had not +witnessed what had happened in his village, and he would give permission +that they should be taken who had done it.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_35">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_35" id="chronicle_english_35"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_35">35.</a> Then Ah Pech came to the towns in order to see the people governed +in them; the Spaniards also came, but on account of the massacre of the +foreigners by the people, they passed on and went to Ah Batum Pech of +Chel, whom they saw, and passed on, and went to Maxtunil, to Nachi May +and Ah Macan Pech; they then returned to their lands to the towns they +governed at Yaxkukul; Don Pablo Pech, Ah Macan Pech, was governor of all +the district to the west, nor did his captains at all give up their +spirits; soon I was appointed to guard the territory Chac Xulub Chen, +because the serving men were at war on account of the labor given them, +and by taking them the will of God was fulfilled in the towns.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_36">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_36" id="chronicle_english_36"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_36">36.</a> Such is the complete history of how passed the Spaniards and how the +first fathers were received, and the names of the first conquerors I +shall set forth according to the register, because this is composed in +order that it may be known how the conquest occurred, and in what manner +they labored here, under the trees, under the <a name="corr26" id="corr26"></a><ins class="correction" title="branches,">branches</ins> <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span>under the bushes, +in those years and months; and what the people and their sons found to +eat; for from two to three years they labored in the distribution of the +towns, by our rulers the Spaniards; they also labored in the measuring +of the towns, and the measuring of the forests of the towns by the +Auditor Tomas Lopez, holding in his hand the Cedula of our great lord +the king, that forests should be cut by whoever settled. When there were +no towns we were natives here of official houses, Naum Pech being +governor of all, nor at that time had the Spaniards come here to +establish Christianity in this land; but when the day came that their +arrival took place, when the Spaniards came to this land Yucatan, we +received them with a friendly heart, and Christianity was introduced +into this land, and we were appointed to guard the villages, when as yet +there was no church; and now they have ceased building official houses +or villages.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_37" id="chronicle_english_37"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_37">37.</a> Thus I began to relate how the conquest took place and how many +sufferings we underwent with our lords, the Spaniards, from the natives +who were not willing to deliver themselves to God; thus I recount what I +heard concerning the town Maxtunil.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_38" id="chronicle_english_38"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_38">38.</a> We did not settle there, but descended to the town Chac Xulub Chen, +and when the Holy Church was finished in Cumtal, we measured its sides +and took possession so that our children should remain there from the +beginning until the end of the world, so that the natives should not +obstruct us, nor enchant by the throwing of stones anything which had +been given us by God and our lord through the fear of our hearts; for +this our great lord the ruling king gave us the authority; and when the +church was prepared in which to worship our lord and God, and the public +house to the east of the church and the temple of our great king and the +residence.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_notes_39">Notes</a></span><a name="chronicle_english_39" id="chronicle_english_39"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_39">39.</a> I also built my house of stone to the north of the church. And that +the natives may not in the future say that it belongs to them, for this +I show forth the occurrences as I did them with my father, I, Don Pablo +Pech, Ah Macan Pech, and my father Don Martin Pech, Ah Com Pech, my lord +Señor Don Ambrosio Pech, his native name being Op Pech, and Ixil Yzam +Pech, and Don Esteban Pech, Ah Culub Pech.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_40" id="chronicle_english_40"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_40">40.</a> We received the royal commissions to measure the forests. The +license was given by our great monarch the ruling king through our <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>lord +the first auditor, Tomas Lopez, that he should give us years ago his +order that the uncultivated fields should be measured wherever they are, +here back of the town, that we may know where the boundaries of our +lands pass in order that parents and children may maintain them and give +food to the Encomenderos. Therefore I swear before the people that this +information is true, that they may have it in sight so that no +uncultivated field shall entrench upon another uncultivated field; for +this reason I set forth the truth.</p> + +<p><a name="chronicle_english_41" id="chronicle_english_41"></a><a href="#chronicle_maya_41">41.</a> The first Encomendero here in Chac Xulub Chen was Don Julian Doncel, +who ordered the chiefs that they should go to place the marks of the +limits of their forest lands here back of the towns they governed, and +thus they were led to measure the boundaries of their lands and the +forests toward the East, the South and the West, for the benefit of all +who dwell therein; because already Christianity was established in this +land of Chac Xulub Chen with our holy lord Santiago the patron who +guards the town of Don Pablo Pech.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span></p> + +<p class="parthead">NOTES.</p> + +<hr class="chapopen" /> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_1">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_1">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_1" id="chronicle_notes_1"></a>1. “The fifth division of the 11th Ahau Katun was placed” (<i>i. e.</i> in +the wall or in the Katun Stone), (see page <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, where this expression is +explained). In other words, the first arrival of the Spaniards at Merida +took place at the close of the 11th Ahau Katun. This was July, 1541, and +it is in gratifying conformity with Bishop Landa, who also states that +that month was the commencement of a 20-year period; but he says that at +that date the 11th Katun began, while Pech goes on to say that it was +the next in order, the 9th. (See Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 314.)</p> + +<p><i>Noh cah te ti Ho</i>, the great town at Ho. This was the native name of +the ancient city which stood on the present site of Merida, and, by the +Mayas, is in use to this day. <i>Ho</i> is the numeral 5, and some have +supposed that the name was given on account of five large mounds or +buildings said to have been conspicuous in the ancient city. That there +were precisely five is not positively stated by the old historians, +though four are specified. This theory would suppose that the name was +given to the city only after these large structures were completed, and +that its name during that time had been lost. But this is not +improbable.</p> + +<p>In fact, the ancient name of Merida was not Ho, but <i>Ichcanzihoo</i>, as +appears from a later passage in Pech’s narrative and from numerous +others in the Books of Chilan Balam. <i>Ho</i> is only the abbreviation of +this long name. It ap<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span>pears to mean “The five (temples) of many +serpents.” <i>Can</i> is the generic term for serpent, and <i>ich</i> used as a +prefix denotes a place where there is an abundance of what the noun +means: thus <i>ichche</i>=a place where the trees are tall and dense; +<i>ichxiu</i>, a place where the grass is tall and thick (<i>Diccionario de +Motul</i>). The serpents were probably those sculptured in stone or painted +on the walls. This theory receives additional probability from an entry +in the <i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, MS., which relates that the largest mound +in ancient Merida, situated back of the present convent of San +Francisco, was called by the natives <i>ahchuncan</i>, and that this was the +name of the idol which used to be worshiped there. Its signification +would be “the first or primitive serpent,” or “the first speaker,” +<i>i. e.</i> oracle, as <i>can</i> means both serpent and speech.</p> + +<p>The temples at Ho were not in use when the Spaniards arrived, nor had +they been for many generations. Apparently only a few huts of wood and +straw made up the village, while these vast ruins were even then covered +to the summit with a heavy growth of timber in all respects like the +virgin forest around them. This is clearly stated by the Friar Lorenzo +de Bienvenida, who came to Merida in 1545. I quote his expressions from +a letter to the King in 1548:—</p> + +<p>“La ciudad esta la tierra adentro treinta y tres leguas; llamase la +<i>ciudad de Merida</i>; pusieronle asi por los edificios superbos que hai en +ella, que en todo lo descubierto en Indias no se han hallado tan +superbos edificios, de canteria bien labrada, i grandes las piedras; no +hai memoria de quien los hizó; parecenos que se hicieron antes de la +venida de Christo porque tan grande estaba el monte encima dellos como +en lo bajo de la tierra; son altos de cinco estados de piedra seca i +encima los edificios, quatro quartos todo de celdas como de <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>Frailes, de +veinte pies de luengo i de diez de ancho, i todas las portadas de una +piedra, lo alto de la puerta i de boveda, i destos hai en la tierra +otros muchos. Esta gente natural no habitaba en ellos, ni hacen casa +sino de paja y madera, habiendo mas apareja de cal i piedra que en todo +lo descubierto. En estos edificios tomamos sitio los Frailes para casa +de San Francisco; lo que habia sido cultura de demonios, justo es que +sea templo donde se sirve à Dios, etc.” (<i>Carta de Fr. Lorenzo de +Bienvenida, 1548, MS.</i>)</p> + +<p>The date, 1511, given as that of the first arrival of the Spaniards, +refers to the shipwreck of Aguilar and his companions, who in that year +were thrown on the eastern coast.</p> + +<p>This introductory paragraph was entirely <a name="corr27" id="corr27"></a><ins class="correction" title="misconstrued">miscontrued</ins> by Avila, and +nearly as much so by Brasseur. I add their translations to illustrate +this.</p> + + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation of Avila.</i></p> + +<p>“A la quinta vez que sentó el noveno Rey en la guerra cuando llegaron +los Españoles que se poblaron en la ciudad de Merida, el principal Rey +de esa ciudad era siempre cacique y el año en que llegaron los Señores +Españoles aqui en esta suelo fué el de 1511.”</p> + + +<p class="titlepage"><i>Translation of Brasseur.</i></p> + +<p>“C’est à la cinquième division cimentée (dans le mur) de ce onzième +Ahau-Katun qu’arrivèrent les Espagnols et qu’ils s’établirent à Ti-Uoh +de ce pays de Ti-Ho, et c’est à la neuvième de cet Ahau que s’établit le +Christianisme, cette année même que vinrent nos seigneurs les Espagnols +en cette contrée, c’est à dire, en l’année 1511.”</p> + +<p>It will be seen that the former completely travesties the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span>passage, while +the latter mistakes the proper names and destroys the chronological +value of the dates given.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_2">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_2">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_2" id="chronicle_notes_2"></a>2. <i>Hidalgos conquistadoren</i>, Spanish titles which we are surprised to +find a native claiming; but later on (§ 9) he informs us that he was +authorized to employ them by the Spanish officials.</p> + +<p>Chichinica was a pueblo near Chicxulub, which is now no longer in +existence.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_3">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_3">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_3" id="chronicle_notes_3"></a>3. <i>Ti ma ococ haa tin pol cuchi</i>, “formerly, when the water will not +entered to my head” <i>i. e.</i>, before I was baptized. This complicated +construction of the negative (<i>ma</i>), a future (<i>ococ</i> from <i>ocol</i>) and +the sign of the past tense (<i>cuchi</i>), also occurs on an earlier page +(98), where we have the sentence <i>uacppel haab u binel ma ɔococ u +xocol oxlahun ahau cuchi</i>, six years before the end of the 13th ahau. +<i>Ocol haa</i>, syncopated to <i>ocola</i>, and even <i>oca</i>, was the usual term +for Christian baptism.</p> + +<p>Xulkumcheel was a pueblo which does not seem to have survived.</p> + +<p><i>Ah Naum Pech, likul tu cah Mutul.</i> Ah Naum Pech from, or native of, the +town Mutul. The latter is the modern Motul, about 22 miles easterly from +Chicxulub. The name is also spelled Mutul by Cogolludo (<i>Historia de +Yucatan</i>, Lib. VI, cap. VII).</p> + +<p><i>Halach uinic</i>, previously explained, was the ancient native title of +chief of a village. It is the same word which Oviedo, in his report of +Grijalva’s expedition deforms into <i>calachini</i> (<i>Historia de las +Indias</i>, Lib. XVII).</p> + +<p>The date, 1519, like various others in the narrative, appears to have +been erroneously entered or copied. It should probably be 1539. +<i>Maxtunil</i> does not at present exist. <i>Ɔilam</i> is a town <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span>north of +Itzamal, near the sea coast. It is by some identified as the spot where +Francisco de Montejo embarked after his retreat from Chichen Itza, in +1528.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_4">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_4">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_4" id="chronicle_notes_4"></a>4. The <i>Kupuls</i> were the family who reigned in the eastern province, +where Valladolid was founded. They long retained their hostility to the +Spaniards. <i>Ekab</i> was situated on the coast opposite the island of +Cozumel. <i>Ɔekom</i> should probably read Tekom. <i>Tixcuumcuuc</i> no longer +exists. <i>Tinuum</i> is a town 4 leagues north of Valladolid, on the road to +Itzamal. <i>Ɔi Ɔantun</i> is a town north of Itzamal, said by Sanchez +Aguilar to have been the ancient capital of the princely house of the +Chels. <i>Ake</i> is probably the modern Ɔonataké. <i>Catzim</i> is now the name +of a hacienda in the Department of Itzamal, some distance from the +coast. <i>Ɔelebna</i> is unknown.</p> + +<p>The expression <i>tumen naob Bon cupul</i>, translated by Avila “porque esa +casa es de Bon Cupul,” I think is an error of the copyist for <i>tumen +nacon Cupul</i>. See also <a href="#chronicle_notes_18">§ 18</a>.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_5">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_5">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_5" id="chronicle_notes_5"></a>5. <i>Hokzah uba</i>, they betook themselves. The termination <i>uba</i> is that +of the third person of reflexive verbs.</p> + +<p>Nachi May, already mentioned, was a member of an ancient princely house +mentioned by Landa and Sanchez Aguilar. One of them, Ahkin May, was +apparently the hereditary high priest. The effort has been made to +derive from their name the word <i>Maya</i>, and Brasseur would carry us to +Haiti in order to discover its meaning (Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 42, note), +but this is unnecessary. <i>May</i> in the Maya tongue means “a hoof,” as of +a deer, and is a proper name still in use. There is no reason to suppose +it in any way connected with <i>Maya</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Matanok</i> I take to be an error for <i>matanon</i>, from <i>mat</i> (pret. +<i>matnahi</i>).</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_6">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_6">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_6" id="chronicle_notes_6"></a>6. <i>Ɔibikal</i> may be, as suggested by Dr. Berendt, Tipikal, a town in +the district of Merida. There is another of the name in the Sierra Alta +(<i>Estadistica de Yucatan</i>, 1814).</p> + +<p>Francisco de Bracamonte is mentioned by Cogolludo as among the first +settlers of Merida.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_7">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_7">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_7" id="chronicle_notes_7"></a>7. Cogolludo mentions Rodrigo Alvarez as “Escribano del juzgado,” who +came with Montejo (<i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, Lib. III, cap. VI, and +elsewhere).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_8">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_8">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_8" id="chronicle_notes_8"></a>8. <i>U toxol cahob</i>, the distribution of the towns, literally “the +pouring out;” Avila translates it by “cuando se repartian los pueblos.” +The Spanish system of “repartimientos” and “encomiendas” was adopted in +<a name="corr28" id="corr28"></a><ins class="correction" title="Yucatan.">Yucatan,</ins></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_9">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_9">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_9" id="chronicle_notes_9"></a>9. The licentiate Alvares de Caravajal was alcalde mayor from 1554 to +1558. (Cogolludo, <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, Lib. V. cap. XV.)</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_10">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_10">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_10" id="chronicle_notes_10"></a>10. This was apparently written by Don Pablo Pech, the son of the writer +of the remainder of the history, and inserted in order to corroborate +the statement just made by his father, that the latter had transferred +the magistracy to him.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_11">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_11">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_11" id="chronicle_notes_11"></a>11. The <i>holpop</i>, literally “head of the mat,” perhaps because when the +company sat around or on the mat his place was at its head, was the +official who had charge of the <i>tunkul</i> or wooden drum, with which +public meetings, dances, summons to war, etc. were proclaimed, and with +which the priests accompanied their voices in reciting the ancient +chants (Cogolludo, <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, Lib. IV, cap. V). He was called +<i>ahholpop</i>, and had charge of the public hall of the village, the +<i>popolna</i>, “casa de comunidad,” in which public business was transacted +(<i>Diccionario de Motul</i>, <a name="corr29" id="corr29"></a><ins class="correction" title="MS.).">MS.)</ins></p> + +<p>The <i>ahkulel</i> was the official second in command in a town or district. +He acted in place of the <i>batab</i> or the <i>ahcuchcab</i>. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span>The verb <i>kulel</i> +means to transact business for another, to act as deputy.</p> + +<p><i>Ahkin</i> was the ordinary word for priest in the old language; kin, sun, +day, time; <i>ahkin</i>, he who was familiar with the days and times, with +the calendar, and also with the past and the future.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_12">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_12">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_12" id="chronicle_notes_12"></a>12. <i>U chun u thanob</i>; the <i>chunthan</i> or <i>ahchunthan</i>, literally, he who +has the first word, was the member of the village who took the leading +part in matters of business. The office and name are still in existence +in the native village communities of Yucatan. (See Garcia y Garcia, +<i>Historia de la Guerra de Castas en Yucatan</i>, Introd., p. xli.)</p> + +<p>The <i>ahkul</i> was an envoy or messenger, who carried the orders of the +prince to his people and to foreign princes. The title was usually +prefixed to the name of the person.</p> + +<p>The <i>holcan</i>, “head caller,” was a military official in each village, +whose duty it was when war was announced to summon the men in his +district capable of bearing arms (see Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 174). The +Spanish writers translate it by <i>alferez</i>.</p> + +<p>The <i>nacon</i> was an elective war chief, who held his position for the +term of three years (Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, pp. 161, 173). The name is +derived from <i>nacal</i>, to rise, go up, and hence as a delegate or elected +representative (as is stated by the <i>Dicc. de Motul</i>).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_13">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_13">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_13" id="chronicle_notes_13"></a>13. The <i>nucteelob</i> were the <i>ancianos</i>, the wise old men of the +village; <i>manak</i>, a trace or sign that appears at a distance and then +disappears. <i>U manak uinic ti ulah</i>=I saw the trace of a man to-day, but +it is no longer visible. <i>Diccionario de Motul, MS.</i></p> + +<p>“The province of Ceh Pech” was that in which Merida <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span>was: “<i>u tzucub +ahcehpechob</i>, la provincia de los Peches al lado de Motul y Cumkal.” +<i>Dicc. de Motul, MS.</i></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_14">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_14">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_14" id="chronicle_notes_14"></a>14. <i>Kah</i>, <i>pinole</i>, is a drink made by mixing the meal of roasted maize +with water. The word <i>tuce</i> (or, it may be, <i>tuze</i>) I do not find in any +dictionary, nor does Avila translate it. The passage is an obscure one. +Avila renders it “cuando fuimos à la guerra, bebian piñole y <i>tuce</i>, +porque estaban enojados con los Cristianos.” Possibly these were two +articles of food especially used on warlike raids.</p> + +<p><i>U zahacil in puczical</i>, a cant phrase probably borrowed from the +missionaries=“the fear of my heart,”—in my humbleness. <i>Puczikal</i> +appears to be a root-word, though of three syllables. It means the heart +of men and animals, also the mind or soul, the desires, and the interior +of certain growths, as the pith of maize, etc. (<i>Dicc. de Motul.</i>)</p> + +<p>The year 1511 was that of the shipwreck of the deacon Geronimo de +Aguilar and his companions, who were the first whites known to the +natives of Yucatan.</p> + +<p>The reference which is made in this section to a deputation of fifty +natives to Spain, is not mentioned, so far as I remember, by other +historians. As in some respects my translation differs from that of +Avila, I give his.</p> + +<p>“Cuando llegò ante el monarca Ahmacan Pech, D<sup class="supera">on</sup> Pedro Pech, y sus +deudos, sus primeros descendientes, sus capitanes, todos fueron con el +para honrar el monarca y vea la cara á sus vasallos indigenas, y escogió +cincuenta de los grandes de ellos para llevar tras de el al monarca +reinante para servirlos en la mesa alli lejos en España, pero los que +vomitaron en el festejo delante del monarca reinante, esos entonces dijò +el Rey que pagaron tributos todos y todos sus descendientes, mas +nosotros los Peches,” etc.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span>The phrase <i>mac xenahi tu tzicile</i> Avila translates “who vomited at the +feasts;” but I believe <i>xenhi</i>, vomited, is a misreading for <i>xanhi</i>, +remained, and <i>tzicil</i> is obedience, as serving-men.</p> + +<p><i>Lae te hantabi</i>, who was eaten; Aguilar himself was not eaten, as he +was rescued by Cortes, in 1519, and served him as interpreter. But some +of his companions were eaten by the natives, not of Cozumel, but of the +coast to the south, and this is what Pech meant to say, unless, +indeed—and I am inclined to prefer this view—we read <i>hantezahbi</i> +instead of <i>hantabi</i>, which would give the sense “the land was +discovered by Aguilar, who was given food (supported, maintained) by Ah +Naum,” etc. For particulars about Aguilar see Herrera, <i>Hist. de las +Indias</i>, Dec. II, Lib. IV, cap. VIII.</p> + +<p><i>Lai yabil hauic</i>, etc. This is an important sentence, as fixing a date +in the ancient chronology. <i>U tunil balcah</i> is an ancient term, not +explained in the dictionaries. <i>Balcah</i> (or <i>baalcah</i>) means “a town and +the people who compose it” (Pio Perez, <i>Diccionario</i>), hence people, the +world, as the French use <i>monde</i>. From many references in the Maya +manuscripts I derive the impression that the last stone in the katun +pillar was placed in turn by the towns, each giving its name to the +stone and the cycle (see ante, p. <a href="#Page_171">171</a>).</p> + +<p>Assuming the correctness of the figures 1517—and there is no reason to +doubt it—then Pech counted the katuns as of 24 years each, as Pio Perez +maintained was correct; because he has already informed us in his +introductory paragraph that the year 1541 was the close of the 11th +Ahau, and 1541-1517=24.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_16">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_16">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_16" id="chronicle_notes_16"></a>16. The two previous visits referred to were probably those of Cordova, +1517, and Grijalva, 1518. “Those who knew <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span>to speak the true words,” +refers to the Catholic priests. All the historians of Cortes’ expedition +dwell on the effect produced on the natives of Cozumel by the religious +services he held there.</p> + +<p>The date, Feb. 28, 1519, seems correct, although it is not mentioned by +any other writer I have at hand. Cortes left Havana, Feb. 19.</p> + +<p><i>Lai yabil</i>, “in this year,” evidently a date is omitted, as the first +arrival of the Spaniards at Chichen Itza was either at the close of 1526 +or beginning of 1527. One of the Maya MSS. gives the year as <i>bulucil +Muluc</i>, the 11th Muluc. The Maya year, it will be remembered, began on +the 16th of July.</p> + +<p>“It was on the memorable thirteenth of August, 1521, the day of St. +Hippolytus, that Cortes led his warlike array for the last time across +the black and blasted environs which lay around the Indian capital, +etc.” Prescott, <i>Conquest of Mexico</i>, Book VI, chap. VIII. There is +little doubt but that the tidings of the dreadful destruction of the +mighty Tenochtitlan was rapidly disseminated among the tribes far down +into Yucatan and Central America, and made a profound impression on +them.</p> + +<p>This section is confused and difficult. Avila translates:—</p> + +<p>“Fueron atacados por tercera vez los mismos Españoles por todos los +pueblos aqui en el pueblo de Cupul cuando hallaron à Ah Ceh Pech +muriendose en una casa no embarrada y à su compañero el otro Rey Cen +Pot,” etc.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_18">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_18">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_18" id="chronicle_notes_18"></a>18. The official date of the founding of the city of Merida was Jan. 6, +1542.</p> + +<p>The anona or custard-apple does not seem to have been eaten by the +natives, and it impressed them as strange and somewhat unnatural to +witness the Spaniards suck them.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span><i>Ca u tocahob nao bon Cupul</i>; this is translated by Señor Avila: +“quemaron al capitan Cupul:” they burned the captain Cupul; but I take +it to be a misreading for <i>ca u yotochob nacom Cupul</i>, and have so +translated it. There is no account of a leader of the Cupuls having been +burned, and, moreover, this is in accordance with § 4.</p> + +<p>Another important chronological statement is made in this section, to +wit, that the year 1542 (I suppose July 16, 1541-July 15, 1542 is meant) +was 13 Kan. As Pech has already told us that it was also the first year +of the 9th Ahau Katun, we have the date fixed in both methods of +reckoning, that is, by the Kin Katun as well as the Ahau Katun, +according to the calendar which his family used.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_19">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_19">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_19" id="chronicle_notes_19"></a>19. The town of Tikom is still in existence, but I have not been able to +find Popce on any of the maps. The Chels were a well known princely +family in ancient Yucatan. The <i>Dicc. de Motul</i> says their province was +that of Ɔizantun.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_20">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_20">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_20" id="chronicle_notes_20"></a><a name="corr30" id="corr30"></a><ins class="correction" title="20.">26.</ins> The Don Juan Caamal whose acts are briefly sketched in this section +is the same mentioned in the <i>auto</i> given previously, page <a href="#Page_117">117</a>. It is +still a family name in Yucatan (Berendt, <i>Nombres Proprios en lengua +Maya</i>, folio. <a name="corr31" id="corr31"></a><ins class="correction" title="MS.)."><i>MS.</i>)</ins></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_21">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_21">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_21" id="chronicle_notes_21"></a>21. The first mission to Yucatan was that of Fr. Jacobo de Testera, with +some companions whose names have not been preserved, 1531 to 1534 (see +Geronimo de Mendieta, <i>Historia Eclesiastica Indiana</i>, pp. 380, 665; +Torquemada. <i>Monarquia Indiana</i>, Lib. IX, cap. XIII, Lib. XX, cap. +XLVII). They were stationed at Champoton and did not penetrate the +country. The next attempt was in 1537. Testera, then Provincial of +Mexico, sent five Franciscan friars, who returned after two years of +efforts. Their names are unknown (Cogolludo, <i>Historia de Yucatan</i>, vol. +I, pp. 175, 182). The third <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span>is the one referred to in the text. Its +commissary was Fr. Luis de Villalpando, and its members were Fr. Lorenzo +de Bienvenida, Fr. Melchor de Benavente, Fr. Juan de Herrera, Fr. Juan +de Albalata, and Fr. Angel Maldonado. Five other missionaries came with +Juan de la Puerta, in 1548 (Cogolludo).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_22">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_22">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_22" id="chronicle_notes_22"></a>22. The term <i>ahetzil</i>, I do not find, and translate it as <i>aheɔil</i>, +the practice of conjuring, or sorcery. But it is quite possibly for +<i>ahuitzil</i>, dwellers in the sierra. The next line is corrupt, and I can +only guess at the meaning. The date, Nov. 9, 1546, is correct, and the +history here given of the insurrection of the natives at that time is +substantially the same as is told at length by Cogolludo (<i>Hist. de +Yucatan</i>, Lib. V, cap. VII).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_27">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_27">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_27" id="chronicle_notes_27"></a>27. The Auditor Tomas Lopez came from Guatemala (not Spain) to Yucatan +in 1551 or 1552, and in the latter year promulgated his “Laws” for the +government of the natives, many of which are given in Cogolludo’s +History.</p> + +<p>The passing reference to the cruelties of the Spaniards are more than +borne out by the testimony of Fr. Lorenzo de Bienvenida. Writing to the +King in 1548 he says:—</p> + +<p>“En esta villa (Valladolid) se levantaron este año de quarenta y siete +los Indios * * * i este levantamiento por mal tratamiento que hacen à +los Indios los Españoles tomandoles las mugeres y hijos y dandoles de +palos i quebrandoles las piernas i brazos i matandolos i desmasiados +tributos i desaforados servicios personales, i si V<sup class="supera">a</sup> Alt<sup class="supera">a</sup> no provee de +remedio con brevedad, no es possible permanecer esta tierra, digo de +justicia. * * * *</p> + +<p>“(El adelantado) dió la capitania à un sobrino que llaman Manso Pacheco. +Nero no fué mas cruel que este. Este pasó adelante y llegó á una +provincia que llaman <i>Chatemal</i>, estan<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span>do de paz, i sin dar guerra los +naturales la robó i les comió los mantenimientos à los naturales, i +ellos huyendo à los montes de miedo de los Españoles porque en tomando +alguno luego lo aperreaban, i desto huian los Indios i no sembraban i +todos murieron de hambre, digo todos porque habia pueblos de á +quinientos casas i de á mil, i el que agora tiene ciento es mucho; +provincia rica de cacao. Este capitan por sus proprias manos exercitaba +las fuerzas, con un garrote maté muchos i decia, ‘este es buen palo para +castigar á estos;’ i desque lo habia muerto, ‘O, quan bien lo dé.’ Corto +muchos pechos á mugeres, i manos á hombres i narices i orejas i estaco, +i á las mugeres ataba calabazas á los pies i las echaba en las lagunas +ahogar por su pasatiempo, i otras grandes crueldades.” <i>Carta de Fr. +Lorenzo de </i><a name="corr32" id="corr32"></a><ins class="correction" title="Bienvenida,"><i>Bienvanida,</i></ins><i> 1548. MS.</i></p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_28">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_28">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_28" id="chronicle_notes_28"></a>28. The town Conah Itza, or Con Ahitza, Con of the Itzas, may refer to +the seaport, Coni, the eastern coast, where Montejo landed on his first +expedition. Bishop Toral did not arrive in Yucatan until 1562, so the +mention of him proves that this narrative was written after that date.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_29">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_29">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_29" id="chronicle_notes_29"></a>29. No such person as Juan de Montejo is known.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_30">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_30">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_30" id="chronicle_notes_30"></a>30. <i>Yocol peten</i>; so it is first spelled in the original manuscript, +and afterwards altered to <i>Yucalpeten</i>. This latter occurs as a name +applied to the peninsula, or a portion of it, in a number of passages of +the Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel. These have been quoted by the +Canon Crescencio Carrillo in a recent work (<i>Historia Antigua de +Yucatan</i>, pp. 137, 140, Merida, 1882), to support his view that the name +Yucatan is an abbreviation of Yucalpeten.</p> + +<p>Apart from the difficulty of explaining such an extensive abbreviation, +which is not at all in the spirit of the Maya tongue, the words of Pech +in this section and § 33 conclusively <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span>prove that the two names are +entirely distinct in origin. Carrillo is of opinion that <i>yucal</i> should +be divided into <i>y</i>, <i>u</i>, <i>cal</i>, and he translates the name “la perla de +la garganta de la tierra ò continente.” This appears far-fetched. +<i>Yocal</i> is probably merely <i>yoc hail</i>, upon the water (<i>il</i>, +determinative ending denoting what water); hence <i>yocal peten</i>, the +region upon the water, applied to Yucatan or some part of its coast +district. The <i>h</i> is nearly mute and frequently elided, as in <i>ocola</i> +(<i>ocol haa</i>) to baptize.</p> + +<p>A prophecy of the priest Pech, which is perhaps the one here referred +to, appears in several of the Books of Chilan Balam, and also Spanish +translations of it in the Histories of Lizana and Cogolludo, and a +French version in Brasseur’s report of the <i>Mission Scientifique au +Mexique</i>, etc.</p> + +<p>The text is quite corrupt, but I insert it as I have emended it from a +comparison of three copies.</p> + + +<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">U Than Ahau Pech Ahkin.</span></p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">Tu kinil uil u natabal kine,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Yume ti yokcab te ahtepal.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Uale canɔit u katunil,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Uchi uale hahal pul.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kin kue yoklal u kaba,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">In kubene yume.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Ti a-uich-ex tu bel a uliah, Ahitza,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">U yum cab ca ulom.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Than tu chun ahau Pech ahkin,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tu kinil uil can ahau katun,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Uale tan hiɔil u katunil.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span></p> + +<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">The Word of the lord Pech, the Priest.</span></p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">At that time it will be well to know the tidings,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Of the Lord, the ruler of the world.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">After four katuns,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Then will occur the bringing of the truth.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">At that time one who is a god by his name,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I deliver to you as a lord.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Be your eyes on the road for your guest, Men of Itza,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">When the lord of the earth shall come.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The word of the first lord, Pech, the priest,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">At the time of the fourth katun,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">At the end of the katun.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>The only line in which I have taken much liberty with the text is the +fifth, where, after the word <i>kue</i>, one MS. reads: <i>yok taa ba akauba</i>, +and another, <i>yok lac kauba</i>, neither of which is intelligible.</p> + +<p>If the date assigned in these lines be a correct one, they were +delivered by the prophet in 1469. It is not impossible. The words are +obscure and the prediction so indistinct that it might quite well have +been made by an official augur at that time.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_31">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_31">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_31" id="chronicle_notes_31"></a>31. Nachi Cocom, head of the ancient and powerful Cocom family, ruled at +Zotuta when Montejo made his settlement at Merida, and was a determined +enemy of the Spaniards. He was defeated in 1542, in a sanguinary battle, +and then accepted terms of peace. I have in my possession the copy of a +survey which he made of the lands of the town of Zotuta in 1545, when he +was evidently on good terms with the Conquerors.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_32">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_32">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_32" id="chronicle_notes_32"></a>32. The names Chan, Catzim and Chul belong to well <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span>known ancient +Yucatecan families, and many who bear them are still found among the +natives (Berendt, <i>Nombres Proprios en Lengua Maya</i>, <a name="corr33" id="corr33"></a><ins class="correction" title="MS.).">MS.)</ins></p> + +<p>The words Zacuholpatal Zacmutixtun are rendered by Avila as proper +names, and I have followed his example. I have not found a satisfactory +explanation of them.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_33">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_33">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_33" id="chronicle_notes_33"></a>33. The day <i>One Imix</i> was a day of peculiar sanctity in ancient +Yucatan. Landa makes the rather unintelligible assertion that the count +of their days, or their calendar, invariably commenced on that day +(<i>Relacion</i>, p. 236).</p> + +<p>Imix is the 18th day of the month, and it is <a name="corr34" id="corr34"></a><ins class="correction" title="possible">possibly</ins> that it and +the two following days were used for intercalary days.</p> + +<p>More to the purpose of explaining the prophecy in the text is the +statement of Francisco Hernandez, who, as reported by Bishop Las Casas, +relates that in the mythology of the Mayas, the god or gods Bacab, those +who support the four corners of the heaven and who are identified with +the “year bearers” or Dominical days of the calendar, died on the day +One Imix, and after three days came to life again. (Las Casas, <i>Historia +Apologetica de las Indias Occidentales</i>, cap. CXXIII.) This has +reference apparently to the intercalary days Imix, Ik, and Akbal, which +were counted so as to allow the next Kin Katun period to begin on +<a name="corr35" id="corr35"></a><ins class="correction" title="1">I</ins> Kan. I have explained this theory fully in a paper, “Notes on +the Codex Troano and Maya Chronology,” in the <i>American Naturalist</i>, +Sept. 1881. Naturally this was supposed by the Spanish missionaries to +be a reference to Christian traditions.</p> + +<p><i>Ca tip u chemob</i>, when the ships were rocking; <i>tipil</i> represents the +slipping and sliding movement of a partially submerged or hidden body; +thus the beating of the heart and the pulse is <i>tipilac</i>. <i>Ca yumtah +banderas ob</i>, when the banners <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span>waved; <i>yumtah</i> is to swing to and fro as +a hamack or a flag. <i>Piixtahob</i>, from <i>pixitah</i>, to unreel or reel off +yarn, etc., from a spindle. I suppose it refers to letting go the +anchor.</p> + +<p>The derivation of the name Yucatan here given is interesting, for +several reasons. In the first place, it makes it evident that Pech did +not believe it was an abbreviation of Yucalpeten (see ante, page <a href="#Page_255">255</a>). +Again, although it has very often been stated that the name arose from a +misunderstanding of some native words by the Spaniards, there has been +no uniformity of opinion as to what these words were. Several of the +phrases suggested have been such as have no meaning in the Maya tongue; +(see full discussions of the question in Eligio Ancona, <i>Historia de +Yucatan</i>, Vol. I, pp. 219, 220, and Crescencio Carrillo, <i>Historia +Antigua de Yucatan</i>, cap. V.) As given by Pech it is perfectly +intelligible and good Maya. Without syncope it would be “<i>Matan ca ubah +a than</i>” shortened to “<i>Ma c’ubah </i><a name="corr36" id="corr36"></a><ins class="correction" title="than,”"><i>than</i>,</ins> “We do not understand +your speech.” Pech is in error, however, in supposing that the name +arose on the arrival of Montejo; it was in use immediately after the +expedition of Cordova (1517), and if Bernal Diaz was correct in his +recollection, was applied to the land by the Indians Cordova brought +back to Cuba with him from the Bay of Campeachy. (See Bernal Diaz, +<i>Historia Verdadera de la Conquista de Nueva España</i>, cap. VII.)</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_34">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_34">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_34" id="chronicle_notes_34"></a>34. This is no doubt the same occurrence which is described at +considerable length by Cogolludo, <i>Hist. de Yucatan</i>, Lib. III, cap. VI. +But the details differ very much and the names of the messengers and the +chief to whom they were sent are not identical. I believe this +discrepancy can be explained, but it would extend this note too far to +go into the subject here. The word <i>yacatunzabin</i>, which Avila renders +“en <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span>dicha cueva,” seems a compound of <i>y</i>, <i>actun</i>, <i>zabin</i>. The last is +the name of the weasel; <i>actun</i> means both a cave and a stone house. By +some it is supposed to be a compound of <i>ac</i>, tortoise, and <i>tun</i>, +stone, a cave resembling a hollow tortoise shell.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_35">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_35">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_35" id="chronicle_notes_35"></a>35. <i>Yoklal maix u lukul yol nacomob</i>, “porque no se cansaban los +capitanes” (Avila).</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_36">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_36">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_36" id="chronicle_notes_36"></a>36. Pech adds a list of the names of Conquistadores which I have not +inserted, as it is less complete than that found in Cogolludo.</p> + +<p><span class="notes"><a href="#chronicle_maya_39">Maya</a><br /><a href="#chronicle_english_39">English</a></span><a name="chronicle_notes_39" id="chronicle_notes_39"></a>39. <i>Ma u manbal cuntahbalob u cħinal</i>; Avila translates this “that +they shall not destroy”; but the word <i>cuntahbal</i>, from <i>cun</i>, <i>cumtah</i>, +means that which is to be enchanted, and <i>cħinal</i> is the throwing of +stones. I suppose, therefore, it refers to some act of shamanism the +design of which was to injure a neighbor.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_190-1_93" id="Footnote_190-1_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_190-1_93"><span class="label">190-1</span></a> See his <i>Informe acerca de las Ruinas de Mayapan y de +Uxmal</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_191-1_94" id="Footnote_191-1_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_191-1_94"><span class="label">191-1</span></a> “<span class="smcap">Chijcxulub</span>: poner los cuernos; hacer cabron á uno: <i>u +chiicah bin u xulub u lak</i>; diz que pusó los cuernos á su compañero ô +proximo; que se aprobechó de su muger ô manceba,” <i>Diccionario de Motul, +MS.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_194-1_95" id="Footnote_194-1_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_194-1_95"><span class="label">194-1</span></a> Tekom.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_195-1_96" id="Footnote_195-1_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_195-1_96"><span class="label">195-1</span></a> nacon Cupul.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_196-1_97" id="Footnote_196-1_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_196-1_97"><span class="label">196-1</span></a> matanon.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_196-2_98" id="Footnote_196-2_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_196-2_98"><span class="label">196-2</span></a> Tipikal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_198-1_99" id="Footnote_198-1_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_198-1_99"><span class="label">198-1</span></a> hauah.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_201-1_100" id="Footnote_201-1_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_201-1_100"><span class="label">201-1</span></a> cochlahal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_201-2_101" id="Footnote_201-2_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_201-2_101"><span class="label">201-2</span></a> yokolcab.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_202-1_102" id="Footnote_202-1_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_202-1_102"><span class="label">202-1</span></a> tzolic.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_202-2_103" id="Footnote_202-2_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_202-2_103"><span class="label">202-2</span></a> xanhi.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_202-3_104" id="Footnote_202-3_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_202-3_104"><span class="label">202-3</span></a> utznac.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_203-1_105" id="Footnote_203-1_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_203-1_105"><span class="label">203-1</span></a> tubalob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_204-1_106" id="Footnote_204-1_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_204-1_106"><span class="label">204-1</span></a> yotochob nacon.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_204-2_107" id="Footnote_204-2_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_204-2_107"><span class="label">204-2</span></a> tiobi.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_206-1_108" id="Footnote_206-1_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_206-1_108"><span class="label">206-1</span></a> aheɔil.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_206-2_109" id="Footnote_206-2_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_206-2_109"><span class="label">206-2</span></a> tiihil.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_206-3_110" id="Footnote_206-3_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_206-3_110"><span class="label">206-3</span></a> chunbez.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_207-1_111" id="Footnote_207-1_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_207-1_111"><span class="label">207-1</span></a> chunbez.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_207-2_112" id="Footnote_207-2_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_207-2_112"><span class="label">207-2</span></a> chabil.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_208-1_113" id="Footnote_208-1_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_208-1_113"><span class="label">208-1</span></a> ociha.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_208-2_114" id="Footnote_208-2_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_208-2_114"><span class="label">208-2</span></a> ezabil.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_208-3_115" id="Footnote_208-3_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_208-3_115"><span class="label">208-3</span></a> ɔiboltahob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_209-1_116" id="Footnote_209-1_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_209-1_116"><span class="label">209-1</span></a> mulbaobe.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_210-1_117" id="Footnote_210-1_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_210-1_117"><span class="label">210-1</span></a> ocol cah.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_210-2_118" id="Footnote_210-2_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_210-2_118"><span class="label">210-2</span></a> panob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_211-1_119" id="Footnote_211-1_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_211-1_119"><span class="label">211-1</span></a> a—ciil—ex.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_211-2_120" id="Footnote_211-2_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_211-2_120"><span class="label">211-2</span></a> yilahob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_211-3_121" id="Footnote_211-3_121"></a><a href="#FNanchor_211-3_121"><span class="label">211-3</span></a> tzimin.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_211-4_122" id="Footnote_211-4_122"></a><a href="#FNanchor_211-4_122"><span class="label">211-4</span></a> ahactunob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_211-5_123" id="Footnote_211-5_123"></a><a href="#FNanchor_211-5_123"><span class="label">211-5</span></a> actunzabin.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_212-1_124" id="Footnote_212-1_124"></a><a href="#FNanchor_212-1_124"><span class="label">212-1</span></a> ɔa uinalalob.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_212-2_125" id="Footnote_212-2_125"></a><a href="#FNanchor_212-2_125"><span class="label">212-2</span></a> chiic.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_213-1_126" id="Footnote_213-1_126"></a><a href="#FNanchor_213-1_126"><span class="label">213-1</span></a> tzoloc.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_214-1_127" id="Footnote_214-1_127"></a><a href="#FNanchor_214-1_127"><span class="label">214-1</span></a> beltahob.</p></div> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead"><a name="VOCABULARY" id="VOCABULARY"></a>VOCABULARY.</h2> + + +<p class="letters">A</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ac</span>, n. A turtle; a turtle shell.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Actun</span>, n. (From <i>ac</i>, turtle shell, <i>tun</i>, stone.) A cave; a stone +house.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ah</span>, A prefix signifying possession or action; also sign of masculine. +See pp. <a href="#Page_28">28</a>, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahau</span>, n. (From <i>ah</i>, prefix, and <i>u</i>, collar? See p. <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.) A ruler, +chief, king; a period of time.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahbalcab</span>, n. The coming dawn. “Quiere amanescer.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahez</span>, n. (From <i>ah</i>, prefix, <i>ezah</i>, to show, to feign.) A sorcerer, +magician.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahkin</span>, n. (From <i>ah</i>, and <i>kin</i>, the sun, day, etc.) A priest.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahkulel</span>, n. (From <i>ah</i> and <i>kulel</i>, to arrange business, etc.) A +lieutenant, deputy. pp. <a href="#Page_27">27</a>, <a href="#Page_247">247</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahoni</span>, n. Well-dressed persons. p. <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahpul</span>, <a name="corr37" id="corr37"></a><ins class="correction" title="n.">n</ins> One who carries or bears.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahpulul</span>, n. He or that which is carried or brought.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahtepal</span>, n. A ruler, governor.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahtohil</span>, n. A lover of justice; a righteous man.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ahuitzil</span>, n. Mountaineers. p. <a href="#Page_131">131</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ak</span>, n. Osiers, willow branches. “Ramo de miembre.” Pio Perez. <i>Dicc.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Akab</span>, n. Night, the night time.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Al</span>, n. Son or daughter of a woman. <i>Yal</i>, her son.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Alah</span>, <a name="corr38" id="corr38"></a><ins class="correction" title="v.">v</ins> pres. <i>alic</i>, fut. <i>alab</i>. To speak, say, tell, order.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Alau</span>, A numeral. p. <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> + + <li><a name="corr39" id="corr39"></a><ins class="correction" title="Anahte,"><span class="vocab">Anahte</span>.</ins> n. A book. p. <a href="#Page_64">64</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Atan</span>, n. Wife.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Auat</span>, v. aor. <i>autah</i>, fut. <i>auté</i>. To shout, to sing. “Dar gritos.”</li> +</ul> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span></p> + +<p class="letters">B</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Bahun</span>, adv. How much.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Bak</span>, n. + 1. Meat, flesh; the private parts. + 2. The number 400. + 3. The turn of a rope around anything. + 4. In composition, an intensive particle, or conveys the idea of + enveloping with cords.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Bal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Baal</span>, n. Thing, business, matter.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Balam</span>, n. A tiger; a priest. p. <a href="#Page_69">69</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Baalcah</span>, n. The town and its inhabitants; the world. “El mundo con los +que en el viven.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ban</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Banban</span>, adv. Much, too much.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Batab</span>, n. Chief, ruler. See p. <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Be</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Bel</span>, n. A path, a road; a business; condition; history.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Beltah</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Beel</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Betah</span>, v. aor. <i>tah</i>, fut. <i>té</i>. To do, to make.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Binel</span>, v. irreg. aor. <i>bini</i>, fut. <i>binxic</i>. To go.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Bolon</span>, Nine.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Botah</span>, v. To pay.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Buc</span>, n. Covering, clothing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Buluc</span>, Ten.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Buul</span>, n. A broad bean.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">C</p> + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ca</span>, adv. Then, when. + conj. And. pron. We. + adj. Two.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Caan</span>, n. The sky, the heavens.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cab</span>, n. + 1. Land, earth. p. <a href="#Page_106">106</a>. + 2. Honey; a hive.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cacab</span>, n. A town and the land belonging to it; a township, commune.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cah</span>, n. A town, village.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cah</span>, part. A suffix and sign of the present and imperfect tenses, p. <a href="#Page_29">29</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cahal</span>, n. A town, village. + v. To reside, live in or at.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cahtal</span>, v. aor. <i>cahlahi</i>, f. <i>calac</i>. To live, dwell, reside.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span><span class="vocab">Cal</span>, n. Throat, neck; voice; in compos. an intensive particle.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Calab</span>, A numeral. p. <a href="#Page_45">45</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cambezah</span>, v. To teach, to instruct.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Can</span>, n. + 1. Conversation, talk. + 2. The generic name for serpents. + 3. The number four. + 4. A gift or present.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Can</span>, v. aor. <i>tah</i>, fut. <i>té</i>. To converse, to tell stories. aor. <i>ah</i>, +fut. <a name="corr40" id="corr40"></a><ins class="correction" title="é should be italicized">é.</ins> To teach, to impart information; to give another a +contagious disease.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Can</span>, part. in compos. Strongly, powerfully, as <i>cankax</i>, to tie very +firmly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Canantah</span>, v. To watch, to guard over.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Canlaahal</span>, v. To learn about.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Caputzihil</span>, n. Baptism (<i>ca</i>, twice, <i>zihil</i>, to be born; an ancient +word; see Landa, <i>Relacion</i>, p. 144).</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Catac</span>, conj. And; used to connect numerals. p. <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Caten</span>, adv. The second time. <i>Tu caten</i>, for the second time. (From +<i>ca</i>, <i>two</i>.)</li> + + <li><span class="smcap">Catul</span>, adv. Two. <i>Tu catulli</i>, both, the two.</li> + + <li><span class="smcap">Caua</span>, conj. And, then.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cax</span>, n. A fowl, a hen.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Caxan</span>, v. aor. <i>tah</i>, fut. <i>té</i>. To seek, to find, to hunt for.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Caxtun</span>, adv. Then, be it so, thus.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ceh</span>, n. A deer.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cen</span>, v. irreg. aor. <i>cihi</i>, fut. <i>ciac</i>. To say, to tell.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ci, Cici</span>, part. These prefixes mean pleasant, agreeable; originally, +what is pleasant to taste.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cibah</span>, v. aor. <i>cibhi</i>, fut. <i>cibic</i>. To wish, to permit, to dare. <i>U</i> +<i>cibah ua a yum.</i> Did your father permit it?</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cicithan</span>, n. (From <i>cici</i>, pleasant, <i>than</i>, words.) Words of love or +blessing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ciciol</span>, n. (From <i>cici</i> and <i>ol</i>.) Joy, pleasure, peace, happiness.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cii</span>, n. The pulque liquor. See p. <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cill</span>, n. Delight, pleasure.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cilich</span>, adj. Saintly, holy.</li> + + <li><a name="corr41" id="corr41"></a><ins class="correction" title="This entry is out of alphabetical order."><span class="vocab">Cob</span>,</ins> v. 3d pl. pres. indic. of <i>cen</i>.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span><span class="vocab">Cimil</span>, v. To die.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Coch</span>, in comp. Conveys the notion of extending or broadening.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cochhal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cochlahal</span>, v. To make broad, to extend, to spread out.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuch</span>, n. + 1. Position, place. + 2. Burden, load; <i>met</i>. sin. + 3. Goods, possessions, treasures.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuch</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. + 1. To carry, to bear along. + 2. To govern a town or state.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuchcabal</span>, n. A province, region; the family, people or subjects of one +ruler.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuchhab</span>, n. The year-bearer or Dominical sign. p. <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuchi.</span> Sign of past tense. p. <a href="#Page_29">29</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuchul</span>, n. The family or retainers of one person. “La familia ó gente +que uno tiene en su casa.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cul</span>, n. A vase or cup.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Culcinah</span>, v. To appoint, to promote, to establish; <i>culcintahaan</i>, +appointed or promoted to an office or dignity.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cultal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cutal</span>, v. aor. <i>culhi</i>, fut. <i>culac</i>. To sit down, remain, +be present, be at home, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Culul</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cuulul</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Culicil</span>, v. To rest or stop; to reside, to settle +down.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cum</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cuum</span>, n. A vase, jar.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cumcintah</span>, v. To prepare for use, to put in order. Probably a form of +<i>culcinah</i>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cumlaahaal</span>, v. To stop, to check.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cumtal</span>, v. aor. <i>lahi</i>, fut. <i>ac</i>. To set up, to put in a place.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cun</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cunah</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cunal</span>, n. Enchantment, sorcery, conjury. <i>Au ohel</i> +<i>ua</i> u <i>cunal cħuplal?</i> Do you know the conjury of a woman? <i>Dicc.</i> +<i>Motul</i> (<i>i. e.</i>, to make her submit to the will of a man).</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cuntabal</span>, Passive supine; from <i>cunah</i>, to conjure.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cutz</span>, n. The wild <a name="corr42" id="corr42"></a><ins class="correction" title="turkey.">turkey,</ins></li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Ch.</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Chac</span>, n. Water, rain, a giant, a god. + adj. red. In comp. much or very.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chacaan</span>, n. Something plain, open, visible.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[265]</a></span><span class="vocab">Chacanhal</span>, v. To become visible, to show itself.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chahal</span>, v. To lose strength, to weaken.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chakan</span>, n. A savanna. p. <a href="#Page_125">125</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chapahal</span>, v. To sicken.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chayanil</span>, n. The rest, the remainder.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Che</span>, n. A tree; wood; <a name="corr43" id="corr43"></a><ins class="correction" title="adj. should not be italicized"><i>adj.</i></ins> wooden.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chem</span>, n. A boat, a ship.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chen</span>, adv. Solely, only, merely.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chenbel</span>, adv. Vainly, fruitlessly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chi</span>, n. The mouth; a border, limit, edge; a bite, as <i>u chi pek</i>, the +bite of a dog.</li> + <li class="subhead"><span class="hidespace"> </span> verb, to bite, to eat.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chicilbezah</span>, v. To set landmarks, to point out.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chichcunah</span>, v. To strengthen, to fortify.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chichcunahthan</span>, v. To support another’s words, to agree with, to act in +concert with. p. <a href="#Page_107">107</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chicul</span>, n. A sign, mark, token.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chikin</span>, n. The West.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chicpahal</span>, v. aor. <i>pahi</i>, fut. <i>pahac</i>. To find, to discover, to +recover that which is lost; “parecer lo perdido.” Pio Perez, <i>Dicc.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chilan</span>, n. An interpreter, p. <a href="#Page_69">69</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chin</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To stone, to throw stones at.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chin</span>, adj. A term of endearment.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chinchin</span>, v. To incline, lean over, be out of line.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Choy</span>, n. A bucket; <i>choyche</i>, a wooden bucket.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chuuc</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Chuc</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To grasp, seize, to take +possession of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chucan</span>, n. Completeness, sufficiency, abundance.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chuccabil</span>, n. A province, district.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chul</span>, n. A flute.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chulub</span>, n. Rain water; reservoirs.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chun</span>, n. Foundation; trunk (of a tree); beginning; cause.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[266]</a></span><span class="vocab">Chunbezah</span>, v. To cause, to occasion, to begin.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Chunthan</span>, n. (From <i>chun</i>, first, <i>than</i>; speech, he who speaks first.) +A principal, a presiding officer.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Cħ</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Cħaa</span>, <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Cħtaab</span>, v. aor. <i>cħaah</i>, fut. <i>chaé</i>. + 1. To take, to carry; to carry off; hence to kill. + 2. To recover that which is lost.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cħahucil</span> <a name="corr44" id="corr44"></a><ins class="correction" title="or should be italicized">or</ins> <span class="vocab">Cħuhucil</span>, n. Sweets.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cħeen</span>, n. Lowland; well. pp. <a href="#Page_33">33</a>, <a href="#Page_125">125</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cħibal</span>, n. Lineage, generation.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cħuplal</span>, n. Woman, girl.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Cħuytab</span>, v. To hang.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">E</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Et</span>, A particle indicating similitude. As a verb, to hold alike in the +two hands. Hence, + <i>eta</i>, friend; + <i>etel</i>, companion; + <i>etan</i>, wife; + <i>etcah</i>, fellow townsman; + <i>yetel</i>, and, with, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ez</span>, n. Enchanter, sorcerer.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ezah</span>, v. To show, to make public; to imitate, feign. + <i>Ezabil</i>, what is to be or should be shown or published.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">H</p> + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><a name="haa" id="haa"></a><span class="vocab">Haa</span>, n. Water.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Haab</span>, n. Year. p. <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Haban</span>, n. Branch, twig. p. <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hach</span>, adv. Much, very.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hahal</span>, adj. and adv. True, truly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Halach</span>, adj, and n. True, truth; + <i>halach than</i>, an oath; + <i>halach uinic</i>. p. <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Halal</span>, n. The cane.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hanal</span>, v. aor. <i>hani</i>, fut. <i>hanac</i>. To eat.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Haual</span>, v. aor. <i>haui</i>, fut. <i>hauac</i>. To cease, to stop.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hayal</span>, v. To level with the ground, to destroy; from <i>hay</i>, thin, flat; +hence + <i>hayalcab</i>, the final end and destruction of the world.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[267]</a></span><span class="vocab">Heɔ</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Eɔ</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To fix firmly, to establish, to +found; to select a site.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Heɔcab</span>, v. To fix or establish promptly; “poner ó afirmar ó asentar de +presto alguna cosa que quede ferme.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hicħcal</span>, v. To tie up by the neck, to hang.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hiɔ</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Hiɔil</span>, n. The close or last of the week, month, or year, as +<i>u hiɔil buluc ahau katun</i>, the last day of the eleventh Ahau katun. +<i>Chilan Balam.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ho</span>, adj. Five.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hokol</span>, v. aor. <i>hoki</i>. To set out for, to go out from; of seeds, to +sprout; of the beard, etc., to begin to grow.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hokzahuba</span>, v. To take oneself away from.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hol</span>, n. The end of anything, hence the door of a house, the gate of a +town, the mouth of a bag or jar, a hole, an aperture; + verb, sensu obscœno, to seduce a girl, to penetrate her. <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Holcan</span>, n. A warrior; + adj. brave, valiant.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Holhaa</span>, n. A seaport. See <a href="#haa"><i>haa</i></a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Holpay</span>, n. A seaport. See <a href="#pay"><i>pay</i></a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Holpop</span>, n. A chieftain (from <i>hol</i> and <i>pop</i>, mat); “he who is at the +end or head of the mat.”</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hom</span>, n. A trumpet.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hoppol</span>, v. To begin.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hun</span>, adj. One.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hunakbu</span>, n. The one God.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hunkul</span>, adv. Once and forever, really, permanently.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hunmol</span>, adj. United together, congregated in one <a name="corr45" id="corr45"></a><ins class="correction" title="place.">place</ins></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Hunten</span>, adv. On one occasion, at one time.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Huun</span>, n. A book. p. <a href="#Page_63">63</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">I.</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ich</span>, n. + 1. Face; eyes; twins; surface. + 2. Fruit; longing; color.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ich</span>, prep. In, into, within.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ilah</span> v. aor. <i>ilah</i>, fut. <a name="corr46" id="corr46"></a><ins class="correction" title="ilé,"><i>ilé</i>.</ins> or <i>ilab</i>. To see, to look at, to +visit, to test, to try.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[268]</a></span><span class="vocab">Ix</span>, fem. prefix. See page <a href="#Page_28">28</a>; + conj. and also n. urine.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ixim</span>, n. Maize.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ixmehen</span>, n. A daughter.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">K.</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Kaan</span>, n. A measure. p. <a href="#Page_27">27</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kab</span>, n. The hand, the arm.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kaba</span>, n. A name. See p. <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kabanzah</span>, v. To give a name.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kah</span>, n. Pinole, meal of roasted maize, used for stirring in water +to drink.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kahal</span>, v. To remember, recall.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kahlay</span>, n. Memory, memorial, record.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kak</span>, n. Fire; also a febrile disease.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kaknab</span>, n. The sea, the ocean.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kal</span>, n. A score. p. <a href="#Page_39">39</a>; + verb, to imprison.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kam</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Kamah</span>, v. To accept, receive; to take possession of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kan</span>, adj. Yellow. + n. The name of the first day of the Maya month.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kat</span>, v. To wish, to desire. To ask, to ask for, to inquire.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Katun</span>, n. A body of warriors; a period of time. p. <a href="#Page_58">58</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kax</span>, n. Forest, woods.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kaxah</span>, v. To join, unite, tie together.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kay</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Kayah</span>, v. To sing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Keban</span>, n. Sin, evil.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kebanthan</span>, v. To plot evil, to calumniate; to commit treason; +“kebanthanil, traicion.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kilacale</span>, n. Ancestors.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kin</span>, n. The sun; a day; time.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kinchil.</span> A numeral. p. <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Koch</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Kooch</span>, v. To carry on the shoulders as a burden, +hence, <i>fig.</i> n. obligation, fault, sickness.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[269]</a></span><span class="vocab">Kohan</span>, n. Sickness.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ku</span>, n. God, divinity.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kubulte</span>, n. Delivery, deposit.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kuchul</span>, v. aor. <i>kuchi</i>, fut. <i>kuchuc</i>. To arrive, to come to.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kul</span>, in comp. much, very; <i>kulvinic</i>. pp. <a href="#Page_133">133</a>, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kuna</span>, n. (From <i>ku</i>, god, <i>na</i>, house). A temple, a church.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kuuch</span>, n. Cotton threads.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kuxil</span>, n. Aversion, disgust, annoyance; + verb, to feel disgust at.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Kuyan</span>, adj. Consecrated to God, holy.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">L</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Lahal</span>, v. To finish, to end.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lahca.</span> Twelve.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lahun.</span> Ten. p. <a href="#Page_38">38</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lai</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Lay</span>, rel. and dem. pron. This, that, these, those, which, what, +etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lak</span>, n. Companion, neighbor.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lic</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Licil</span>, rel. In which, by which.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Likil</span>, v. To rise, to raise; as <i>likil katun</i>, to begin war.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Likin</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Lakin</span>, n. The East.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Likul</span>, prep. From, out of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Likzah</span>, v. To lift up, to raise; <i>likzahuba</i>, to raise oneself.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Loh</span>, v. To redeem, to set at liberty.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lohil</span>, n. The Redeemer, the Saviour.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lukanil</span>, n. That which is set apart or separated.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lukul</span>, v. aor. <i>luki</i>, fut. <i>lukuc</i>. To leave a place, to depart from, +go out of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Lukzah</span>, v. To free, to separate from; <i>lukzahuba</i>, to quit, to abstain +from.</li> +</ul> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[270]</a></span></p> + +<p class="letters">M</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ma</span>, adv. No, not. From this are the negatives, <i>matan</i>, not, emphatic; +<i>mato</i>, <i>matac</i>, <i>maina</i>, not even; <i>maix</i>, <i>matla</i>, neither; <i>mamac</i>, +no one; <i>manan</i>, without, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mac</span>, rel. pron. Who.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Maccah</span>, v. To obstruct, close up roads, etc. + Hence <i>macan</i> p. p. p. that which is obstructed.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mach</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To take with the hand, to hold in the +hand.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mactzil</span>, adj. Marvelous, miraculous; n. a miracle, an act of Providence. +(From <i>mac</i>, most, and <i>tzibil</i>, to be obeyed or reverenced.)</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mak</span>, v. To eat soft things, to eat without chewing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Malel</span>, v. aor. <i>mani</i>, fut. <i>manac</i>. To pass.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Manak</span>, n. A sign or mark.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Manal</span>, adv. Too much, in excess.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Manbal</span>, adv. Nothing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mat</span>, v. To receive, obtain.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Maya</span>, n. Derivation of. p. <a href="#Page_16">16</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mayacimil</span>, n. The pestilence. p. <a href="#Page_132">132</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mazcab</span>, n. A prison, gaol.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mazeual</span>, n. Vassal, servant. Nahuatl, <i>maceualli</i>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mehen</span>, n. A son.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mek</span>, n. An armful, hence</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mektantah</span>, <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Mektanma</span>, v. To hold in one’s power, to rule, govern.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mektancah</span>, n. Jurisdiction, municipality.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mektanmail</span>, n. A ruler, governor.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mentah</span>, v. To make, manufacture.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Menyah</span>, v. To work, serve. + n. Work, service.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Met</span>, n. A wheel. p. <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mex</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Meex</span>, n. The beard.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Meyah</span>, v. To serve, to labor for one.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Minantal</span>, v. p. p. <a name="corr47" id="corr47"></a><ins class="correction" title="minaan should be italicized">minaan.</ins> To lack, to be absent or wanting, not +to have.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[271]</a></span><span class="vocab">Molcintah</span>, v. To gather together, join, unite.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Moltah</span>, v. To gather around.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mothtal</span>, v. To humble, to submit.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Muk</span>, n. Fortitude, bravery.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Muktan</span>, v. To suffer with fortitude.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mul</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Mol</span>, part. in comp. Jointly, in common.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Mulba</span>, v. To congregate, to come together.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Multepal</span>, v. To rule or govern jointly. p. <a href="#Page_131">131</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Muz</span>, v. To cut.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">N</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Na</span>, n. A house, not designating whose.</li> + + <li><a name="naat" id="naat"></a><span class="vocab">Naat</span>, v. To know, understand.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nacal</span>, v. To ascend. p. <a href="#Page_28">28</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nachi</span>, adv. Far off, distant.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nacpalancal</span>, v. To grope, to feel one’s way.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nah</span>, v. To suit, wish, desire; <i>nahuba</i>, to suit, etc., for oneself.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nak</span>, n. The abdomen, belly, the end; verb. to end, finish; to join, to +stick; <i>tu nak</i>, at the end, near, close to.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nakal</span>, v. To approach, to join on.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nant</span>, v. See <a href="#naat"><i>Naat</i></a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Noh</span>, adj. Great, large.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nohkakil</span>, n. Smallpox. p. <a href="#Page_132">132</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nohoch</span>, adj. Great, large.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nohol</span>, n. The South.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nuc</span>, adj. Great, large.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nuc</span>, v. To answer; + n. an answer.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nuctah</span>, v. To understand, perceive.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nucté</span>, adj. Old, ancient; <i>nucteel</i>, the elders and leading men of a +town.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nucul</span>, n. Signification, meaning; manner, form, figure.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[272]</a></span><span class="vocab">Numya</span>, n. Toil, misery, unhappiness.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nucahthan</span>, v. To reply, to answer.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Nupthan</span>, n. Companion, associate.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">O</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Oc</span>, n. The foot; <i>yooc</i> his foot, their feet.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Oca</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Ochaa</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Ocolha</span>, (From v. <i>ocol</i>, to enter, <i>haa</i>, water,) To +baptize.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ocnakuchil</span>, n. A pestilence. p. <a href="#Page_151">151</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ocol</span>, v. aor. <i>oci</i>, fut. <i>ococ</i>. To enter; also <i>sensu obscœno</i>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ohel</span>, v. aor. <i>tah</i>, fut. <i>té</i>. To know, to recognize.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ol</span>, n. Mind, intention, will.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Olah</span>, v. To wish, to desire; + n. will, goodwill, wish.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">On</span>, pron. We.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ontkin</span>, adv. For a long time.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Op</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Oop</span>, n. The anona, custard apple.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Otoch</span>, n. House, dwelling, denoting whose. p. <a href="#Page_106">106</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ox</span>, adv. Three; <i>oxlahun</i>, thirteen. p. <a href="#Page_130">130</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">P</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Pa</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Paa</span>, n. A walled town, stronghold, fortress. p. <a href="#Page_163">163</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pa</span>, v. To break, break down, destroy.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pach</span>, To take possession of, to select a place.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pach</span>, n. The back of the shoulders; the outer or back part; hence, the +last or end of anything; <i>tu pach</i>, behind, after.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pachal</span>, adv. Afterwards, late.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Paiche</span>, n. A mark, a line.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pak</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Pakil</span>, n. A wall of stone, verb, aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <a name="corr48" id="corr48"></a><ins class="correction" title="é should be italicized">é.</ins> To +found, build, sow, plant; hence</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pakal</span>, n. A building, founding, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pakte</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Pakteil</span>, adv. All together, in all.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[273]</a></span><span class="vocab">Palil</span>, n. A servant, man-servant.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pan</span>, n. Standard, banner.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Patan</span>, n. Tribute, tax; from <i>paatah</i>, to watch, to guard.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Patcunah</span>, v. To declare, set forth, explain; + n. an explanation, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Paxal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Paaxal</span>, v. aor. <i>xi</i>, fut. <i>xac</i>. To forsake, abandon, +desert, depopulate; “desamparar y despoblar pueblo.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><a name="pay" id="pay"></a><span class="vocab">Pay</span>, n. The sea-coast.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pay</span>, v. aor. <i>tah</i>, fut. <i>té</i>. To draw or call toward one, hence, +<i>payal</i>, to be called or summoned.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Paybe</span>, n. (From <i>pay</i>, and <i>be</i>, a road). A guide; + hence, adv., first, before.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pek</span>, n. A dog.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pet</span>, n. A circle, wheel.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Peten</span>, n. An island, country, province. p. <a href="#Page_122">122</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pic.</span> A numeral. p. <a href="#Page_45">45</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pix</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Piixtah</span>, v. To unwind, to cast anchor.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pixan</span>, n. Soul; happiness; + adj. happy.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pol</span>. n. Head; hair.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Puchtun</span>, n. Fighting, quarreling.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Puczical</span>, n. Heart; mind, will, soul.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Pul</span>, v. To bring, to carry. <i>Ahpulul</i>, one who brings.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Pp</p> + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ppatal</span>, v. To remain, to stay.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ppiz</span>, n. A measure of grain, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ppoc</span>, n. A hat.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ppul</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Ppuul</span>, n. An earthen jar.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">T</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Taab</span>, n. Salt.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tab</span>, v. To tie together; hence</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tabal</span>, n. Relationship; anything attached to or dependent on another.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[274]</a></span><span class="vocab">Tabzah</span>, v. To deceive, to delude, to tie.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tah</span>, adv. Whence, whither, thence, to, unto. + pron. For us, for our part.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Takal</span>, v. To stick to; to add to, to increase.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tal</span>, prep. From; <i>tii tal en</i>, I am from there. <i>Dicc. San Francisco.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tal</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To touch, to begin to take; to make use of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Talel</span>, v. aor. <i>tali</i>, fut. <i>talae</i> or <i>tae</i>. To come, to go.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tamuk</span>, adv. While, when.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tan</span>, n. The breast; hence, the middle of anything; as <i>tan cah</i>, the +middle of the town. p. <a href="#Page_132">132</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tan</span>, postposition. Toward, as <i>lakintan</i>, toward the East.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tancabal</span>, n. The premises of a house; a house and its grounds.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tancoch</span>, n. A half (from <i>tan</i>, and <i>cochil</i>, the width, the size of a +thing).</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tec</span>, adv. Quickly, suddenly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tem</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Temah</span>, v. To satisfy, please.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ten</span>, pron. I. <i>Ten c en</i>, I who am I.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tepal</span>, v. To rule, govern.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Than</span>, n. Word, speech.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Thun</span>, n. A drop, a spot, a dot.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ti</span>, prep. To, by, for; sign of dative and ablative.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tiihil</span>, v. To happen there, to take place there.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tipp</span>, v. To exceed in size; to go forth from; as <i>tippan kin</i>, the sun +having appeared.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Toc</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Tooc</span>, v. aor. <i>tocah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>, To burn.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Toch</span>, adj. Severe, firm, rough.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tocoyna</span>, n. A deserted house or field; “solar yermo.” <i>Dicc. Motul.</i></li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Toh</span>, adj. Just, righteous; <i>ahtohil</i>, a magistrate.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tohyol</span>, adj. Healthy, well (from <i>toh</i>, <i>ol</i>).</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[275]</a></span><span class="vocab">Tox</span>, v. To pour out; <i>tox haa ti pol</i>, to pour water on the head, +<i>i. e.</i>, to baptize. <i>Dicc. Motul.</i> <i>Toxol</i>, the person baptized; also a +distribution or outpouring, as <i>toxol cahob</i>, a distribution of towns to +different rulers.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tul</span>, adj. Full, abounding. p. <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li> + <li class="subhead"><span class="hidespace"> </span> verb. To fill to overflowing, to rise (of the tide). + For <i>tutul</i> see p. <a href="#Page_109">109</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tulpach</span>, v. To go back, to return.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tulum</span>, n. A wall, walled town. p. <a href="#Page_163">163</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tumen</span>, prep. For, by reason of, because of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tun</span>, n. A stone. + A euphonic particle. p. <a href="#Page_124">124</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tux</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Tuux</span>, adv. Where, in what part or place.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tuzebal</span>, adv. Promptly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tuzinil</span>, adv. All, in all parts.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzac</span>, v. To seek, to follow.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzen</span>, n. Food, sustenance; hence,</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzentah</span>, To give food to.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzicil</span>, v. To obey, to serve.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzimin</span>, n. A horse.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzol</span>, n. A string, thread; hence, verb, to arrange on a string, to put +in order, to adjust; <i>tzolan</i>, an arrangement, series, order.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzuc</span>, n. A part, division. p. <a href="#Page_54">54</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Tzucub</span>, n. A province.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">U</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">U</span>, n. The moon; a month; menstrual period; a string of beads, a collar; +rosary. + pron. His, her, its, their. + Also a euphonic particle before vowels.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uaatal</span>, v. To set up, erect.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uabic</span>, adv. How, in what manner.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uac</span>, Six.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uacchahal</span>, v. To emerge with force. p. <a href="#Page_185">185</a>.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[276]</a></span><span class="vocab">Uacuntah</span>, v. To set on end, to put in place; to designate, appoint; +<i>uacuntahbal</i>, the putting in place, etc.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uah</span>, n. Tortilla, bread; <i>uahal uahob</i>. p. <a href="#Page_129">129</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uahil</span>, n. Banquet; guest.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ualac</span>, adv. While, meanwhile.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ualkahal</span>, v. To turn oneself, to return.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uaxac</span>, Eight.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uay</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Uai</span>, adv. Here, in this place.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uazaklom</span>, n. A return, p. <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ubah</span>, v. To hear, understand.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uchebal</span>, conj. In order that.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uchul</span>, v. aor. <i>uchi</i>, fut. <i>uchuc</i>. To happen, to occur, take place, +come to pass.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uinalal</span>, n. Labor, work.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uinbail</span>, n. Image, figure.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uinic</span>, n. Man; a measure, p. <a href="#Page_27">27</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uitz</span>, n. A mountain, a hill. p. <a href="#Page_131">131</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ulul</span>, v. To arrive, return.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ulum</span>, n. A bird, a pheasant.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uooh</span>, v. To write, p. <a href="#Page_63">63</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Utial</span>, prep. For, on account of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Utz</span>, adj. Good; <i>utzil</i>, the good, the well-being.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Utzcinah</span>, v. To make better, to perfect; to compose a speech or essay; +to set in order.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Utzuac</span>, adv. Now, be it now.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uuc.</span> Seven.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Uuɔ</span>, n. A folding, doubling; a line of warriors.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">X</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Xachetah</span>, v. To seek, to procure.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xamach</span>, n. A large pot or jar.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[277]</a></span><span class="vocab">Xaman</span>, n. The North.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xan</span>, n. Straw; + conj. also adv. slowly.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xantal</span>, v. aor. <i>xanhi</i> fut. <i>xanac</i>. To stay behind, to remain.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xenhi</span>, v. To vomit.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xic</span>, v. To split, to divide.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xicin</span>, n. The ear, the hearing.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ximbal</span>, v. to journey, to pass.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xiu</span>, n. Grass, herbage, name of a noble family. p. <a href="#Page_109">109</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xma</span>, prep. Without.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xocol</span>, v. To count, to read.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xotlahal</span>, v. To cut.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Xul</span>, n. End, limit; + v. to end, also <i>xulul</i>.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Y</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ya</span>, n. + 1. Love + 2. Pain, wound, sickness. + 3. Difficulty. + 4. A shoe.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yaab</span>, adj. Much, abundant: <i>yaabil</i>, abundance, multitude.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yacunah</span>, v. To love.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yah</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Yaah</span>, n. Severe sickness.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yala</span>, The rest, remainder.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yalan</span>, prep. Under, beneath.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yan</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Yanhal</span>, v. To have, to be, to stand.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yax</span>, adv. First, freshly; + adj. green, young.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yaxchun</span>, n. The beginning, cause.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yetel</span>, conj. And, with, a compound of <i>u etel</i>, his or its companion, +usually abbreviated <a name="corr49" id="corr49"></a><ins class="correction" title="to should not be italicized"><i>to</i></ins><i> y</i>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yib</span>, n. A bean.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yic</span>, n. Red peppers.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yok</span>, prep. On, over, in front of.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yoklal</span>, prep. By reason of, because of.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[278]</a></span><span class="vocab">Yokolcab</span>, adv. On the earth, in the world.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yol</span>, n. Mind, spirit.</li> + + <li><a name="corr50" id="corr50"></a><ins class="correction" title="This word is out of alphabetical order."><span class="vocab">Yxma</span>,</ins> prep. Without, =<i>xma</i>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yub</span>, n. Cloak, coat.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yum</span>, n. Father; lord; ruler; head of a family.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Yum</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Yumtah</span>, v. To wave, to move to and fro.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Z</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Zabin</span>, n. A weasel.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zah</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Zahal</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Zahacil</span>, n. Fear, terror; verb, to fear.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zat</span>, v. aor. <i>ah</i>, fut. <i>é</i>. To lose.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zi</span>, n. Wood.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zihnal</span>, n. Birth, a native.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zil</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Ziil</span>, v. To give, to present; + n. gifts.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zinah</span>, v. To cut wood.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zuhuy</span>, n. A virgin.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zulbil-taab</span>, n. Purified salt, from <i>zul</i>, to soak.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Zut</span>, v. To return; <i>tu zut pach</i>, back again, over again.</li> +</ul> + +<p class="letters">Ɔ</p> + + +<ul class="IX"> + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔa</span> v. aor. <i>ɔaah</i>, fut. <i>ɔaé</i> or <i>ɔaab</i>. To give; <i>ɔabal</i>, +past part. pas. that which is to be given.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔa</span>, v. To avail, to be of advantage.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔaleb</span>, n. A seal, mould, press.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔan</span>, v. To devastate, ruin.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔaɔ</span>, v. To suck; <i>ɔaɔopob</i>, suckers of anonas, a name given to +the Spaniards.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔiboltah</span>, v. To desire, wish for.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔib</span> <i>or</i> <span class="vocab">Ɔibah</span>, v. To write.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔicil</span>, n. Bravery; encouragement.</li> + + <li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[279]</a></span><span class="vocab">Ɔilibal</span>, n. A register, record.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔoc</span>, n. The end, the last. + v. To happen, to occur; to tear down. + adv. Already.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔoocol</span>, v. To end, finish.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔuɔ</span>, v. To kiss, to suck.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔuunɔucil</span>, adj. Made of mud, or plastered.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔul</span>, n. A foreigner, stranger. p. <a href="#Page_131">131</a>.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔunul</span>, v. To make a beginning.</li> + + <li><span class="vocab">Ɔuɔucinzah</span>, v. To act mildly and kindly; from <i>ɔuɔ</i>, to kiss, to +suck.</li> +</ul> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<div style="background-color: #EEE; padding: 0.5em 1em 0.5em 1em;"> +<p class="center noindent"><a name="trans_note" id="trans_note"></a><b>Transcriber’s Note</b></p> + +<p class="noindent">The following error was corrected:</p> + +<table style="margin-left: 0%;" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="corrected"> +<tr> + <td>Page </td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Error</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#Page_196">196</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Both footnotes on this page were numbered 1. The second was changed + to number 2.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="noindent">The following errors and inconsistencies have been maintained.</p> + +<p class="noindent">Misspelled words and typographical errors:</p> + +<table style="margin-left: 0%;" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="typos"> +<tr> + <td>Page </td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Error</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr1">24</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">terrestial should read terrestrial</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr2">24, fn. 2</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Piéces should read Pièces</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr3">25</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Numbers 13 to 19 are one higher than they should be</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a href="#corr4">46, fn. 1</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel por Fray</i> Francisco de Varea + should read <i>Calepino en Lengua Cakchiquel</i> por Fray Francisco de + Varea</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr5">53</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">40th year should read 40th year.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr6">54, fn. 1</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">años.’ should read años.”</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr7">57</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">batallion should read battalion</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr8">58, fn. 1</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Lengva should read Lengua</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr9">67, fn. 1</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Nvestra should read Nuestra</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr10">87</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">(I. II, III.) should read (I, II, III.)</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr11">87</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">well dressed” should read “well dressed”</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr12">111</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">p 10 should read p. 10</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr13">111</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">cap, XXIX, should read cap. XXIX,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr14">111</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">p 12 should read p. 12</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr15">124</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">northen should read northern</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr16">128</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">qui should read que</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr17">128</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">established himself should read “established himself</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr18">131</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">MS). should read MS.).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr19">132</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">cap. VI), should read cap. VI).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr20">138</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Uac ahau should read Uac ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr21">142</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Lahun ahau, should read Lahun ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr22">157</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Uuc ahau, should read Uuc ahau.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr23">183</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Usumaciuta should read Usumacinta</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr24">190</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Abbe Brasséur should read Abbé Brasseur</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr25">198</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">yahaubiI should read yahaubil</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr26">238</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">branches should read branches,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr27">244</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">miscontrued should read misconstrued</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr28">247</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">in Yucatan, should read in Yucatan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr29">247</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">MS.) should read MS.).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr30">252</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">26. should read 20.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr31">252</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">MS.) should read MS.).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr32">254</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Bienvanida should read Bienvenida</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr33">257</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">MS.) should read MS.).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr34">257</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">possibly should read possible</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr35">257</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">I Kan should read 1 Kan</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr36">258</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">“<i>Ma c’ubah than</i> should read “<i>Ma c’ubah than</i>”</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr37">261</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Ahpul, n should read Ahpul, n.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr38">261</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Alah, v should read Alah, v.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr39">261</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Anante. should read Anante,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr40">263</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">fut. é should read fut. <i>é</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr41">263</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Cob is out of alphabetical order</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr42">264</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">wild turkey, should read wild turkey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr43">265</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>adj.</i> should not be italicized</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr44">266</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Cħahucil or Cħuhucil should read Cħahucil <i>or</i> + Cħuhucil</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr45">267</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">one place should read one place.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr46">267</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>ilé</i>. should read <i>ilé</i>,</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr47">270</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">minaan should read <i>minaan</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr48">272</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">fut. é should read fut. <i>é</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr49">277</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1"><i>to y</i> should read to <i>y</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr50">278</a></td> + <td class="tdpadl1">Yxma is out of alphabetical order</td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<p class="noindent">The following words were inconsistently spelled:</p> + +<p class="noindent">Abbe / Abbé<br /> + Cuculcan / Cuculcàn<br /> + Pocomams / Pokomams<br /> + Pocomchis / Pokomchis<br /> + Puczical / Puczikal</p> + +<p class="noindent">Other inconsistencies:</p> + +<p class="noindent">i.e. / i. e.<br /> + +Accents on words in foreign languages are inconsistently used.</p> + +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Maya Chronicles, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAYA CHRONICLES *** + +***** This file should be named 20205-h.htm or 20205-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/2/0/20205/ + +Produced by Julia Miller and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> |